Sample records for separation procedure based

  1. 4 CFR 28.17 - Internal petitions of Board employees.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... challenge to a RIF-based separation, the employee may choose to expedite the procedures by filing a petition...) of this section. If the challenged action is a RIF-based separation from employment, the employee may...

  2. 4 CFR 28.17 - Internal petitions of Board employees.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... challenge to a RIF-based separation, the employee may choose to expedite the procedures by filing a petition...) of this section. If the challenged action is a RIF-based separation from employment, the employee may...

  3. 4 CFR 28.17 - Internal petitions of Board employees.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... challenge to a RIF-based separation, the employee may choose to expedite the procedures by filing a petition...) of this section. If the challenged action is a RIF-based separation from employment, the employee may...

  4. The Use of Isotope Dilution Alpha Spectrometry and Liquid Scintillation Counting to Determine Radionuclides in Environmental Samples (abstract)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bylyku, Elida

    2009-04-01

    In Albania in recent years it has been of increasing interest to determine various pollutants in the environment and their possible effects on human health. The radiochemical procedure used to identify Pu, Am, U, Th, and Sr radioisotopes in soil, sediment, water, coal, and milk samples is described. The analysis is carried out in the presence of respective tracer solutions and combines the procedure for Pu analysis based on anion exchange, the selective method for Sr isolation based on extraction chromatography using Sr-Spec resin, and the application of the TRU-Spec column for separation of Am fraction. An acid digestion method has been applied for the decomposition of samples. The radiochemical procedure involves the separation of Pu from Th, Am, and Sr by anion exchange, followed by the preconcentration of Am and Sr by coprecipitation with calcium oxalate. Am is separated from Sr by extraction chromatography. Uranium is separated from the bulk elements by liquid-liquid extraction using UTEVA® resin. Thin sources for alpha spectrometric measurements are prepared by microprecipitation with NdF3. Two International Atomic Energy Agency reference materials were analyzed in parallel with the samples.

  5. Planning Instruction for the Severely Handicapped.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    North Carolina State Dept. of Public Instruction, Raleigh. Div. for Exceptional Children.

    The manual discusses legal and procedural guidelines established by North Carolina regarding educational services for severely handicapped students. Covered in separate sections are the following topics (sample subtopics in parentheses): definition; placement procedures (referral, screening, school-based committee, assessment, placement, and exit…

  6. A modified lead-matrix separation procedure shown for lead isotope analysis in Trojan silver artefacts as an example.

    PubMed

    Vogl, Jochen; Paz, Boaz; Koenig, Maren; Pritzkow, Wolfgang

    2013-03-01

    A modified Pb-matrix separation procedure using NH4HCO3 solution as eluent has been developed and validated for determination of Pb isotope amount ratios by thermal ionization mass spectrometry. The procedure is based on chromatographic separation using the Pb·Spec resin and an in-house-prepared NH4HCO3 solution serving as eluent. The advantages of this eluent are low Pb blanks (<40 pg mL(-1)) and the property that NH4HCO3 can be easily removed by use of a heating step (>60 °C). Pb recovery is >95 % for water samples. For archaeological silver samples, however, the Pb recovery is reduced to approximately 50 %, but causes no bias in the determination of Pb isotope amount ratios. The validated procedure was used to determine lead isotope amount ratios in Trojan silver artefacts with expanded uncertainties (k = 2) <0.09 %.

  7. A randomized study of a method for optimizing adolescent assent to biomedical research.

    PubMed

    Annett, Robert D; Brody, Janet L; Scherer, David G; Turner, Charles W; Dalen, Jeanne; Raissy, Hengameh

    2017-01-01

    Voluntary consent/assent with adolescents invited to participate in research raises challenging problems. No studies to date have attempted to manipulate autonomy in relation to assent/consent processes. This study evaluated the effects of an autonomy-enhanced individualized assent/consent procedure embedded within a randomized pediatric asthma clinical trial. Families were randomly assigned to remain together or separated during a consent/assent process; the latter we characterize as an autonomy-enhanced assent/consent procedure. We hypothesized that separating adolescents from their parents would improve adolescent assent by increasing knowledge and appreciation of the clinical trial and willingness to participate. Sixty-four adolescent-parent dyads completed procedures. The together versus separate randomization made no difference in adolescent or parent willingness to participate. However, significant differences were found in both parent and adolescent knowledge of the asthma clinical trial based on the assent/consent procedure and adolescent age. The separate assent/consent procedure improved knowledge of study risks and benefits for older adolescents and their parents but not for the younger youth or their parents. Regardless of the assent/consent process, younger adolescents had lower comprehension of information associated with the study medication and research risks and benefits, but not study procedures or their research rights and privileges. The use of an autonomy-enhanced assent/consent procedure for adolescents may improve their and their parent's informed assent/consent without impacting research participation decisions. Traditional assent/consent procedures may result in a "diffusion of responsibility" effect between parents and older adolescents, specifically in attending to key information associated with study risks and benefits.

  8. 40 CFR 246.200-4 - Recommended procedures: Levels of separation.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Recommended procedures: Levels of... § 246.200-4 Recommended procedures: Levels of separation. A two-level separation is recommended for most... separate category cost effective may choose to implement three levels of separation: (1) Computer papers...

  9. Microfluidic Separation of Circulating Tumor Cells Based on Size and Deformability.

    PubMed

    Park, Emily S; Duffy, Simon P; Ma, Hongshen

    2017-01-01

    Circulating tumor cells (CTCs) have been implicated as the seeds of cancer metastasis and therefore have the potential to provide significant prognostic and diagnostic values. Here, we describe a procedure for separating CTCs from whole blood based on size and deformability using the microfluidic ratchet device. This device leverages the ratcheting motion of single cells created as they are deformed through funnel-shaped constrictions using oscillatory flow in order to divert cells based on differences in size and deformability. Subsequent methods for CTC identification and enumeration using immunofluorescence after separation are also described.

  10. A Randomized Study of a Method for Optimizing Adolescent Assent to Biomedical Research

    PubMed Central

    Annett, Robert D.; Brody, Janet L.; Scherer, David G.; Turner, Charles W.; Dalen, Jeanne; Raissy, Hengameh

    2018-01-01

    Purpose Voluntary consent/assent with adolescents invited to participate in research raises challenging problems. No studies to date have attempted to manipulate autonomy in relation to assent/consent processes. This study evaluated the effects of an autonomy-enhanced individualized assent/consent procedure embedded within a randomized pediatric asthma clinical trial. Methods Families were randomly assigned to remain together or separated during a consent/assent process, the latter we characterize as an autonomy-enhanced assent/consent procedure. We hypothesized that separating adolescents from their parents would improve adolescent assent by increasing knowledge and appreciation of the clinical trial and willingness to participate. Results 64 adolescent-parent dyads completed procedures. The together versus separate randomization made no difference in adolescent or parent willingness to participate. However, significant differences were found in both parent and adolescent knowledge of the asthma clinical trial based on the assent/consent procedure and adolescent age. The separate assent/consent procedure improved knowledge of study risks and benefits for older adolescents and their parents but not for the younger youth or their parents. Regardless of the assent/consent process, younger adolescents had lower comprehension of information associated with the study medication and research risks and benefits, but not study procedures or their research rights and privileges. Conclusions The use of an autonomy-enhanced assent/consent procedure for adolescents may improve their and their parent’s informed assent/consent without impacting research participation decisions. Traditional assent/consent procedures may result in a “diffusion of responsibility” effect between parents and older adolescents, specifically in attending to key information associated with study risks and benefits. PMID:28949898

  11. The ADvanced SEParation (ADSEP)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1998-01-01

    The ADvanced SEParation (ADSEP) commercial payload is making use of major advances in separation technology: The Phase Partitioning Experiment (PPE); the Micorencapsulation experiment; and the Hemoglobin Separation Experiment (HSE). Using ADSEP, commercial researchers will attempt to determine the partition coefficients for model particles in a two-phase system. With this information, researchers can develop a higher resolution, more effective cell isolation procedure that can be used for many different types of research and for improved health care. The advanced separation technology is already being made available for use in ground-based laboratories.

  12. Rapid filtration separation-based sample preparation method for Bacillus spores in powdery and environmental matrices.

    PubMed

    Isabel, Sandra; Boissinot, Maurice; Charlebois, Isabelle; Fauvel, Chantal M; Shi, Lu-E; Lévesque, Julie-Christine; Paquin, Amélie T; Bastien, Martine; Stewart, Gale; Leblanc, Eric; Sato, Sachiko; Bergeron, Michel G

    2012-03-01

    Authorities frequently need to analyze suspicious powders and other samples for biothreat agents in order to assess environmental safety. Numerous nucleic acid detection technologies have been developed to detect and identify biowarfare agents in a timely fashion. The extraction of microbial nucleic acids from a wide variety of powdery and environmental samples to obtain a quality level adequate for these technologies still remains a technical challenge. We aimed to develop a rapid and versatile method of separating bacteria from these samples and then extracting their microbial DNA. Bacillus atrophaeus subsp. globigii was used as a simulant of Bacillus anthracis. We studied the effects of a broad variety of powdery and environmental samples on PCR detection and the steps required to alleviate their interference. With a benchmark DNA extraction procedure, 17 of the 23 samples investigated interfered with bacterial lysis and/or PCR-based detection. Therefore, we developed the dual-filter method for applied recovery of microbial particles from environmental and powdery samples (DARE). The DARE procedure allows the separation of bacteria from contaminating matrices that interfere with PCR detection. This procedure required only 2 min, while the DNA extraction process lasted 7 min, for a total of <10 min. This sample preparation procedure allowed the recovery of cleaned bacterial spores and relieved detection interference caused by a wide variety of samples. Our procedure was easily completed in a laboratory facility and is amenable to field application and automation.

  13. Rapid Filtration Separation-Based Sample Preparation Method for Bacillus Spores in Powdery and Environmental Matrices

    PubMed Central

    Isabel, Sandra; Boissinot, Maurice; Charlebois, Isabelle; Fauvel, Chantal M.; Shi, Lu-E; Lévesque, Julie-Christine; Paquin, Amélie T.; Bastien, Martine; Stewart, Gale; Leblanc, Éric; Sato, Sachiko

    2012-01-01

    Authorities frequently need to analyze suspicious powders and other samples for biothreat agents in order to assess environmental safety. Numerous nucleic acid detection technologies have been developed to detect and identify biowarfare agents in a timely fashion. The extraction of microbial nucleic acids from a wide variety of powdery and environmental samples to obtain a quality level adequate for these technologies still remains a technical challenge. We aimed to develop a rapid and versatile method of separating bacteria from these samples and then extracting their microbial DNA. Bacillus atrophaeus subsp. globigii was used as a simulant of Bacillus anthracis. We studied the effects of a broad variety of powdery and environmental samples on PCR detection and the steps required to alleviate their interference. With a benchmark DNA extraction procedure, 17 of the 23 samples investigated interfered with bacterial lysis and/or PCR-based detection. Therefore, we developed the dual-filter method for applied recovery of microbial particles from environmental and powdery samples (DARE). The DARE procedure allows the separation of bacteria from contaminating matrices that interfere with PCR detection. This procedure required only 2 min, while the DNA extraction process lasted 7 min, for a total of <10 min. This sample preparation procedure allowed the recovery of cleaned bacterial spores and relieved detection interference caused by a wide variety of samples. Our procedure was easily completed in a laboratory facility and is amenable to field application and automation. PMID:22210204

  14. Microgravity

    NASA Image and Video Library

    1998-10-01

    The ADvanced SEParation (ADSEP) commercial payload is making use of major advances in separation technology: The Phase Partitioning Experiment (PPE); the Micorencapsulation experiment; and the Hemoglobin Separation Experiment (HSE). Using ADSEP, commercial researchers will attempt to determine the partition coefficients for model particles in a two-phase system. With this information, researchers can develop a higher resolution, more effective cell isolation procedure that can be used for many different types of research and for improved health care. The advanced separation technology is already being made available for use in ground-based laboratories.

  15. Numerical modeling and optimization of the Iguassu gas centrifuge

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bogovalov, S. V.; Borman, V. D.; Borisevich, V. D.; Tronin, V. N.; Tronin, I. V.

    2017-07-01

    The full procedure of the numerical calculation of the optimized parameters of the Iguassu gas centrifuge (GC) is under discussion. The procedure consists of a few steps. On the first step the problem of a hydrodynamical flow of the gas in the rotating rotor of the GC is solved numerically. On the second step the problem of diffusion of the binary mixture of isotopes is solved. The separation power of the gas centrifuge is calculated after that. On the last step the time consuming procedure of optimization of the GC is performed providing us the maximum of the separation power. The optimization is based on the BOBYQA method exploring the results of numerical simulations of the hydrodynamics and diffusion of the mixture of isotopes. Fast convergence of calculations is achieved due to exploring of a direct solver at the solution of the hydrodynamical and diffusion parts of the problem. Optimized separative power and optimal internal parameters of the Iguassu GC with 1 m rotor were calculated using the developed approach. Optimization procedure converges in 45 iterations taking 811 minutes.

  16. SATS HVO Concept Validation Experiment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Consiglio, Maria; Williams, Daniel; Murdoch, Jennifer; Adams, Catherine

    2005-01-01

    A human-in-the-loop simulation experiment was conducted at the NASA Langley Research Center s (LaRC) Air Traffic Operations Lab (ATOL) in an effort to comprehensively validate tools and procedures intended to enable the Small Aircraft Transportation System, Higher Volume Operations (SATS HVO) concept of operations. The SATS HVO procedures were developed to increase the rate of operations at non-towered, non-radar airports in near all-weather conditions. A key element of the design is the establishment of a volume of airspace around designated airports where pilots accept responsibility for self-separation. Flights operating at these airports, are given approach sequencing information computed by a ground based automated system. The SATS HVO validation experiment was conducted in the ATOL during the spring of 2004 in order to determine if a pilot can safely and proficiently fly an airplane while performing SATS HVO procedures. Comparative measures of flight path error, perceived workload and situation awareness were obtained for two types of scenarios. Baseline scenarios were representative of today s system utilizing procedure separation, where air traffic control grants one approach or departure clearance at a time. SATS HVO scenarios represented approaches and departure procedures as described in the SATS HVO concept of operations. Results from the experiment indicate that low time pilots were able to fly SATS HVO procedures and maintain self-separation as safely and proficiently as flying today's procedures.

  17. 40 CFR 246.201-3 - Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... mixed paper separation. 246.201-3 Section 246.201-3 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Recommended Procedures § 246.201-3 Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation. In areas where markets are available, it is recommended that glass, cans, and mixed paper be separated at the...

  18. Pilot trial on separation conditions for diaper recycling.

    PubMed

    Kim, Kyung-Shin; Cho, Hee-Sun

    2017-09-01

    By utilizing laboratory-scale tests, the optimal separation conditions for diaper recycling were identified, and then, these conditions were validated by a pilot trial. In this research, we determined the mass balances derived during various processing steps and identified the most feasible procedures to use for separating each material in the output flow. The results showed that drum screening was not able to remove all the fiber and super absorbent particles (SAP) in the plastic-rich fraction and that cellulose enzyme treatment can be a good solution. To achieve better separation of fibers and SAP, slot screening followed by a cleaner is a potential option. A feasible diaper recycling process was recommended based on these results. This process involves screening and enzymatic treatment for the plastic fraction, and screening, cleaning, and thickening for the fiber fraction. Treatment procedures were also proposed for the SAP fraction and rejected materials. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  19. Coulomb explosion: a novel approach to separate single-walled carbon nanotubes from their bundle.

    PubMed

    Liu, Guangtong; Zhao, Yuanchun; Zheng, Kaihong; Liu, Zheng; Ma, Wenjun; Ren, Yan; Xie, Sishen; Sun, Lianfeng

    2009-01-01

    A novel approach based on Coulomb explosion has been developed to separate single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWNTs) from their bundle. With this technique, we can readily separate a bundle of SWNTs into smaller bundles with uniform diameter as well as some individual SWNTs. The separated SWNTs have a typical length of several microns and form a nanotree at one end of the original bundle. More importantly, this separating procedure involves no surfactant and includes only one-step physical process. The separation method offers great conveniences for the subsequent individual SWNT or multiterminal SWNTs device fabrication and their physical properties studies.

  20. CT and MRI slice separation evaluation by LabView developed software.

    PubMed

    Acri, Giuseppe; Testagrossa, Barbara; Sestito, Angela; Bonanno, Lilla; Vermiglio, Giuseppe

    2018-02-01

    The efficient use of Computed Tomography (CT) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) equipment necessitates establishing adequate quality-control (QC) procedures. In particular, the accuracy of slice separation, during multislices acquisition, requires scan exploration of phantoms containing test objects. To simplify such procedures, a novel phantom and a computerised LabView-based procedure have been devised, enabling determination the midpoint of full width at half maximum (FWHM) in real time while the distance from the profile midpoint of two progressive images is evaluated and measured. The results were compared with those obtained by processing the same phantom images with commercial software. To validate the proposed methodology the Fisher test was conducted on the resulting data sets. In all cases, there was no statistically significant variation between the commercial procedure and the LabView one, which can be used on any CT and MRI diagnostic devices. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier GmbH.

  1. Electronic Procedures for Medical Operations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    2015-01-01

    Electronic procedures are replacing text-based documents for recording the steps in performing medical operations aboard the International Space Station. S&K Aerospace, LLC, has developed a content-based electronic system-based on the Extensible Markup Language (XML) standard-that separates text from formatting standards and tags items contained in procedures so they can be recognized by other electronic systems. For example, to change a standard format, electronic procedures are changed in a single batch process, and the entire body of procedures will have the new format. Procedures can be quickly searched to determine which are affected by software and hardware changes. Similarly, procedures are easily shared with other electronic systems. The system also enables real-time data capture and automatic bookmarking of current procedure steps. In Phase II of the project, S&K Aerospace developed a Procedure Representation Language (PRL) and tools to support the creation and maintenance of electronic procedures for medical operations. The goal is to develop these tools in such a way that new advances can be inserted easily, leading to an eventual medical decision support system.

  2. Different Ways to Cue a Coherent Memory System: A Theory for Episodic, Semantic, and Procedural Tasks.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Humphreys, Michael S.; And Others

    1989-01-01

    An associative theory of memory is proposed to serve as a counterexample to claims that dissociations among episodic, semantic, and procedural memory tasks necessitate separate memory systems. The theory is based on task analyses of matching (recognition and familiarity judgments), retrieval (cued recall), and production (free association). (TJH)

  3. Microstructure based procedure for process parameter control in rolling of aluminum thin foils

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Johannes, Kronsteiner; Kabliman, Evgeniya; Klimek, Philipp-Christoph

    2018-05-01

    In present work, a microstructure based procedure is used for a numerical prediction of strength properties for Al-Mg-Sc thin foils during a hot rolling process. For this purpose, the following techniques were developed and implemented. At first, a toolkit for a numerical analysis of experimental stress-strain curves obtained during a hot compression testing by a deformation dilatometer was developed. The implemented techniques allow for the correction of a temperature increase in samples due to adiabatic heating and for the determination of a yield strength needed for the separation of the elastic and plastic deformation regimes during numerical simulation of multi-pass hot rolling. At the next step, an asymmetric Hot Rolling Simulator (adjustable table inlet/outlet height as well as separate roll infeed) was developed in order to match the exact processing conditions of a semi-industrial rolling procedure. At each element of a finite element mesh the total strength is calculated by in-house Flow Stress Model based on evolution of mean dislocation density. The strength values obtained by numerical modelling were found in a reasonable agreement with results of tensile tests for thin Al-Mg-Sc foils. Thus, the proposed simulation procedure might allow to optimize the processing parameters with respect to the microstructure development.

  4. [Baseflow separation methods in hydrological process research: a review].

    PubMed

    Xu, Lei-Lei; Liu, Jing-Lin; Jin, Chang-Jie; Wang, An-Zhi; Guan, De-Xin; Wu, Jia-Bing; Yuan, Feng-Hui

    2011-11-01

    Baseflow separation research is regarded as one of the most important and difficult issues in hydrology and ecohydrology, but lacked of unified standards in the concepts and methods. This paper introduced the theories of baseflow separation based on the definitions of baseflow components, and analyzed the development course of different baseflow separation methods. Among the methods developed, graph separation method is simple and applicable but arbitrary, balance method accords with hydrological mechanism but is difficult in application, whereas time series separation method and isotopic method can overcome the subjective and arbitrary defects caused by graph separation method, and thus can obtain the baseflow procedure quickly and efficiently. In recent years, hydrological modeling, digital filtering, and isotopic method are the main methods used for baseflow separation.

  5. 40 CFR 246.201-3 - Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ..., and mixed paper separation. 246.201-3 Section 246.201-3 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL... and Recommended Procedures § 246.201-3 Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation. In areas where markets are available, it is recommended that glass, cans, and mixed paper be...

  6. 40 CFR 246.201-3 - Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ..., and mixed paper separation. 246.201-3 Section 246.201-3 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL... and Recommended Procedures § 246.201-3 Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation. In areas where markets are available, it is recommended that glass, cans, and mixed paper be...

  7. Most-probable-number loop-mediated isothermal amplification-based procedure enhanced with K antigen-specific immunomagnetic separation for quantifying tdh(+) Vibrio parahaemolyticus in molluscan Shellfish.

    PubMed

    Tanaka, Natsuko; Iwade, Yoshito; Yamazaki, Wataru; Gondaira, Fumio; Vuddhakul, Varaporn; Nakaguchi, Yoshitsugu; Nishibuchi, Mitsuaki

    2014-07-01

    Although thermostable direct hemolysin-producing (tdh(+)) Vibrio parahaemolyticus is the leading cause of seafood-borne gastroenteritis, the enumeration of tdh(+) V. parahaemolyticus remains challenging due to its low densities in the environment. In this study, we developed a most-probable-number (MPN)-based procedure designated A-IS(1)-LAMP, in which an immunomagnetic separation (IMS) technique targeting as many as 69 established K antigens and a loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP) assay targeting the thermostable direct hemolysin (tdh) gene were applied in an MPN format. Our IMS employed PickPen, an eight-channel intrasolution magnetic particle separation device, which enabled a straightforward microtiter plate-based IMS procedure (designated as PickPen-IMS). The ability of the procedure to quantify a wide range of tdh(+) V. parahaemolyticus levels was evaluated by testing shellfish samples in Japan and southern Thailand, where shellfish products are known to contain relatively low and high levels of total V. parahaemolyticus, respectively. The Japanese and Thai shellfish samples showed, respectively, relatively low (< 3 to 11 MPN/10 g) and considerably higher (930 to 110,000 MPN/10 g) levels of tdh(+) V. parahaemolyticus, raising concern about the safety of Thai shellfish products sold to domestic consumers at local morning markets. LAMP showed similar or higher performance than conventional PCR in the detection and quantification of a wide range of tdh(+) V. parahaemolyticus levels in shellfish products. Whereas a positive effect of PickPen-IMS was not observed in MPN determination, PickPen-IMS was able to concentrate tdh(+) V. parahaemolyticus 32-fold on average from the Japanese shellfish samples at an individual tube level, suggesting a possibility of using PickPen-IMS as an optional tool for specific shellfish samples. The A-IS(1)-LAMP procedure can be used by any health authority in the world to measure the tdh(+) V. parahaemolyticus levels in shellfish products.

  8. Group-theoretical approach to the construction of bases in 2{sup n}-dimensional Hilbert space

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Garcia, A.; Romero, J. L.; Klimov, A. B., E-mail: klimov@cencar.udg.mx

    2011-06-15

    We propose a systematic procedure to construct all the possible bases with definite factorization structure in 2{sup n}-dimensional Hilbert space and discuss an algorithm for the determination of basis separability. The results are applied for classification of bases for an n-qubit system.

  9. Endoscopic ultrasound and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography for obstructing pancreas head masses: combined or separate procedures?

    PubMed

    Aslanian, Harry R; Estrada, Juan D; Rossi, Federico; Dziura, James; Jamidar, Priya A; Siddiqui, Uzma D

    2011-09-01

    Endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) are complementary procedures in the evaluation of obstructive jaundice. To determine the feasibility, accuracy, and safety of the combined performance of EUS-guided fine needle aspiration (FNA) and ERCP with biliary stenting in patients with obstructive jaundice. Retrospectively reviewed data from consecutive patients presenting with obstructive jaundice due to a pancreas mass at a tertiary referral hospital between April 2002 and November 2007 who underwent combined (under the same sedation and in the same room) or separate EUS and ERCP. Procedure duration, amount of sedative medication administered, ability to achieve biliary stent placement, and the diagnostic yield of EUS-FNA were evaluated. A total of 47 patients were evaluated: 29 patients underwent combined EUS and ERCP and 18 had separate procedures (median of 5 d between procedures). Stent placement at ERCP was successful in 72% combined procedures versus 88% separate ERCP. EUS-FNA diagnosis of malignancy was positive in 91.6% combined versus 87.5% separate. The only complication was self-limited melena after a combined procedure in 1 patient. The median time for combined procedures was 75 minutes versus 50 minutes for separate EUS and 50 minutes for ERCP. Combined EUS and ERCP can be performed under the same sedation with a median 25 minute greater procedure length and similarly high yields for diagnostic EUS-FNA. A nonsignificant trend toward lower biliary stent placement success rates with combined ERCP procedures merits further study. Benefits of a combined procedure may include expedited patient evaluation and the avoidance of repeated sedation.

  10. The selection of adhesive systems for resin-based luting agents.

    PubMed

    Carville, Rebecca; Quinn, Frank

    2008-01-01

    The use of resin-based luting agents is ever expanding with the development of adhesive dentistry. A multitude of different adhesive systems are used with resin-based luting agents, and new products are introduced to the market frequently. Traditional adhesives generally required a multiple step bonding procedure prior to cementing with active resin-based luting materials; however, combined agents offer a simple application procedure. Self-etching 'all-in-one' systems claim that there is no need for the use of a separate adhesive process. The following review addresses the advantages and disadvantages of the available adhesive systems used with resin-based luting agents.

  11. Sensory description of sweet wines obtained by the winemaking procedures of raisining, botrytisation and fortification.

    PubMed

    González-Álvarez, Mariana; Noguerol-Pato, Raquel; González-Barreiro, Carmen; Cancho-Grande, Beatriz; Simal-Gándara, Jesús

    2014-02-15

    The effect of winemaking procedures on the sensory modification of sweet wines was investigated. Garnacha Tintorera-based sweet wines were obtained by two different processes: by using raisins for vinification to obtain a naturally sweet wine and by using freshly harvested grapes with the stoppage of the fermentation by the addition of alcohol. Eight international sweet wines were also subjected to sensory analysis for comparative description purposes. Wines were described with a sensory profile by 12 trained panellists on 70 sensory attributes by employing the frequency of citation method. Analysis of variance of the descriptive data confirmed the existence of subtle sensory differences among Garnacha Tintorera-based sweet wines depending on the procedure used for their production. Cluster analysis emphasised discriminated attributes between the Garnacha Tintorera-based and the commercial groups of sweet wines for both those obtained by raisining and by fortification. Several kinds of discriminant functions were used to separate groups of sweet wines--obtained by botrytisation, raisining and fortification--to show the key descriptors that contribute to their separation and define the sensory perception of each type of wine. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  12. Application of Satellite Based Augmentation Systems to Altitude Separation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Magny, Jean Pierre

    This paper presents the application of GNSS1, or more precisely of Satellite Based Augmentation Systems (SBAS), to vertical separation for en-route, approach and landing operations. Potential improvements in terms of operational benefit and of safety are described for two main applications. First, vertical separation between en-route aircraft, which requires a system available across wide areas. SBAS (EGNOS, WAAS, and MSAS) are very well suited for this purpose before GNSS2 becomes available. And secondly, vertical separation from the ground during approach and landing, for which preliminary design principles of instrument approach procedures and safety issues are presented. Approach and landing phases are the subject of discussions within ICAO GNSS-P. En-route phases have been listed as GNSS-P future work and by RTCA for development of new equipments.

  13. Automated procedure execution for space vehicle autonomous control

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Broten, Thomas A.; Brown, David A.

    1990-01-01

    Increased operational autonomy and reduced operating costs have become critical design objectives in next-generation NASA and DoD space programs. The objective is to develop a semi-automated system for intelligent spacecraft operations support. The Spacecraft Operations and Anomaly Resolution System (SOARS) is presented as a standardized, model-based architecture for performing High-Level Tasking, Status Monitoring and automated Procedure Execution Control for a variety of spacecraft. The particular focus is on the Procedure Execution Control module. A hierarchical procedure network is proposed as the fundamental means for specifying and representing arbitrary operational procedures. A separate procedure interpreter controls automatic execution of the procedure, taking into account the current status of the spacecraft as maintained in an object-oriented spacecraft model.

  14. 4 CFR 28.98 - Individual charges in EEO cases.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... complaint process. (d) Special rules for RIF based actions. An individual alleging discrimination issues in connection with a RIF-based separation may follow the procedures outlined above in paragraph (c) of this.... (2) A charging party challenging a RIF action by filing directly with the PAB shall follow the...

  15. 4 CFR 28.98 - Individual charges in EEO cases.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... complaint process. (d) Special rules for RIF based actions. An individual alleging discrimination issues in connection with a RIF-based separation may follow the procedures outlined above in paragraph (c) of this.... (2) A charging party challenging a RIF action by filing directly with the PAB shall follow the...

  16. 4 CFR 28.98 - Individual charges in EEO cases.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... complaint process. (d) Special rules for RIF based actions. An individual alleging discrimination issues in connection with a RIF-based separation may follow the procedures outlined above in paragraph (c) of this.... (2) A charging party challenging a RIF action by filing directly with the PAB shall follow the...

  17. Biosorption of platinum and palladium for their separation/preconcentration prior to graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometric determination

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Godlewska-Żyłkiewicz, Beata

    2003-08-01

    Inexpensive baker's yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae and green algae Chlorella vulgaris, either free or immobilized on silica gel have been shown to selectively accumulate platinum and palladium from water samples in acidic medium (pH 1.6-1.8). Optimization of conditions of metals biosorption (sample pH, algae and yeast masses, adsorption time, temperature) was performed in batch mode. The procedure of matrix separation based on biosorption of platinum and palladium on algae C. vulgaris covalently immobilized on silica gel in flow mode was developed. The use of algae in flow procedure offers several advantages compared with its use in the batch mode. The procedure shows better reproducibility (<2%), improved efficiency of platinum retention on the column (93.3±1.6%), is less laborious and less time consuming. The best recovery of biosorbed metals from column (87.7±3.3% for platinum and 96.8±1.1 for palladium) was obtained with solution of 0.3 mol l -1 thiourea in 1 mol l -1 hydrochloric acid. The influence of thiourea on analytical signals of examined metals during GFAAS determination is discussed. The procedure has been applied for separation of noble metals from tap and waste water samples spiked with platinum and palladium.

  18. Production and isolation of homologs of flerovium and element 115 at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory Center for Accelerator Mass Spectrometry

    DOE PAGES

    Despotopulos, John D.; Kmak, Kelly N.; Gharibyan, Narek; ...

    2015-10-01

    Here, new procedures have been developed to isolate no-carrier-added (NCA) radionuclides of the homologs and pseudo-homologs of flerovium (Hg, Sn) and element 115 (Sb), produced by 12–15 MeV proton irradiation of foil stacks with the tandem Van-de-Graaff accelerator at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory Center for Accelerator Mass Spectrometry (CAMS) facility. The separation of 113Sn from natIn foil was performed with anion-exchange chromatography from hydrochloric and nitric acid matrices. A cation-exchange chromatography method based on hydrochloric and mixed hydrochloric/hydroiodic acids was used to separate 124Sb from natSn foil. A procedure using Eichrom TEVA resin was developed to separate 197Hg frommore » Au foil. These results demonstrate the suitability of using the CAMS facility to produce NCA radioisotopes for studies of transactinide homologs.« less

  19. Selective isolation of gonyautoxins 1,4 from the dinoflagellate Alexandrium minutum based on molecularly imprinted solid-phase extraction.

    PubMed

    Lian, Ziru; Wang, Jiangtao

    2017-09-15

    Gonyautoxins 1,4 (GTX1,4) from Alexandrium minutum samples were isolated selectively and recognized specifically by an innovative and effective extraction procedure based on molecular imprinting technology. Novel molecularly imprinted polymer microspheres (MIPMs) were prepared by double-templated imprinting strategy using caffeine and pentoxifylline as dummy templates. The synthesized polymers displayed good affinity to GTX1,4 and were applied as sorbents. Further, an off-line molecularly imprinted solid-phase extraction (MISPE) protocol was optimized and an effective approach based on the MISPE coupled with HPLC-FLD was developed for selective isolation of GTX1,4 from the cultured A. minutum samples. The separation method showed good extraction efficiency (73.2-81.5%) for GTX1,4 and efficient removal of interferences matrices was also achieved after the MISPE process for the microalgal samples. The outcome demonstrated the superiority and great potential of the MISPE procedure for direct separation of GTX1,4 from marine microalgal extracts. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  20. Automated Clean Chemistry for Bulk Analysis of Environmental Swipe Samples - FY17 Year End Report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ticknor, Brian W.; Metzger, Shalina C.; McBay, Eddy H.

    Sample preparation methods for mass spectrometry are being automated using commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) equipment to shorten lengthy and costly manual chemical purification procedures. This development addresses a serious need in the International Atomic Energy Agency’s Network of Analytical Laboratories (IAEA NWAL) to increase efficiency in the Bulk Analysis of Environmental Samples for Safeguards program with a method that allows unattended, overnight operation. In collaboration with Elemental Scientific Inc., the prepFAST-MC2 was designed based on COTS equipment. It was modified for uranium/plutonium separations using renewable columns packed with Eichrom TEVA and UTEVA resins, with a chemical separation method based on the Oakmore » Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) NWAL chemical procedure. The newly designed prepFAST-SR has had several upgrades compared with the original prepFAST-MC2. Both systems are currently installed in the Ultra-Trace Forensics Science Center at ORNL.« less

  1. Autonomous Flight Rules - A Concept for Self-Separation in U.S. Domestic Airspace

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wing, David J.; Cotton, William B.

    2011-01-01

    Autonomous Flight Rules (AFR) are proposed as a new set of operating regulations in which aircraft navigate on tracks of their choice while self-separating from traffic and weather. AFR would exist alongside Instrument and Visual Flight Rules (IFR and VFR) as one of three available flight options for any appropriately trained and qualified operator with the necessary certified equipment. Historically, ground-based separation services evolved by necessity as aircraft began operating in the clouds and were unable to see each other. Today, technologies for global navigation, airborne surveillance, and onboard computing enable the functions of traffic conflict management to be fully integrated with navigation procedures onboard the aircraft. By self-separating, aircraft can operate with more flexibility and fewer restrictions than are required when using ground-based separation. The AFR concept is described in detail and provides practical means by which self-separating aircraft could share the same airspace as IFR and VFR aircraft without disrupting the ongoing processes of Air Traffic Control.

  2. Outcomes and Safety of the Combined Abdominoplasty-Hysterectomy: A Preliminary Study.

    PubMed

    Massenburg, Benjamin B; Sanati-Mehrizy, Paymon; Ingargiola, Michael J; Rosa, Jonatan Hernandez; Taub, Peter J

    2015-10-01

    Abdominoplasty (ABP) at the time of hysterectomy (HYS) has been described in the literature since 1986 and is being increasingly requested by patients. However, outcomes of the combined procedure have not been thoroughly explored. The authors reviewed the American College of Surgeons National Surgical Quality Improvement Program database and identified each ABP, HYS, and combined ABP-HYS performed between 2005 and 2012. The incidence of complications in each of the three procedures was calculated, and a multiplicative-risk model was used to calculate the probability of a complication for a patient undergoing distinct HYS and ABP on different dates. One-sample binomial hypothesis tests were performed to determine statistical significance. There were 1325 ABP cases, 12,173 HYS cases, and 143 ABP-HYS cases identified. Surgical complications occurred in 7.7 % of patients undergoing an ABP-HYS, while the calculated risk of a surgical complication was 12.5 % (p = 0.0407) for patients undergoing separate ABP and HYS procedures. The mean operative time was significantly lower for an ABP-HYS at 238 vs. 270 min for separate ABP and HYS procedures (p < 0.0001), and the mean time under anesthesia was significantly lower at 295 vs. 364 min (p < 0.0001). A combined ABP-HYS has a lower incidence of surgical complications than separate ABP and HYS procedures performed on different dates. These data should not encourage all patients to elect a combined ABP-HYS, if only undergoing a HYS, as the combined procedure is associated with increased risks when compared to either isolated individual procedure. However, in patients who are planning on undergoing both procedures on separate dates, a combined ABP-HYS is a safe option that will result in fewer surgical complications, less operative time, less time under anesthesia, and a trend towards fewer days in the hospital. This journal requires that authors assign a level of evidence to each article. For a full description of these Evidence-Based Medicine ratings, please refer to the Table of Contents or the online Instructions to Authors www.springer.com/00266 .

  3. Final-Approach Spacing Aids (FASA) evaluation for terminal-area, time-based air traffic control

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Credeur, Leonard; Capron, William R.; Lohr, Gary W.; Crawford, Daniel J.; Tang, Dershuen A.; Rodgers, William G., Jr.

    1993-01-01

    A jointly funded (NASA/FAA) real-time simulation study was conducted at NASA Langley Research Center to gather comparative performance data among three candidate final-approach spacing aid (FASA) display formats. Several objective measures of controller performance and their display eye-scan behavior as well as subjective workload and rating questionnaires were used. For each of two representative pattern-speed procedures (a 170-knot procedure and a 210-knot procedure with speed control aiding), data were gathered, via twelve FAA controllers, using four final-controller display format conditions (manual/ARTS 3, graphic marker, DICE countdown, and centerline slot marker). Measured runway separations were more precise with both the graphic marker and DICE countdown formats than with the centerline slot marker and both (graphic and DICE) improved precision relative to the manual/ARTS 3 format. For three separate rating criteria, the subject controllers ranked the FASA formats in the same order: graphic marker, DICE countdown, and centerline slot marker. The increased precision measured with the 210-knot pattern-speed procedure may indicate the potential for the application of speed-control aiding where higher pattern speeds are practical after the base-to-final turn. Also presented are key FASA issues, a rationale for the formats selected for testing, and their description.

  4. 40 CFR 246.201-3 - Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Recommended procedures: Glass, can... and Recommended Procedures § 246.201-3 Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation. In areas where markets are available, it is recommended that glass, cans, and mixed paper be...

  5. 40 CFR 246.201-3 - Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 25 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Recommended procedures: Glass, can... and Recommended Procedures § 246.201-3 Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation. In areas where markets are available, it is recommended that glass, cans, and mixed paper be...

  6. Human-Centered Systems Analysis of Aircraft Separation from Adverse Weather: Implications for Icing Remote Sensing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Vigeant-Langlois, Laurence; Hansman, R. John, Jr.

    2003-01-01

    The objective of this project was to propose a means to improve aviation weather information, training procedures based on a human-centered systems approach. Methodology: cognitive analysis of pilot's tasks; trajectory-based approach to weather information; contingency planning support; and implications for improving weather information.

  7. Diffusion method of seperating gaseous mixtures

    DOEpatents

    Pontius, Rex B.

    1976-01-01

    A method of effecting a relatively large change in the relative concentrations of the components of a gaseous mixture by diffusion which comprises separating the mixture into heavier and lighter portions according to major fraction mass recycle procedure, further separating the heavier portions into still heavier subportions according to a major fraction mass recycle procedure, and further separating the lighter portions into still lighter subportions according to a major fraction equilibrium recycle procedure.

  8. Quantitative metabolomics of the thermophilic methylotroph Bacillus methanolicus.

    PubMed

    Carnicer, Marc; Vieira, Gilles; Brautaset, Trygve; Portais, Jean-Charles; Heux, Stephanie

    2016-06-01

    The gram-positive bacterium Bacillus methanolicus MGA3 is a promising candidate for methanol-based biotechnologies. Accurate determination of intracellular metabolites is crucial for engineering this bacteria into an efficient microbial cell factory. Due to the diversity of chemical and cell properties, an experimental protocol validated on B. methanolicus is needed. Here a systematic evaluation of different techniques for establishing a reliable basis for metabolome investigations is presented. Metabolome analysis was focused on metabolites closely linked with B. methanolicus central methanol metabolism. As an alternative to cold solvent based procedures, a solvent-free quenching strategy using stainless steel beads cooled to -20 °C was assessed. The precision, the consistency of the measurements, and the extent of metabolite leakage from quenched cells were evaluated in procedures with and without cell separation. The most accurate and reliable performance was provided by the method without cell separation, as significant metabolite leakage occurred in the procedures based on fast filtration. As a biological test case, the best protocol was used to assess the metabolome of B. methanolicus grown in chemostat on methanol at two different growth rates and its validity was demonstrated. The presented protocol is a first and helpful step towards developing reliable metabolomics data for thermophilic methylotroph B. methanolicus. This will definitely help for designing an efficient methylotrophic cell factory.

  9. Physico-chemical separation process of nanoparticles in cosmetic formulations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Retamal Marín, R. R.; Babick, F.; Stintz, M.

    2017-06-01

    Understanding the world of nanoparticles, especially their interactions with the environment, begins with their correct detection and successive quantification. To achieve this purpose, one needs to perform correctly developed standard operating procedures (SOPs). Furthermore, the study of nanoparticles frequently requires their characterisation in complex media (e.g. in cosmetic formulations). In this study, a set of sample preparation procedures for the detection and extraction of NMs in emulsion-based formulations is proposed and their performance for model and real-life products is discussed. A separation or extraction of lipid phases is achieved by means of organic solvents. The polarity of the lipid phases is decisive for selecting an optimum solvent. The use of the Hansen Solubility Parameters (HSP) may clearly support this decision.

  10. Separator Materials Used in Secondary Alkaline Batteries Characterized and Evaluated

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1996-01-01

    Nickel-cadmium (Ni/Cd) and nickel-hydrogen (Ni/H2) secondary alkaline batteries are vital to aerospace applications. Battery performance and cycle life are significantly affected by the type of separators used in those batteries. A team from NASA Lewis Research Center's Electrochemical Technology Branch developed standardized testing procedures to characterize and evaluate new and existing separator materials to improve performance and cycle life of secondary alkaline batteries. Battery separators must function as good electronic insulators and as efficient electrolyte reservoirs. At present, new types of organic and inorganic separator materials are being developed for Ni/Cd and Ni/H2 batteries. The separator material previously used in the NASA standard Ni/Cd was Pellon 2505, a 100-percent nylon-6 polymer that must be treated with zinc chloride (ZnCl2) to bond the fibers. Because of stricter Environmental Protection Agency regulation of ZnCl2 emissions, the battery community has been searching for new separators to replace Pellon 2505. As of today, two candidate separator materials have been identified; however, neither of the two materials have performed as well as Pellon 2505. The separator test procedures that were devised at Lewis are being implemented to expedite the search for new battery separators. The new test procedures, which are being carried out in the Separator Laboratory at Lewis, have been designed to guarantee accurate evaluations of the properties that are critical for sustaining proper battery operation. These properties include physical and chemical stability, chemical purity, gas permeability, electrolyte retention and distribution, uniformity, porosity, and area resistivity. A manual containing a detailed description of 12 separator test procedures has been drafted and will be used by the battery community to evaluate candidate separator materials for specific applications. These standardized procedures will allow for consistent, uniform, and reliable results that will ensure that separator materials have the desired properties for long life and good performance in secondary alkaline cells.

  11. 47 CFR 36.380 - Other billing and collecting expense.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS... Customer Operations Expenses § 36.380 Other billing and collecting expense. (a) This classification...

  12. 47 CFR 36.354 - Access expenses-Account 6540.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS... Network Operations Expenses § 36.354 Access expenses—Account 6540. (a) This account includes access...

  13. Flight Deck-Based Delegated Separation: Evaluation of an On-Board Interval Management System with Synthetic and Enhanced Vision Technology

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Prinzel, Lawrence J., III; Shelton, Kevin J.; Kramer, Lynda J.; Arthur, Jarvis J.; Bailey, Randall E.; Norman, Rober M.; Ellis, Kyle K. E.; Barmore, Bryan E.

    2011-01-01

    An emerging Next Generation Air Transportation System concept - Equivalent Visual Operations (EVO) - can be achieved using an electronic means to provide sufficient visibility of the external world and other required flight references on flight deck displays that enable the safety, operational tempos, and visual flight rules (VFR)-like procedures for all weather conditions. Synthetic and enhanced flight vision system technologies are critical enabling technologies to EVO. Current research evaluated concepts for flight deck-based interval management (FIM) operations, integrated with Synthetic Vision and Enhanced Vision flight-deck displays and technologies. One concept involves delegated flight deck-based separation, in which the flight crews were paired with another aircraft and responsible for spacing and maintaining separation from the paired aircraft, termed, "equivalent visual separation." The operation required the flight crews to acquire and maintain an "equivalent visual contact" as well as to conduct manual landings in low-visibility conditions. The paper describes results that evaluated the concept of EVO delegated separation, including an off-nominal scenario in which the lead aircraft was not able to conform to the assigned spacing resulting in a loss of separation.

  14. Large scale DNA microsequencing device

    DOEpatents

    Foote, Robert S.

    1997-01-01

    A microminiature sequencing apparatus and method provide means for simultaneously obtaining sequences of plural polynucleotide strands. The apparatus comprises a microchip into which plural channels have been etched using standard lithographic procedures and chemical wet etching. The channels include a reaction well and a separating section. Enclosing the channels is accomplished by bonding a transparent cover plate over the apparatus. A first oligonucleotide strand is chemically affixed to the apparatus through an alkyl chain. Subsequent nucleotides are selected by complementary base pair bonding. A target nucleotide strand is used to produce a family of labelled sequencing strands in each channel which are separated in the separating section. During or following separation the sequences are determined using appropriate detection means.

  15. Large scale DNA microsequencing device

    DOEpatents

    Foote, Robert S.

    1999-01-01

    A microminiature sequencing apparatus and method provide means for simultaneously obtaining sequences of plural polynucleotide strands. The apparatus comprises a microchip into which plural channels have been etched using standard lithographic procedures and chemical wet etching. The channels include a reaction well and a separating section. Enclosing the channels is accomplished by bonding a transparent cover plate over the apparatus. A first oligonucleotide strand is chemically affixed to the apparatus through an alkyl chain. Subsequent nucleotides are selected by complementary base pair bonding. A target nucleotide strand is used to produce a family of labelled sequencing strands in each channel which are separated in the separating section. During or following separation the sequences are determined using appropriate detection means.

  16. Large scale DNA microsequencing device

    DOEpatents

    Foote, R.S.

    1999-08-31

    A microminiature sequencing apparatus and method provide means for simultaneously obtaining sequences of plural polynucleotide strands. The apparatus comprises a microchip into which plural channels have been etched using standard lithographic procedures and chemical wet etching. The channels include a reaction well and a separating section. Enclosing the channels is accomplished by bonding a transparent cover plate over the apparatus. A first oligonucleotide strand is chemically affixed to the apparatus through an alkyl chain. Subsequent nucleotides are selected by complementary base pair bonding. A target nucleotide strand is used to produce a family of labelled sequencing strands in each channel which are separated in the separating section. During or following separation the sequences are determined using appropriate detection means. 11 figs.

  17. An information measure for class discrimination. [in remote sensing of crop observation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Shen, S. S.; Badhwar, G. D.

    1986-01-01

    This article describes a separability measure for class discrimination. This measure is based on the Fisher information measure for estimating the mixing proportion of two classes. The Fisher information measure not only provides a means to assess quantitatively the information content in the features for separating classes, but also gives the lower bound for the variance of any unbiased estimate of the mixing proportion based on observations of the features. Unlike most commonly used separability measures, this measure is not dependent on the form of the probability distribution of the features and does not imply a specific estimation procedure. This is important because the probability distribution function that describes the data for a given class does not have simple analytic forms, such as a Gaussian. Results of applying this measure to compare the information content provided by three Landsat-derived feature vectors for the purpose of separating small grains from other crops are presented.

  18. A stethoscope with wavelet separation of cardiac and respiratory sounds for real time telemedicine implemented on field-programmable gate array

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Castro, Víctor M.; Muñoz, Nestor A.; Salazar, Antonio J.

    2015-01-01

    Auscultation is one of the most utilized physical examination procedures for listening to lung, heart and intestinal sounds during routine consults and emergencies. Heart and lung sounds overlap in the thorax. An algorithm was used to separate them based on the discrete wavelet transform with multi-resolution analysis, which decomposes the signal into approximations and details. The algorithm was implemented in software and in hardware to achieve real-time signal separation. The heart signal was found in detail eight and the lung signal in approximation six. The hardware was used to separate the signals with a delay of 256 ms. Sending wavelet decomposition data - instead of the separated full signa - allows telemedicine applications to function in real time over low-bandwidth communication channels.

  19. Determination of lithium in rocks: Fluorometric method

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    White, C.E.; Fletcher, M.H.; Parks, J.

    1951-01-01

    The gravimetric method in general use for the determination of lithium is tedious, and the final weighed product often contains other alkali metals. A fluorometric method was developed to shorten the time required for the analysis and to assure that the final determination is for lithium alone. This procedure is based on the complex formed between lithium and 8-hydroxyquinoline. The fluorescence is developed in a slightly alkaline solution of 95% alcohol and measurement is made on a photoelectric fluorometer. Separation from the ore is carried out by the wet method or by the distillation procedure. Sodium and potassium are removed by alcohol and ether, but complete separation is not necessary. Comparison of analyzed samples shows excellent agreement with spectrographic and gravimetric methods. The fluorometric method is more rapid than the gravimetric and produces more conclusive results. Another useful application is in the preparation of standard lithium solutions from reagent quality salts when a known standard is available. In this case no separations are necessary.

  20. THE ANALYSIS OF URANIUM-ZIRCONIUM ALLOYS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Milner, G.W.C.; Skewies, A.F.

    1953-03-01

    A satisfactory procedure is described for the analysis of uranium-zirconium alloys containing up to 25% zirconium. It is based on the separation of the zirconium from the uranium by dissolving the cupferron complex of the former element into chloroform. After the evaporation of the solvent from the combined organic extracts, the residue is ignited to zirconium oxide. The latter is then re-dissolved and zirconium is separated from other elements co-extracted in the solvent extraction procedure by precipitation with mandelic acid. The zirconium mandelate is finally ignited to oxide at 960 deg C. The uranium is separated from the aqueous solutionmore » remaining from the cupferron extraction by precipitating with tannin at a pH of 8; the precipitate being removed by filtration and then ignited a t 800 deg C. The residue is dissolved in nitric acid and the uranium is finally determined by precipitating as ammonium diuranate and then igniting to U{sub 3}O{sub 8}. (auth)« less

  1. Effects of enviromentally imposed roughness on airfoil performance

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cebeci, Tuncer

    1987-01-01

    The experimental evidence for the effects of rain, insects, and ice on airfoil performance are examined. The extent to which the available information can be incorporated in a calculation method in terms of change of shape and surface roughness is discussed. The methods described are based on the interactive boundary layer procedure of Cebeci or on the thin layer Navier Stokes procedure developed at NASA. Cases presented show that extensive flow separation occurs on the rough surfaces.

  2. Object-oriented philosophy in designing adaptive finite-element package for 3D elliptic deferential equations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhengyong, R.; Jingtian, T.; Changsheng, L.; Xiao, X.

    2007-12-01

    Although adaptive finite-element (AFE) analysis is becoming more and more focused in scientific and engineering fields, its efficient implementations are remain to be a discussed problem as its more complex procedures. In this paper, we propose a clear C++ framework implementation to show the powerful properties of Object-oriented philosophy (OOP) in designing such complex adaptive procedure. In terms of the modal functions of OOP language, the whole adaptive system is divided into several separate parts such as the mesh generation or refinement, a-posterior error estimator, adaptive strategy and the final post processing. After proper designs are locally performed on these separate modals, a connected framework of adaptive procedure is formed finally. Based on the general elliptic deferential equation, little efforts should be added in the adaptive framework to do practical simulations. To show the preferable properties of OOP adaptive designing, two numerical examples are tested. The first one is the 3D direct current resistivity problem in which the powerful framework is efficiently shown as only little divisions are added. And then, in the second induced polarization£¨IP£©exploration case, new adaptive procedure is easily added which adequately shows the strong extendibility and re-usage of OOP language. Finally we believe based on the modal framework adaptive implementation by OOP methodology, more advanced adaptive analysis system will be available in future.

  3. Experimental Assessment and Enhancement of Planar Laser-Induced Fluorescence Measurements of Nitric Oxide in an Inverse Diffusion Flame

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Partridge, William P.; Laurendeau, Normand M.

    1997-01-01

    We have experimentally assessed the quantitative nature of planar laser-induced fluorescence (PLIF) measurements of NO concentration in a unique atmospheric pressure, laminar, axial inverse diffusion flame (IDF). The PLIF measurements were assessed relative to a two-dimensional array of separate laser saturated fluorescence (LSF) measurements. We demonstrated and evaluated several experimentally-based procedures for enhancing the quantitative nature of PLIF concentration images. Because these experimentally-based PLIF correction schemes require only the ability to make PLIF and LSF measurements, they produce a more broadly applicable PLIF diagnostic compared to numerically-based correction schemes. We experimentally assessed the influence of interferences on both narrow-band and broad-band fluorescence measurements at atmospheric and high pressures. Optimum excitation and detection schemes were determined for the LSF and PLIF measurements. Single-input and multiple-input, experimentally-based PLIF enhancement procedures were developed for application in test environments with both negligible and significant quench-dependent error gradients. Each experimentally-based procedure provides an enhancement of approximately 50% in the quantitative nature of the PLIF measurements, and results in concentration images nominally as quantitative as LSF point measurements. These correction procedures can be applied to other species, including radicals, for which no experimental data are available from which to implement numerically-based PLIF enhancement procedures.

  4. Refinement procedure for the image alignment in high-resolution electron tomography.

    PubMed

    Houben, L; Bar Sadan, M

    2011-01-01

    High-resolution electron tomography from a tilt series of transmission electron microscopy images requires an accurate image alignment procedure in order to maximise the resolution of the tomogram. This is the case in particular for ultra-high resolution where even very small misalignments between individual images can dramatically reduce the fidelity of the resultant reconstruction. A tomographic-reconstruction based and marker-free method is proposed, which uses an iterative optimisation of the tomogram resolution. The method utilises a search algorithm that maximises the contrast in tomogram sub-volumes. Unlike conventional cross-correlation analysis it provides the required correlation over a large tilt angle separation and guarantees a consistent alignment of images for the full range of object tilt angles. An assessment based on experimental reconstructions shows that the marker-free procedure is competitive to the reference of marker-based procedures at lower resolution and yields sub-pixel accuracy even for simulated high-resolution data. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. Measuring Slit Width and Separation in a Diffraction Experiment

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gan, K. K.; Law, A. T.

    2009-01-01

    We present a procedure for measuring slit width and separation in single- and double-slit diffraction experiments. Intensity spectra of diffracted laser light are measured with an optical sensor (PIN diode). Slit widths and separations are extracted by fitting to the measured spectra. We present a simple fitting procedure to account for the…

  6. "Embodiment as procedures: Physical cleansing changes goal priming effects": Correction to Dong and Lee (2017).

    PubMed

    2017-06-01

    Reports an error in "Embodiment as procedures: Physical cleansing changes goal priming effects" by Ping Dong and Spike W. S. Lee ( Journal of Experimental Psychology: General , 2017[Apr], Vol 146[4], 592-605). In the article, the following F-value and p-values in the Results section of Experiment 3 were set incorrectly: The p -value p =.925 should be p =.922. The F - and p -values F (1, 201)=.011, p =.916 should be F (1, 201) .014, p = .906. (The following abstract of the original article appeared in record 2017-14922-010.) Physical cleansing reduces the influence of numerous psychological experiences, such as guilt from immoral behavior, dissonance from free choice, and good/bad luck from winning/losing. How do these domain-general effects occur? We propose an integrative account of cleansing as an embodied procedure of psychological separation. By separating physical traces from a physical target object (e.g., detaching dirt from hands), cleansing serves as the embodied grounding for the separation of psychological traces from a psychological target object (e.g., dissociating prior experience from the present self). This account predicts that cleansing reduces the accessibility of psychological traces and their consequences for judgments and behaviors. Testing these in the context of goal priming, we find that wiping one's hands (vs. not) decreases the mental accessibility (Experiment 1), behavioral expression (Experiment 2), and judged importance (Experiments 3-4) of previously primed goals (e.g., achievement, saving, fitness). But if a goal is primed after cleansing, its importance gets amplified instead (Experiment 3). Based on the logic of moderation-of-process, an alternative manipulation that psychologically separates a primed goal from the present self produces the same effects, but critically, the effects vanish once people wipe their hands clean (Experiment 4), consistent with the notion that cleansing functions as an embodied procedure of psychological separation. These findings have implications for the flexibility of goal pursuit. More broadly, our procedural perspective generates novel predictions about the scope and mechanisms of cleansing effects and may help integrate embodied and related phenomena. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved).

  7. Parabolized Navier-Stokes solutions of separation and trailing-edge flows

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brown, J. L.

    1983-01-01

    A robust, iterative solution procedure is presented for the parabolized Navier-Stokes or higher order boundary layer equations as applied to subsonic viscous-inviscid interaction flows. The robustness of the present procedure is due, in part, to an improved algorithmic formulation. The present formulation is based on a reinterpretation of stability requirements for this class of algorithms and requires only second order accurate backward or central differences for all streamwise derivatives. Upstream influence is provided for through the algorithmic formulation and iterative sweeps in x. The primary contribution to robustness, however, is the boundary condition treatment, which imposes global constraints to control the convergence path. Discussed are successful calculations of subsonic, strong viscous-inviscid interactions, including separation. These results are consistent with Navier-Stokes solutions and triple deck theory.

  8. Monitoring the enrichment of virgin olive oil with natural antioxidants by using a new capillary electrophoresis method.

    PubMed

    Nevado, Juan José Berzas; Robledo, Virginia Rodríguez; Callado, Carolina Sánchez-Carnerero

    2012-07-15

    The enrichment of virgin olive oil (VOO) with natural antioxidants contained in various herbs (rosemary, thyme and oregano) was studied. Three different enrichment procedures were used for the solid-liquid extraction of antioxidants present in the herbs to VOO. One involved simply bringing the herbs into contact with the VOO for 190 days; another keeping the herb-VOO mixture under stirring at room temperature (25°C) for 11 days; and the third stirring at temperatures above room level (35-40°C). The efficiency of each procedure was assessed by using a reproducible, efficient, reliable analytical capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) method to separate and determine selected phenolic compounds (rosmarinic and caffeic acid) in the oil. Prior to electrophoretic separation, the studied antioxidants were isolated from the VOO matrix by using an optimised preconcentration procedure based on solid phase extraction (SPE). The CZE method was optimised and validated. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  9. A Method of Separation Assurance for Instrument Flight Procedures at Non-Radar Airports

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Conway, Sheila R.; Consiglio, Maria

    2002-01-01

    A method to provide automated air traffic separation assurance services during approach to or departure from a non-radar, non-towered airport environment is described. The method is constrained by provision of these services without radical changes or ambitious investments in current ground-based technologies. The proposed procedures are designed to grant access to a large number of airfields that currently have no or very limited access under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR), thus increasing mobility with minimal infrastructure investment. This paper primarily addresses a low-cost option for airport and instrument approach infrastructure, but is designed to be an architecture from which a more efficient, albeit more complex, system may be developed. A functional description of the capabilities in the current NAS infrastructure is provided. Automated terminal operations and procedures are introduced. Rules of engagement and the operations are defined. Results of preliminary simulation testing are presented. Finally, application of the method to more terminal-like operations, and major research areas, including necessary piloted studies, are discussed.

  10. Space biosynthesis systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nyiri, L. K.; Toth, G. M.

    1976-01-01

    Model reactions based on chemical, enzymatic or cellular conversion of D glucose into d gluconic acid are designed to unequivocally define the advantages of microgravity on reaction mechanisms, mass-transfers and separation of organic chemicals and to serve as procedures to test the performance characteristics of space bioprocessing equipment.

  11. 48 CFR 16.601 - Time-and-materials contracts.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... awarded without adequate price competition (see 15.403-1(c)(1)), the contract shall specify separate fixed...-Commercial Item Acquisitions With Adequate Price Competition, in solicitations contemplating use of a Time... based on adequate price competition. If authorized by agency procedures, the contracting officer may...

  12. Network information security in a phase III Integrated Academic Information Management System (IAIMS).

    PubMed

    Shea, S; Sengupta, S; Crosswell, A; Clayton, P D

    1992-01-01

    The developing Integrated Academic Information System (IAIMS) at Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center provides data sharing links between two separate corporate entities, namely Columbia University Medical School and The Presbyterian Hospital, using a network-based architecture. Multiple database servers with heterogeneous user authentication protocols are linked to this network. "One-stop information shopping" implies one log-on procedure per session, not separate log-on and log-off procedures for each server or application used during a session. These circumstances provide challenges at the policy and technical levels to data security at the network level and insuring smooth information access for end users of these network-based services. Five activities being conducted as part of our security project are described: (1) policy development; (2) an authentication server for the network; (3) Kerberos as a tool for providing mutual authentication, encryption, and time stamping of authentication messages; (4) a prototype interface using Kerberos services to authenticate users accessing a network database server; and (5) a Kerberized electronic signature.

  13. Separations and characterizations of fractions from Mayan, Heavy Arabian, and Hondo crude oils

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kircher, C.C.

    1991-01-01

    This paper reports on Mayan, Heavy Arabian, and Hondo crude oil resids separated with a modified, extended ASTM D2007 procedure. The fractions obtained have been characterized with various analytical techniques. Chemical properties, hydrodesulfurization, and hydrodemetallation activities of the resids have been correlated with the chemical properties of the separated fractions. Many correlations were indicative of the overall bulk properties of the resids and the broad chemical classes obtained from the separation schemes. Other correlations reflected the unique chemical nature of each crude oil resid. Some potentially important correlations were found between hydrodesulfurization activity and sulfur concentration in polars and asphaltenes,more » and between hydrodemetallation activity and nitrogen concentration in the acid and bases fractions.« less

  14. Large scale DNA microsequencing device

    DOEpatents

    Foote, R.S.

    1997-08-26

    A microminiature sequencing apparatus and method provide a means for simultaneously obtaining sequences of plural polynucleotide strands. The apparatus cosists of a microchip into which plural channels have been etched using standard lithographic procedures and chemical wet etching. The channels include a reaction well and a separating section. Enclosing the channels is accomplished by bonding a transparent cover plate over the apparatus. A first oligonucleotide strand is chemically affixed to the apparatus through an alkyl chain. Subsequent nucleotides are selected by complementary base pair bonding. A target nucleotide strand is used to produce a family of labelled sequencing strands in each channel which are separated in the separating section. During or following separation the sequences are determined using appropriate detection means. 17 figs.

  15. Rationale for two phase polymer system microgravity separation experiments

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brooks, D. E.; Bamberger, S. B.; Harris, J. M.; Vanalstine, J.

    1984-01-01

    The two-phase systems that result when aqueous solutions of dextran and poly(ethylene glycol) are mixed at concentrations above a few percent are discussed. They provide useful media for the partition and isolation of macromolecules and cell subpopulations. By manipulating their composition, separations based on a variety of molecular and surface properties are achieved, including membrane hydrophobic properties, cell surface charge, and membrane antigenicity. Work on the mechanism of cell partition shows there is a randomizing, nonthermal energy present which reduces separation resolution. This stochastic energy is probably associated with hydrodynamic interactions present during separation. Because such factors should be markedly reduced in microgravity, a series of shuttle experiments to indicate approaches to increasing the resolution of the procedure are planned.

  16. Bioprocessing feasibility analysis. [thymic hormone bioassay and electrophoresis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1978-01-01

    The biology and pathophysiology of the thymus gland is discussed and a clinical procedure for thymic hormone assay is described. The separation of null lymphocytes from mice spleens and the functional characteristics of the cells after storage and transportation were investigated to develop a clinical procedure for thymic hormone assay, and to determine whether a ground-based approach will provide the desired end-product in sufficient quantities, or whether the microgravity of space should be exploited for more economical preparation of the hormone.

  17. A simplified and powerful image processing methods to separate Thai jasmine rice and sticky rice varieties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khondok, Piyoros; Sakulkalavek, Aparporn; Suwansukho, Kajpanya

    2018-03-01

    A simplified and powerful image processing procedures to separate the paddy of KHAW DOK MALI 105 or Thai jasmine rice and the paddy of sticky rice RD6 varieties were proposed. The procedures consist of image thresholding, image chain coding and curve fitting using polynomial function. From the fitting, three parameters of each variety, perimeters, area, and eccentricity, were calculated. Finally, the overall parameters were determined by using principal component analysis. The result shown that these procedures can be significantly separate both varieties.

  18. 47 CFR 36.374 - Telephone operator services.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS... Customer Operations Expenses § 36.374 Telephone operator services. (a) Expenses in this classification include costs incurred for operators in call completion service and number services. This includes...

  19. The Affect Misattribution Procedure: hot or not?

    PubMed

    Blaison, Christophe; Imhoff, Roland; Hühnel, Isabell; Hess, Ursula; Banse, Rainer

    2012-04-01

    The Affect Misattribution Procedure (AMP; Payne, Cheng, Govorun, & Stewart, 2005) is an important tool in implicit social cognition research, but little is known about its underlying mechanisms. This paper investigates whether, as the name implies, affect-based processes really underlie the AMP. We used a modified AMP that enabled us to separate the influence of affective and nonaffective processes. In three studies, evidence for the implication of nonaffective processes was consistently found. In contrast, there was no evidence for affect-based processes. Thus, the AMP rather seems cold than hot. The generalizability of the results obtained with the modified AMP is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved).

  20. Performance Modeling of a Pilot in a Free Flight Mode. 1; A Free Flight Self-Separation Cancellations Due to the Requirement for Procedural Intervention

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ntuen, Celestine A.

    1999-01-01

    Developments are being made that allow pilots to have more flexibility over the control of their aircraft. This new concept is called Free Flight. Free Flight strives to move the current air traffic system into an age where space technology is used to its fullest potential. Self-separation is one part of the Free Flight system. Self-separation provides pilots the opportunity to choose their own route to reach a specified destination provided that they maintain the 'minimum required separation distance between airplanes. In the event that pilots are unable to maintain separation, controllers will need to have the aircraft separation authority passed back to them. This situation is known as a procedural intervention point. This project attempted to examine and diagnose those particular situations in an effort to avoid reaching a procedural intervention point in the near future. Crews that reached procedural intervention points were compared with crews that made similar maneuver types in the same scenario, but did not reach procedural intervention points. Results showed that there were no significant differences between crews in a high-density acute angle flight conditions. However, significant differences in maneuver times, following the detection of an intruder aircraft and following the time the intruder aircraft came into view, were found in a low-density, acute angle scenario.

  1. For Spacious Skies: Self-Separation with "Autonomous Flight Rules" in US Domestic Airspace

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wing, David J.; Cotton, William B.

    2011-01-01

    Autonomous Flight Rules (AFR) are proposed as a new set of operating regulations in which aircraft navigate on tracks of their choice while self-separating from traffic and weather. AFR would exist alongside Instrument and Visual Flight Rules (IFR and VFR) as one of three available flight options for any appropriately trained and qualified operator with the necessary certified equipment. Historically, ground-based separation services evolved by necessity as aircraft began operating in the clouds and were unable to see each other. Today, technologies for global precision navigation, emerging airborne surveillance, and onboard computing enable traffic conflict management to be fully integrated with navigation procedures onboard the aircraft. By self-separating, aircraft can operate with more flexibility and fewer flight restrictions than are required when using ground-based separation. The AFR concept proposes a practical means in which self-separating aircraft could share the same airspace as IFR and VFR aircraft without disrupting the ongoing processes of Air Traffic Control. The paper discusses the context and motivation for implementing self-separation in US domestic airspace. It presents a historical perspective on separation, the proposed way forward in AFR, the rationale behind mixed operations, and the expected benefits of AFR for the airspace user community.

  2. Abatement of waste gases and water during the processes of semiconductor fabrication.

    PubMed

    Wen, Rui-mei; Liang, Jun-wu

    2002-10-01

    The purpose of this article is to examine the methods and equipment for abating waste gases and water produced during the manufacture of semiconductor materials and devices. Three separating methods and equipment are used to control three different groups of electronic wastes. The first group includes arsine and phosphine emitted during the processes of semiconductor materials manufacture. The abatement procedure for this group of pollutants consists of adding iodates, cupric and manganese salts to a multiple shower tower (MST) structure. The second group includes pollutants containing arsenic, phosphorus, HF, HCl, NO2, and SO3 emitted during the manufacture of semiconductor materials and devices. The abatement procedure involves mixing oxidants and bases in an oval column with a separator in the middle. The third group consists of the ions of As, P and heavy metals contained in the waste water. The abatement procedure includes adding CaCO3 and ferric salts in a flocculation-sedimentation compact device equipment. Test results showed that all waste gases and water after the abatement procedures presented in this article passed the discharge standards set by the State Environmental Protection Administration of China.

  3. Identification of different geologic units using fuzzy constrained resistivity tomography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singh, Anand; Sharma, S. P.

    2018-01-01

    Different geophysical inversion strategies are utilized as a component of an interpretation process that tries to separate geologic units based on the resistivity distribution. In the present study, we present the results of separating different geologic units using fuzzy constrained resistivity tomography. This was accomplished using fuzzy c means, a clustering procedure to improve the 2D resistivity image and geologic separation within the iterative minimization through inversion. First, we developed a Matlab-based inversion technique to obtain a reliable resistivity image using different geophysical data sets (electrical resistivity and electromagnetic data). Following this, the recovered resistivity model was converted into a fuzzy constrained resistivity model by assigning the highest probability value of each model cell to the cluster utilizing fuzzy c means clustering procedure during the iterative process. The efficacy of the algorithm is demonstrated using three synthetic plane wave electromagnetic data sets and one electrical resistivity field dataset. The presented approach shows improvement on the conventional inversion approach to differentiate between different geologic units if the correct number of geologic units will be identified. Further, fuzzy constrained resistivity tomography was performed to examine the augmentation of uranium mineralization in the Beldih open cast mine as a case study. We also compared geologic units identified by fuzzy constrained resistivity tomography with geologic units interpreted from the borehole information.

  4. 75 FR 56489 - Separation Distances of Ammonium Nitrate and Blasting Agents From Explosives or Blasting Agents...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-09-16

    ... combustible, organic material calculated as carbon, or (3) ammonium nitrate-based fertilizers containing... that passes the insensitivity test prescribed in the definition of ammonium nitrate fertilizer issued by the Fertilizer Institute'' in its ``Definition and Test Procedures for Ammonium Nitrate Fertilizer...

  5. Optimized separation procedures for the simultaneous assay of three plant hormones in liquid biofertilizers

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    The overuse of petrochemical-based synthetic fertilizers has caused detrimental effects to soil, water supplies, foods, and animal health. This, in addition to increased awareness of organic farming, has generated considerable interest in the evaluation of renewable biofertilizers. In order to stu...

  6. Conducting a wildland visual resources inventory

    Treesearch

    James F. Palmer

    1979-01-01

    This paper describes a procedure for systematically inventorying the visual resources of wildland environments. Visual attributes are recorded photographically using two separate sampling methods: one based on professional judgment and the other on random selection. The location and description of each inventoried scene are recorded on U.S. Geological Survey...

  7. Evaluations for service-sire conception rate for heifer and cow inseminations with conventional and sexed semen

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Service-sire conception rate (SCR), a phenotypic fertility evaluation based on conventional (nonsexed) inseminations from parities 1 through 5, was implemented by USDA in August 2008. Using insemination data from 2005 through 2009, the SCR procedure was applied separately for nulliparous heifer inse...

  8. Effects of Reusing Gel Electrophoresis and Electrotransfer Buffers on Western Blotting.

    PubMed

    Heda, Ghanshyam D; Omotola, Oluwabukola B; Heda, Rajiv P; Avery, Jamie

    2016-09-01

    SDS-PAGE and Western blotting are 2 of the most commonly used biochemical methods for protein analysis. Proteins are electrophoretically separated based on their MWs by SDS-PAGE and then electrotransferred to a solid membrane surface for subsequent protein-specific analysis by immunoblotting, a procedure commonly known as Western blotting. Both of these procedures use a salt-based buffer, with the latter procedure consisting of methanol as an additive known for its toxicity. Previous reports present a contradictory view in favor or against reusing electrotransfer buffer, also known as Towbin's transfer buffer (TTB), with an aim to reduce the toxic waste. In this report, we present a detailed analysis of not only reusing TTB but also gel electrophoresis buffer (EB) on proteins of low to high MW range. Our results suggest that EB can be reused for at least 5 times without compromising the electrophoretic separation of mixture of proteins in an MW standard, BSA, and crude cell lysates. Additionally, reuse of EB did not affect the quality of subsequent Western blots. Successive reuse of TTB, on the other hand, diminished the signal of proteins of different MWs in a protein standard and a high MW membrane protein cystic fibrosis transmembrane-conductance regulator (CFTR) in Western blotting.

  9. 47 CFR 36.222 - Nonoperating income and expenses-Account 7300.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... SERVICES JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS... charitable, social or community welfare purposes, employee activities, membership dues and fees in service clubs, community welfare association and similar organizations. (c) The portion reflecting allowance for...

  10. 47 CFR 36.222 - Nonoperating income and expenses-Account 7300.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... SERVICES JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS... charitable, social or community welfare purposes, employee activities, membership dues and fees in service clubs, community welfare association and similar organizations. (c) The portion reflecting allowance for...

  11. 47 CFR 36.222 - Nonoperating income and expenses-Account 7300.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... SERVICES JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS... charitable, social or community welfare purposes, employee activities, membership dues and fees in service clubs, community welfare association and similar organizations. (c) The portion reflecting allowance for...

  12. 47 CFR 36.222 - Nonoperating income and expenses-Account 7300.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... SERVICES JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS... charitable, social or community welfare purposes, employee activities, membership dues and fees in service clubs, community welfare association and similar organizations. (c) The portion reflecting allowance for...

  13. Separation of pedogenic and lithogenic components of magnetic susceptibility in the Chinese loess/palaeosol sequence as determined by the CBD procedure and a mixing analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vidic, Nataša. J.; TenPas, Jeff D.; Verosub, Kenneth L.; Singer, Michael J.

    2000-08-01

    Magnetic susceptibility variations in the Chinese loess/palaeosol sequences have been used extensively for palaeoclimatic interpretations. The magnetic signal of these sequences must be divided into lithogenic and pedogenic components because the palaeoclimatic record is primarily reflected in the pedogenic component. In this paper we compare two methods for separating the pedogenic and lithogenic components of the magnetic susceptibility signal: the citrate-bicarbonate-dithionite (CBD) extraction procedure, and a mixing analysis. Both methods yield good estimates of the pedogenic component, especially for the palaeosols. The CBD procedure underestimates the lithogenic component and overestimates the pedogenic component. The magnitude of this effect is moderately high in loess layers but almost negligible in palaeosols. The mixing model overestimates the lithogenic component and underestimates the pedogenic component. Both methods can be adjusted to yield better estimates of both components. The lithogenic susceptibility, as determined by either method, suggests that palaeoclimatic interpretations based only on total susceptibility will be in error and that a single estimate of the average lithogenic susceptibility is not an accurate basis for adjusting the total susceptibility. A long-term decline in lithogenic susceptibility with depth in the section suggests more intense or prolonged periods of weathering associated with the formation of the older palaeosols. The CBD procedure provides the most comprehensive information on the magnitude of the components and magnetic mineralogy of loess and palaeosols. However, the mixing analysis provides a sensitive, rapid, and easily applied alternative to the CBD procedure. A combination of the two approaches provides the most powerful and perhaps the most accurate way of separating the magnetic susceptibility components.

  14. Efficient extraction and preparative separation of four main isoflavonoids from Dalbergia odorifera T. Chen leaves by deep eutectic solvents-based negative pressure cavitation extraction followed by macroporous resin column chromatography.

    PubMed

    Li, Lu; Liu, Ju-Zhao; Luo, Meng; Wang, Wei; Huang, Yu-Yan; Efferth, Thomas; Wang, Hui-Mei; Fu, Yu-Jie

    2016-10-15

    In this study, green and efficient deep eutectic solvent-based negative pressure cavitation-assisted extraction (DES-NPCE) followed by macroporous resin column chromatography was developed to extract and separate four main isoflavonoids, i.e. prunetin, tectorigenin, genistein and biochanin A from Dalbergia odorifera T. Chen leaves. The extraction procedure was optimized systematically by single-factor experiments and a Box-Behnken experimental design combined with response surface methodology. The maximum extraction yields of prunetin, tectorigenin, genistein and biochanin A reached 1.204, 1.057, 0.911 and 2.448mg/g dry weight, respectively. Moreover, the direct enrichment and separation of four isoflavonoids in DES extraction solution was successfully achieved by macroporous resin AB-8 with recovery yields of more than 80%. The present study provides a convenient and efficient method for the green extraction and preparative separation of active compounds from plants. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  15. A simple spectrophotometric method for determination of zirconium or hafnium in selected molybdenum-base alloys

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dupraw, W. A.

    1972-01-01

    A simple analytical procedure is described for accurately and precisely determining the zirconium or hafnium content of molybdenum-base alloys. The procedure is based on the reaction of the reagent Arsenazo III with zirconium or hafnium in strong hydrochloric acid solution. The colored complexes of zirconium or hafnium are formed in the presence of molybdenum. Titanium or rhenium in the alloy have no adverse effect on the zirconium or hafnium complex at the following levels in the selected aliquot: Mo, 10 mg; Re, 10 mg; Ti, 1 mg. The spectrophotometric measurement of the zirconium or hafnium complex is accomplished without prior separation with a relative standard deviation of 1.3 to 2.7 percent.

  16. Two Electrophoresis Experiments for Freshmen in the Health Professions.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brabson, G. Dana; Waugh, David S.

    1986-01-01

    Describes procedures involved with paper electrophoresis separation of amino acids, gel electrophoresis separation of DNA, and design of an electrophoresis tank. Describes experiments using paper (amino acids) and gel (deoxyribonucleic acid fragments). Provides material lists, procedures, and discussion. (JM)

  17. 47 CFR 36.379 - Message processing expense.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS... Customer Operations Expenses § 36.379 Message processing expense. (a) This classification includes the... exchange operation. (1) Effective July 1, 2001 through June 30, 2011, study areas subject to price cap...

  18. Analysis of transitional separation bubbles on infinite swept wings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Davis, R. L.; Carter, J. E.

    1986-01-01

    A previously developed two-dimensional local inviscid-viscous interaction technique for the analysis of airfoil transitional separation bubbles, ALESEP (Airfoil Leading Edge Separation), has been extended for the calculation of transitional separation bubbles over infinite swept wings. As part of this effort, Roberts' empirical correlation, which is interpreted as a separated flow empirical extension of Mack's stability theory for attached flows, has been incorporated into the ALESEP procedure for the prediction of the transition location within the separation bubble. In addition, the viscous procedure used in the ALESEP techniques has been modified to allow for wall suction. A series of two-dimensional calculations is presented as a verification of the prediction capability of the interaction techniques with the Roberts' transition model. Numerical tests have shown that this two-dimensional natural transition correlation may also be applied to transitional separation bubbles over infinite swept wings. Results of the interaction procedure are compared with Horton's detailed experimental data for separated flow over a swept plate which demonstrates the accuracy of the present technique. Wall suction has been applied to a similar interaction calculation to demonstrate its effect on the separation bubble. The principal conclusion of this paper is that the prediction of transitional separation bubbles over two-dimensional or infinite swept geometries is now possible using the present interacting boundary layer approach.

  19. Simultaneous determination of selected biogenic amines in alcoholic beverage samples by isotachophoretic and chromatographic methods.

    PubMed

    Jastrzębska, Aneta; Piasta, Anna; Szłyk, Edward

    2014-01-01

    A simple and useful method for the determination of biogenic amines in beverage samples based on isotachophoretic separation is described. The proposed procedure permitted simultaneous analysis of histamine, tyramine, cadaverine, putrescine, tryptamine, 2-phenylethylamine, spermine and spermidine. The data presented demonstrate the utility, simplicity, flexibility, sensitivity and environmentally friendly character of the proposed method. The precision of the method expressed as coefficient of variations varied from 0.1% to 5.9% for beverage samples, whereas recoveries varied from 91% to 101%. The results for the determination of biogenic amines were compared with an HPLC procedure based on a pre-column derivatisation reaction of biogenic amines with dansyl chloride. Furthermore, the derivatisation procedure was optimised by verification of concentration and pH of the buffer, the addition of organic solvents, reaction time and temperature.

  20. Association of Short-term Complications With Procedures Through Separate Incisions During Total Ankle Replacement.

    PubMed

    Criswell, Braden; Hunt, Kenneth; Kim, Todd; Chou, Loretta; Haskell, Andrew

    2016-10-01

    Surgeons disagree about the safety of adding adjuvant procedures requiring separate incisions during total ankle replacement (TAR). This study tested the hypothesis that complication rates for patients in the first year after TAR would be greater when combined with procedures through separate incisions. A retrospective review was performed on a consecutive series of 124 patients who underwent total ankle replacement between 2007 and 2013. Demographics, case-specific data, and postoperative complications over the first year were collected. A chi-square analysis was performed to compare differences in complication rates among patients with and without additional procedures requiring a separate incision. The average patient age was 67±10 years. Fourteen patients (11%) were diabetic and 2 patients (2%) were current smokers. Eighty-seven (70%) had prior trauma leading to arthritis. Ninety-seven (78%) cases used the Scandinavian Total Ankle Replacement (STAR), 16 (13%) Salto Talaris, and 11 (9%) In Bone implants. Ten (8%) cases were revisions. Excluding percutaneous Achilles lengthening, 35 of 124 patients (28%) had a total of 54 adjuvant procedures requiring a separate incision during TAR. These included 9 (7%) calcaneal osteotomies, 8 (6%) medial malleolar fixation, 6 (5%) subtalar fusions, 5 (4%) lateral ligament repair, 4 (3%) open Achilles lengthening, 4 (3%) removal of hardware, 2 (2%) first metatarsal osteotomy, and 8 other procedures. Overall, 32 (26%) of the 124 patients had a complication, including 15 (12%) delayed wound healing, 6 (5%) malleolar fracture, and 11 other complications. At 1 year, 24 (27%) of 89 patients without additional incisions and 8 (23%) of 35 patients with additional incisions, excluding percutaneous Achilles lengthening, had any complication (P = .64). This study did not demonstrate an association between additional procedures requiring a separate incision during TAR and early complications. Overall complication rates were similar to previously reported series of TAR. This study suggests that surgeons can add adjuvant procedures during TAR to improve alignment, stability, or treat adjacent segment arthritis without affecting short-term complication rates. The necessity or utility of these adjuvant procedures requires further study. Level III, comparative series. © The Author(s) 2016.

  1. Evaluation of High Density Air Traffic Operations with Automation for Separation Assurance, Weather Avoidance and Schedule Conformance

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Prevot, Thomas; Mercer, Joey S.; Martin, Lynne Hazel; Homola, Jeffrey R.; Cabrall, Christopher D.; Brasil, Connie L.

    2011-01-01

    In this paper we discuss the development and evaluation of our prototype technologies and procedures for far-term air traffic control operations with automation for separation assurance, weather avoidance and schedule conformance. Controller-in-the-loop simulations in the Airspace Operations Laboratory at the NASA Ames Research Center in 2010 have shown very promising results. We found the operations to provide high airspace throughput, excellent efficiency and schedule conformance. The simulation also highlighted areas for improvements: Short-term conflict situations sometimes resulted in separation violations, particularly for transitioning aircraft in complex traffic flows. The combination of heavy metering and growing weather resulted in an increased number of aircraft penetrating convective weather cells. To address these shortcomings technologies and procedures have been improved and the operations are being re-evaluated with the same scenarios. In this paper we will first describe the concept and technologies for automating separation assurance, weather avoidance, and schedule conformance. Second, the results from the 2010 simulation will be reviewed. We report human-systems integration aspects, safety and efficiency results as well as airspace throughput, workload, and operational acceptability. Next, improvements will be discussed that were made to address identified shortcomings. We conclude that, with further refinements, air traffic control operations with ground-based automated separation assurance can routinely provide currently unachievable levels of traffic throughput in the en route airspace.

  2. Preparative scale separation of thulium from erbium for neutron capture cross section measurements - Part: Preparative scale

    DOE PAGES

    Birnbaum, Eva R.; Bene, Balazs J.; Taylor, Wayne Allen; ...

    2016-06-04

    Here, this paper discusses the development of a separation method for isolation of Tm-171 from a half-gram irradiated erbium target in support of stockpile stewardship and astrophysics research. The developed procedure is based on cation exchange separation using alpha-hydroxyisobutyric acid (α-HIBA) as chelating agent. It is able to achieve either a decontamination factor of 1.4(4) × 10 5 with 68.9(3) % recovery or 95.4(3) % recovery with a decontamination factor of 5.82(7) × 10 3 for a mock 500-mg target containing 17.9 mg thulium in a single pass-through at room temperature.

  3. Removal of EMG and ECG artifacts from EEG based on wavelet transform and ICA.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Weidong; Gotman, Jean

    2004-01-01

    In this study, the methods of wavelet threshold de-noising and independent component analysis (ICA) are introduced. ICA is a novel signal processing technique based on high order statistics, and is used to separate independent components from measurements. The extended ICA algorithm does not need to calculate the higher order statistics, converges fast, and can be used to separate subGaussian and superGaussian sources. A pre-whitening procedure is performed to de-correlate the mixed signals before extracting sources. The experimental results indicate the electromyogram (EMG) and electrocardiograph (ECG) artifacts in electroencephalograph (EEG) can be removed by a combination of wavelet threshold de-noising and ICA.

  4. Pilot and Controller Evaluations of Separation Function Allocation in Air Traffic Management

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wing, David; Prevot, Thomas; Morey, Susan; Lewis, Timothy; Martin, Lynne; Johnson, Sally; Cabrall, Christopher; Como, Sean; Homola, Jeffrey; Sheth-Chandra, Manasi; hide

    2013-01-01

    Two human-in-the-loop simulation experiments were conducted in coordinated fashion to investigate the allocation of separation assurance functions between ground and air and between humans and automation. The experiments modeled a mixed-operations concept in which aircraft receiving ground-based separation services shared the airspace with aircraft providing their own separation service (i.e., self-separation). Ground-based separation was provided by air traffic controllers without automation tools, with tools, or by ground-based automation with controllers in a managing role. Airborne self-separation was provided by airline pilots using self-separation automation enabled by airborne surveillance technology. The two experiments, one pilot-focused and the other controller-focused, addressed selected key issues of mixed operations, assuming the starting point of current-day operations and modeling an emergence of NextGen technologies and procedures. In the controller-focused experiment, the impact of mixed operations on controller performance was assessed at four stages of NextGen implementation. In the pilot-focused experiment, the limits to which pilots with automation tools could take full responsibility for separation from ground-controlled aircraft were tested. Results indicate that the presence of self-separating aircraft had little impact on the controllers' ability to provide separation services for ground-controlled aircraft. Overall performance was best in the most automated environment in which all aircraft were data communications equipped, ground-based separation was highly automated, and self-separating aircraft had access to trajectory intent information for all aircraft. In this environment, safe, efficient, and highly acceptable operations could be achieved for twice today's peak airspace throughput. In less automated environments, reduced trajectory intent exchange and manual air traffic control limited the safely achievable airspace throughput and negatively impacted the maneuver efficiency of self-separating aircraft through high-density airspace. In a test of scripted conflicts with ground-managed aircraft, flight crews of self-separating aircraft prevented separation loss in all conflicts with detection time greater than one minute. In debrief, pilots indicated a preference for at least five minute's alerting notice and trajectory intent information on all aircraft. When intent information on ground-managed aircraft was available, self-separating aircraft benefited from fewer conflict alerts and fewer required deviations from trajectory-based operations.

  5. Loss reduction in axial-flow compressors through low-speed model testing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wisler, D. C.

    1984-01-01

    A systematic procedure for reducing losses in axial-flow compressors is presented. In this procedure, a large, low-speed, aerodynamic model of a high-speed core compressor is designed and fabricated based on aerodynamic similarity principles. This model is then tested at low speed where high-loss regions associated with three-dimensional endwall boundary layers flow separation, leakage, and secondary flows can be located, detailed measurements made, and loss mechanisms determined with much greater accuracy and much lower cost and risk than is possible in small, high-speed compressors. Design modifications are made by using custom-tailored airfoils and vector diagrams, airfoil endbends, and modified wall geometries in the high-loss regions. The design improvements resulting in reduced loss or increased stall margin are then scaled to high speed. This paper describes the procedure and presents experimental results to show that in some cases endwall loss has been reduced by as much as 10 percent, flow separation has been reduced or eliminated, and stall margin has been substantially improved by using these techniques.

  6. Development of an Analytical Procedure for the Determination of Multiclass Compounds for Forensic Veterinary Toxicology.

    PubMed

    Sell, Bartosz; Sniegocki, Tomasz; Zmudzki, Jan; Posyniak, Andrzej

    2018-04-01

    Reported here is a new analytical multiclass method based on QuEChERS technique, which has proven to be effective in diagnosing fatal poisoning cases in animals. This method has been developed for the determination of analytes in liver samples comprising rodenticides, carbamate and organophosphorus pesticides, coccidiostats and mycotoxins. The procedure entails addition of acetonitrile and sodium acetate to 2 g of homogenized liver sample. The mixture was shaken intensively and centrifuged for phase separation, which was followed by an organic phase transfer into a tube containing sorbents (PSA and C18) and magnesium sulfate, then it was centrifuged, the supernatant was filtered and analyzed by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry. A validation of the procedure was performed. Repeatability variation coefficients <15% have been achieved for most of the analyzed substances. Analytical conditions allowed for a successful separation of variety of poisons with the typical screening detection limit at ≤10 μg/kg levels. The method was used to investigate more than 100 animals poisoning incidents and proved that is useful to be used in animal forensic toxicology cases.

  7. A diffusion-matched principal component analysis (DM-PCA) based two-channel denoising procedure for high-resolution diffusion-weighted MRI

    PubMed Central

    Chang, Hing-Chiu; Bilgin, Ali; Bernstein, Adam; Trouard, Theodore P.

    2018-01-01

    Over the past several years, significant efforts have been made to improve the spatial resolution of diffusion-weighted imaging (DWI), aiming at better detecting subtle lesions and more reliably resolving white-matter fiber tracts. A major concern with high-resolution DWI is the limited signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), which may significantly offset the advantages of high spatial resolution. Although the SNR of DWI data can be improved by denoising in post-processing, existing denoising procedures may potentially reduce the anatomic resolvability of high-resolution imaging data. Additionally, non-Gaussian noise induced signal bias in low-SNR DWI data may not always be corrected with existing denoising approaches. Here we report an improved denoising procedure, termed diffusion-matched principal component analysis (DM-PCA), which comprises 1) identifying a group of (not necessarily neighboring) voxels that demonstrate very similar magnitude signal variation patterns along the diffusion dimension, 2) correcting low-frequency phase variations in complex-valued DWI data, 3) performing PCA along the diffusion dimension for real- and imaginary-components (in two separate channels) of phase-corrected DWI voxels with matched diffusion properties, 4) suppressing the noisy PCA components in real- and imaginary-components, separately, of phase-corrected DWI data, and 5) combining real- and imaginary-components of denoised DWI data. Our data show that the new two-channel (i.e., for real- and imaginary-components) DM-PCA denoising procedure performs reliably without noticeably compromising anatomic resolvability. Non-Gaussian noise induced signal bias could also be reduced with the new denoising method. The DM-PCA based denoising procedure should prove highly valuable for high-resolution DWI studies in research and clinical uses. PMID:29694400

  8. Rapid and Efficient Filtration-Based Procedure for Separation and Safe Analysis of CBRN Mixed Samples

    PubMed Central

    Bentahir, Mostafa; Laduron, Frederic; Irenge, Leonid; Ambroise, Jérôme; Gala, Jean-Luc

    2014-01-01

    Separating CBRN mixed samples that contain both chemical and biological warfare agents (CB mixed sample) in liquid and solid matrices remains a very challenging issue. Parameters were set up to assess the performance of a simple filtration-based method first optimized on separate C- and B-agents, and then assessed on a model of CB mixed sample. In this model, MS2 bacteriophage, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis baculovirus (AcNPV), Bacillus atrophaeus and Bacillus subtilis spores were used as biological agent simulants whereas ethyl methylphosphonic acid (EMPA) and pinacolyl methylphophonic acid (PMPA) were used as VX and soman (GD) nerve agent surrogates, respectively. Nanoseparation centrifugal devices with various pore size cut-off (30 kD up to 0.45 µm) and three RNA extraction methods (Invisorb, EZ1 and Nuclisens) were compared. RNA (MS2) and DNA (AcNPV) quantification was carried out by means of specific and sensitive quantitative real-time PCRs (qPCR). Liquid chromatography coupled to time-of-flight mass spectrometry (LC/TOFMS) methods was used for quantifying EMPA and PMPA. Culture methods and qPCR demonstrated that membranes with a 30 kD cut-off retain more than 99.99% of biological agents (MS2, AcNPV, Bacillus Atrophaeus and Bacillus subtilis spores) tested separately. A rapid and reliable separation of CB mixed sample models (MS2/PEG-400 and MS2/EMPA/PMPA) contained in simple liquid or complex matrices such as sand and soil was also successfully achieved on a 30 kD filter with more than 99.99% retention of MS2 on the filter membrane, and up to 99% of PEG-400, EMPA and PMPA recovery in the filtrate. The whole separation process turnaround-time (TAT) was less than 10 minutes. The filtration method appears to be rapid, versatile and extremely efficient. The separation method developed in this work constitutes therefore a useful model for further evaluating and comparing additional separation alternative procedures for a safe handling and preparation of CB mixed samples. PMID:24505375

  9. The Small Aircraft Transportation System (SATS), Higher Volume Operations (HVO) Concept and Research

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Baxley, B.; Williams, D.; Consiglio, M.; Adams, C.; Abbott, T.

    2005-01-01

    The ability to conduct concurrent, multiple aircraft operations in poor weather at virtually any airport offers an important opportunity for a significant increase in the rate of flight operations, a major improvement in passenger convenience, and the potential to foster growth of operations at small airports. The Small Aircraft Transportation System, (SATS) Higher Volume Operations (HVO) concept is designed to increase capacity at the 3400 non-radar, non-towered airports in the United States where operations are currently restricted to one-in/one-out procedural separation during low visibility or ceilings. The concept s key feature is that pilots maintain their own separation from other aircraft using air-to-air datalink and on-board software within the Self-Controlled Area (SCA), an area of flight operations established during poor visibility and low ceilings around an airport without Air Traffic Control (ATC) services. While pilots self-separate within the SCA, an Airport Management Module (AMM) located at the airport assigns arriving pilots their sequence based on aircraft performance, position, winds, missed approach requirements, and ATC intent. The HVO design uses distributed decision-making, safe procedures, attempts to minimize pilot and controller workload, and integrates with today's ATC environment. The HVO procedures have pilots make their own flight path decisions when flying in Instrument Metrological Conditions (IMC) while meeting these requirements. This paper summarizes the HVO concept and procedures, presents a summary of the research conducted and results, and outlines areas where future HVO research is required. More information about SATS HVO can be found at http://ntrs.nasa.gov.

  10. 47 CFR 36.377 - Category 1-Local business office expense.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 47 Telecommunication 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Category 1-Local business office expense. 36.377 Section 36.377 Telecommunication FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (CONTINUED) COMMON CARRIER SERVICES JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES, TAXES AND...

  11. Performance-based, cost- and time-effective pcb analytical methodology.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Alvarado, J. S.

    1998-06-11

    Laboratory applications for the analysis of PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls) in environmental matrices such as soil/sediment/sludge and oil/waste oil were evaluated for potential reduction in waste, source reduction, and alternative techniques for final determination. As a consequence, new procedures were studied for solvent substitution, miniaturization of extraction and cleanups, minimization of reagent consumption, reduction of cost per analysis, and reduction of time. These new procedures provide adequate data that meet all the performance requirements for the determination of PCBs. Use of the new procedures reduced costs for all sample preparation techniques. Time and cost were also reduced by combining the newmore » sample preparation procedures with the power of fast gas chromatography. Separation of Aroclor 1254 was achieved in less than 6 min by using DB-1 and SPB-608 columns. With the greatly shortened run times, reproducibility can be tested quickly and consequently with low cost. With performance-based methodology, the applications presented here can be applied now, without waiting for regulatory approval.« less

  12. Black-and-white separations of spacecraft original film

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Perry, L.

    1975-01-01

    Separation systems and a detailed procedure for the production and evaluation of separation negatives are reported. It is shown that these separation negatives have excellent stability, and meet archival storage requirements.

  13. Fertility during Marital Disruption. Discussion Paper 343-76.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rindfuss, Ronald R.; Bumpass, Larry L.

    The frequent occurrence of childbirth during periods of marital disruption is discussed. Life table procedures based on 1970 information show, from a sample of 1,054 women, that slightly more than 25% of separated, divorced, or widowed women had given birth within 48 months of marital disruption. The variables affecting these statistics are…

  14. Photoacoustic-based approach to surgical guidance performed with and without a da Vinci robot

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gandhi, Neeraj; Allard, Margaret; Kim, Sungmin; Kazanzides, Peter; Lediju Bell, Muyinatu A.

    2017-12-01

    Death and paralysis are significant risks of modern surgeries, caused by injury to blood vessels and nerves hidden by bone and other tissue. We propose an approach to surgical guidance that relies on photoacoustic (PA) imaging to determine the separation between these critical anatomical features and to assess the extent of safety zones during surgical procedures. Images were acquired as an optical fiber was swept across vessel-mimicking targets, in the absence and presence of teleoperation with a research da Vinci Surgical System. Vessel separation distances were measured directly from PA images. Vessel positions were additionally recorded based on the fiber position (calculated from the da Vinci robot kinematics) that corresponded to an observed PA signal, and these recordings were used to indirectly measure vessel separation distances. Amplitude- and coherence-based beamforming were used to estimate vessel separations, resulting in 0.52- to 0.56-mm mean absolute errors, 0.66- to 0.71-mm root-mean-square errors, and 65% to 68% more accuracy compared to fiber position measurements obtained through the da Vinci robot kinematics. Similar accuracy was achieved in the presence of up to 4.5-mm-thick ex vivo tissue. Results indicate that PA image-based measurements of the separation among anatomical landmarks could be a viable method for real-time path planning in multiple interventional PA applications.

  15. Potential impacts of advanced technologies on the ATC capacity of high-density terminal areas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Simpson, R. W.; Odoni, A. R.; Salas-Roche, F.

    1986-01-01

    Advanced technologies for airborne systems (automatic flight control, flight displays, navigation) and for ground ATC systems (digital communications, improved surveillance and tracking, automated decision-making) create the possibility of advanced ATC operations and procedures which can bring increased capacity for runway systems. A systematic analysis is carried out to identify certain such advanced ATC operations, and then to evaluate the potential benefits occurring over time at typical US high-density airports (Denver and Boston). The study is divided into three parts: (1) A Critical Examination of Factors Which Determine Operational Capacity of Runway Systems at Major Airports, is an intensive review of current US separation criteria and terminal area ATC operations. It identifies 11 new methods to increase the capacity of landings and takeoffs for runway systems; (2) Development of Risk Based Separation Criteria is the development of a rational structure for establishing reduced ATC separation criteria which meet a consistent Target Level of Safety using advanced technology and operational procedures; and (3) Estimation of Capacity Benefits from Advanced Terminal Area Operations - Denver and Boston, provides an estimate of the overall annual improvement in runway capacity which might be expected at Denver and Boston from using some of the advanced ATC procedures developed in Part 1. Whereas Boston achieved a substantial 37% increase, Denver only achieved a 4.7% increase in its overall annual capacity.

  16. Solid-phase extraction of heavy metal ions on bucky tubes disc in natural water and herbal plant samples.

    PubMed

    Soylak, Mustafa; Unsal, Yunus Emre

    2011-10-01

    A preconcentration-separation procedure has been established based on solid-phase extraction of Fe(III) and Pb(II) on bucky tubes (BTs) disc. Fe(III) and Pb(II) ions were quantitatively recovered at pH 6. The influences of the analytical parameters like sample volume, flow rates on the recoveries of analytes on BT disc were investigated. The effects of co-existing ions on the recoveries were also studied. The detection limits for iron and lead were found 1.6 and 4.9 μg L⁻¹, respectively. The validation of the presented method was checked by the analysis of TMDA-51.3 fortified water certified reference material. The presented procedure was successfully applied to the separation-preconcentration and determination of iron and lead content of some natural water and herbal plant samples from Kayseri, Turkey.

  17. Test Procedures for Characterizing, Evaluating, and Managing Separator Materials used in Secondary Alkaline Batteries

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Guasp, Edwin; Manzo, Michelle A.

    1997-01-01

    Secondary alkaline batteries, such as nickel-cadmium and silver-zinc, are commonly used for aerospace applications. The uniform evaluation and comparison of separator properties for these systems is dependent upon the measurement techniques. This manual presents a series of standard test procedures that can be used to evaluate, compare, and select separator materials for use in alkaline batteries. Detailed test procedures evaluating the following characteristics are included in this manual: physical measurements of thickness and area weight, dimensional stability measurements, electrolyte retention, resistivity, permeability as measured via bubble pressure, surface evaluation via SEM, chemical stability, and tensile strength.

  18. An improved procedure for the validation of satellite-based precipitation estimates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tang, Ling; Tian, Yudong; Yan, Fang; Habib, Emad

    2015-09-01

    The objective of this study is to propose and test a new procedure to improve the validation of remote-sensing, high-resolution precipitation estimates. Our recent studies show that many conventional validation measures do not accurately capture the unique error characteristics in precipitation estimates to better inform both data producers and users. The proposed new validation procedure has two steps: 1) an error decomposition approach to separate the total retrieval error into three independent components: hit error, false precipitation and missed precipitation; and 2) the hit error is further analyzed based on a multiplicative error model. In the multiplicative error model, the error features are captured by three model parameters. In this way, the multiplicative error model separates systematic and random errors, leading to more accurate quantification of the uncertainties. The proposed procedure is used to quantitatively evaluate the recent two versions (Version 6 and 7) of TRMM's Multi-sensor Precipitation Analysis (TMPA) real-time and research product suite (3B42 and 3B42RT) for seven years (2005-2011) over the continental United States (CONUS). The gauge-based National Centers for Environmental Prediction (NCEP) Climate Prediction Center (CPC) near-real-time daily precipitation analysis is used as the reference. In addition, the radar-based NCEP Stage IV precipitation data are also model-fitted to verify the effectiveness of the multiplicative error model. The results show that winter total bias is dominated by the missed precipitation over the west coastal areas and the Rocky Mountains, and the false precipitation over large areas in Midwest. The summer total bias is largely coming from the hit bias in Central US. Meanwhile, the new version (V7) tends to produce more rainfall in the higher rain rates, which moderates the significant underestimation exhibited in the previous V6 products. Moreover, the error analysis from the multiplicative error model provides a clear and concise picture of the systematic and random errors, with both versions of 3B42RT have higher errors in varying degrees than their research (post-real-time) counterparts. The new V7 algorithm shows obvious improvements in reducing random errors in both winter and summer seasons, compared to its predecessors V6. Stage IV, as expected, surpasses the satellite-based datasets in all the metrics over CONUS. Based on the results, we recommend the new procedure be adopted for routine validation of satellite-based precipitation datasets, and we expect the procedure will work effectively for higher resolution data to be produced in the Global Precipitation Measurement (GPM) era.

  19. SELECTIVE ENUMERATION OF AROMATIC AND ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBON DEGRADING BACTERIA BY A MOST-PROBABLE-NUMBER PROCEDURE

    EPA Science Inventory

    A most-portable-number (MPN) procedure was developed to separately enumerate aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbon degrading bacteria, because most of the currently available methods are unable to distinguish between these two groups. Separate 96-well microtiter plates are used to ...

  20. 47 CFR 36.181 - Material and supplies-Account 1220.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS... Material and Supplies and Cash Working Capital § 36.181 Material and supplies—Account 1220. (a) The amount included in Account 1220 is apportioned among the operations on the basis of the apportionment of the cost...

  1. Solving satisfiability problems using a novel microarray-based DNA computer.

    PubMed

    Lin, Che-Hsin; Cheng, Hsiao-Ping; Yang, Chang-Biau; Yang, Chia-Ning

    2007-01-01

    An algorithm based on a modified sticker model accompanied with an advanced MEMS-based microarray technology is demonstrated to solve SAT problem, which has long served as a benchmark in DNA computing. Unlike conventional DNA computing algorithms needing an initial data pool to cover correct and incorrect answers and further executing a series of separation procedures to destroy the unwanted ones, we built solutions in parts to satisfy one clause in one step, and eventually solve the entire Boolean formula through steps. No time-consuming sample preparation procedures and delicate sample applying equipment were required for the computing process. Moreover, experimental results show the bound DNA sequences can sustain the chemical solutions during computing processes such that the proposed method shall be useful in dealing with large-scale problems.

  2. Flight Experiment Investigation of General Aviation Self-Separation and Sequencing Tasks

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Murdoch, Jennifer L.; Ramiscal, Ermin R.; McNabb, Jennifer L.; Bussink, Frank J. L.

    2005-01-01

    A new flight operations concept called Small Aircraft Transportation System (SATS) Higher Volume Operations (HVO) was developed to increase capacity during Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC) at non-towered, non-radar airports by enabling concurrent operations of multiple aircraft. One aspect of this concept involves having pilots safely self-separate from other aircraft during approaches into these airports using appropriate SATS HVO procedures. A flight experiment was conducted to determine if instrument-rated general aviation (GA) pilots could self-separate and sequence their ownship aircraft, while following a simulated aircraft, into a non-towered, non-radar airport during simulated IMC. Six GA pilots' workload levels and abilities to perform self-separation and sequencing procedures while flying a global positioning system (GPS) instrument approach procedure were examined. The results showed that the evaluation pilots maintained at least the minimum specified separation between their ownship aircraft and simulated traffic and maintained their assigned landing sequence 100-percent of the time. Neither flight path deviations nor subjective workload assessments were negatively impacted by the additional tasks of self-separating and sequencing during these instrument approaches.

  3. HPLC separation of human serum albumin isoforms based on their isoelectric points

    PubMed Central

    Bonilla, Lucía; Torres, María José; Schopfer, Francisco; Freeman, Bruce A.; Armas, Larissa; Ricciardi, Alejandro; Alvarez, Beatriz; Radi, Rafael

    2014-01-01

    Human serum albumin (HSA) is the most abundant protein in plasma. Cys34, the only free Cys residue, is the predominant plasma thiol and a relevant sacrificial antioxidant. Both in vivo circulating HSA and pharmaceutical preparations are heterogeneous with respect to the oxidation state of Cys34. In this work, we developed an external pH gradient chromatofocusing procedure that allows the analysis of the oxidation status of HSA in human plasma and biopharmaceutical products based on the different apparent isoelectric points and chemical properties of the redox isoforms. Specifically, reduced-mercury blocked HSA (HSA–SHg+), HSA with Cys34 oxidized to sulfenic acid (HSA–SOH) and HSA oxidized to sulfinate anion (HSA–SO2−) can be separated with resolutions of 1.4 and 3.1 (first and last pair) and hence quantified and purified. In addition, an N-terminally degraded isoform (HSA3–585) in different redox states can be resolved as well. Confirmation of the identity of the chromatofocusing isolated isoforms was achieved by high resolution whole protein MS. It is proposed that the chromatofocusing procedure can be used to produce more exact and complete descriptions of the redox status of HSA in vivo and in vitro. Finally, the scalability capabilities of the chromatofocusing procedure allow for the preparation of highly pure standards of several redox isoforms of HSA PMID:24316526

  4. HPLC separation of human serum albumin isoforms based on their isoelectric points.

    PubMed

    Turell, Lucía; Botti, Horacio; Bonilla, Lucía; Torres, María José; Schopfer, Francisco; Freeman, Bruce A; Armas, Larissa; Ricciardi, Alejandro; Alvarez, Beatriz; Radi, Rafael

    2014-01-01

    Human serum albumin (HSA) is the most abundant protein in plasma. Cys34, the only free Cys residue, is the predominant plasma thiol and a relevant sacrificial antioxidant. Both in vivo circulating HSA and pharmaceutical preparations are heterogeneous with respect to the oxidation state of Cys34. In this work, we developed an external pH gradient chromatofocusing procedure that allows the analysis of the oxidation status of HSA in human plasma and biopharmaceutical products based on the different apparent isoelectric points and chemical properties of the redox isoforms. Specifically, reduced-mercury blocked HSA (HSA-SHg(+)), HSA with Cys34 oxidized to sulfenic acid (HSA-SOH) and HSA oxidized to sulfinate anion (HSA-SO2(-)) can be separated with resolutions of 1.4 and 3.1 (first and last pair) and hence quantified and purified. In addition, an N-terminally degraded isoform (HSA3-585) in different redox states can be resolved as well. Confirmation of the identity of the chromatofocusing isolated isoforms was achieved by high resolution whole protein MS. It is proposed that the chromatofocusing procedure can be used to produce more exact and complete descriptions of the redox status of HSA in vivo and in vitro. Finally, the scalability capabilities of the chromatofocusing procedure allow for the preparation of highly pure standards of several redox isoforms of HSA. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. Antibody-immobilized column for quick cell separation based on cell rolling.

    PubMed

    Mahara, Atsushi; Yamaoka, Tetsuji

    2010-01-01

    Cell separation using methodological standards that ensure high purity is a very important step in cell transplantation for regenerative medicine and for stem cell research. A separation protocol using magnetic beads has been widely used for cell separation to isolate negative and positive cells. However, not only the surface marker pattern, e.g., negative or positive, but also the density of a cell depends on its developmental stage and differentiation ability. Rapid and label-free separation procedures based on surface marker density are the focus of our interest. In this study, we have successfully developed an antiCD34 antibody-immobilized cell-rolling column, that can separate cells depending on the CD34 density of the cell surfaces. Various conditions for the cell-rolling column were optimized including graft copolymerization, and adjustment of the column tilt angle, and medium flow rate. Using CD34-positive and -negative cell lines, the cell separation potential of the column was established. We observed a difference in the rolling velocities between CD34-positive and CD34-negative cells on antibody-immobilized microfluidic device. Cell separation was achieved by tilting the surface 20 degrees and the increasing medium flow. Surface marker characteristics of the isolated cells in each fraction were analyzed using a cell-sorting system, and it was found that populations containing high density of CD34 were eluted in the delayed fractions. These results demonstrate that cells with a given surface marker density can be continuously separated using the cell rolling column.

  6. Material Characterization for the Analysis of Skin/Stiffener Separation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Davila, Carlos G.; Leone, Frank A.; Song, Kyongchan; Ratcliffe, James G.; Rose, Cheryl A.

    2017-01-01

    Test results show that separation failure in co-cured skin/stiffener interfaces is characterized by dense networks of interacting cracks and crack path migrations that are not present in standard characterization tests for delamination. These crack networks result in measurable large-scale and sub-ply-scale R curve toughening mechanisms, such as fiber bridging, crack migration, and crack delving. Consequently, a number of unknown issues exist regarding the level of analysis detail that is required for sufficient predictive fidelity. The objective of the present paper is to examine some of the difficulties associated with modeling separation failure in stiffened composite structures. A procedure to characterize the interfacial material properties is proposed and the use of simplified models based on empirical interface properties is evaluated.

  7. Clinical skills temporal degradation assessment in undergraduate medical education.

    PubMed

    Fisher, Joseph; Viscusi, Rebecca; Ratesic, Adam; Johnstone, Cameron; Kelley, Ross; Tegethoff, Angela M; Bates, Jessica; Situ-Lacasse, Elaine H; Adamas-Rappaport, William J; Amini, Richard

    2018-01-01

    Medical students' ability to learn clinical procedures and competently apply these skills is an essential component of medical education. Complex skills with limited opportunity for practice have been shown to degrade without continued refresher training. To our knowledge there is no evidence that objectively evaluates temporal degradation of clinical skills in undergraduate medical education. The purpose of this study was to evaluate temporal retention of clinical skills among third year medical students. This was a cross-sectional study conducted at four separate time intervals in the cadaver laboratory at a public medical school. Forty-five novice third year medical students were evaluated for retention of skills in the following three procedures: pigtail thoracostomy, femoral line placement, and endotracheal intubation. Prior to the start of third-year medical clerkships, medical students participated in a two-hour didactic session designed to teach clinically relevant materials including the procedures. Prior to the start of their respective surgery clerkships, students were asked to perform the same three procedures and were evaluated by trained emergency medicine and surgery faculty for retention rates, using three validated checklists. Students were then reassessed at six week intervals in four separate groups based on the start date of their respective surgical clerkships. We compared the evaluation results between students tested one week after training and those tested at three later dates for statistically significant differences in score distribution using a one-tailed Wilcoxon Mann-Whitney U-test for non-parametric rank-sum analysis. Retention rates were shown to have a statistically significant decline between six and 12 weeks for all three procedural skills. In the instruction of medical students, skill degradation should be considered when teaching complex technical skills. Based on the statistically significant decline in procedural skills noted in our investigation, instructors should consider administering a refresher course between six and twelve weeks from initial training.

  8. Drafting guidelines for occupational exposure to chemicals: the Dutch experience with the assessment of reproductive risks.

    PubMed

    Stijkel, A; van Eijndhoven, J C; Bal, R

    1996-12-01

    The Dutch procedure for standard setting for occupational exposure to chemicals, just like the European Union (EU) procedure, is characterized by an organizational separation between considerations of health on the one side, and of technology, economics, and policy on the other side. Health considerations form the basis for numerical guidelines. These guidelines are next combined with technical-economical considerations. Standards are then proposed, and are finally set by the Ministry of Social Affairs and Employment. An analysis of this procedure might be of relevance to the US, where other procedures are used and criticized. In this article we focus on the first stage of the standard-setting procedure. In this stage, the Dutch Expert Committee on Occupational Standards (DECOS) drafts a criteria document in which a health-based guideline is proposed. The drafting is based on a set of starting points for assessing toxicity. We raise the questions, "Does DECOS limit itself only to health considerations? And if not, what are the consequences of such a situation?" We discuss DECOS' starting points and analyze the relationships between those starting points, and then explore eight criteria documents where DECOS was considering reproductive risks as a possible critical effect. For various reasons, it will be concluded that the starting points leave much interpretative space, and that this space is widened further by the manner in which DECOS utilizes it. This is especially true in situations involving sex-specific risks and uncertainties in knowledge. Consequently, even at the first stage, where health considerations alone are intended to play a role, there is much room for other than health-related factors to influence decision making, although it is unavoidable that some interpretative space will remain. We argue that separating the various types of consideration should not be abandoned. Rather, through adjustments in the starting points and aspects of the procedure, clarity should be guaranteed about the way the interpretative space is being employed.

  9. Separation behavior of boundary layers on three-dimensional wings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stock, H. W.

    1981-01-01

    An inverse boundary layer procedure for calculating separated, turbulent boundary layers at infinitely long, crabbing wing was developed. The procedure was developed for calculating three dimensional, incompressible turbulent boundary layers was expanded to adiabatic, compressible flows. Example calculations with transsonic wings were made including viscose effects. In this case an approximated calculation method described for areas of separated, turbulent boundary layers, permitting calculation of this displacement thickness. The laminar boundary layer development was calculated with inclined ellipsoids.

  10. Segmentation of medical images using explicit anatomical knowledge

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wilson, Laurie S.; Brown, Stephen; Brown, Matthew S.; Young, Jeanne; Li, Rongxin; Luo, Suhuai; Brandt, Lee

    1999-07-01

    Knowledge-based image segmentation is defined in terms of the separation of image analysis procedures and representation of knowledge. Such architecture is particularly suitable for medical image segmentation, because of the large amount of structured domain knowledge. A general methodology for the application of knowledge-based methods to medical image segmentation is described. This includes frames for knowledge representation, fuzzy logic for anatomical variations, and a strategy for determining the order of segmentation from the modal specification. This method has been applied to three separate problems, 3D thoracic CT, chest X-rays and CT angiography. The application of the same methodology to such a range of applications suggests a major role in medical imaging for segmentation methods incorporating representation of anatomical knowledge.

  11. An Evaluation of the Utility and Cost of Computerized Library Catalogs. Final Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dolby, J.L.; And Others

    This study analyzes the basic cost factors in the automation of library catalogs, with a separate examination of the influence of typography on the cost of printed catalogs and the use of efficient automatic error detection procedures in processing bibliographic records. The utility of automated catalogs is also studied, based on data from a…

  12. Fractional Distillation of Air and Other Demonstrations with Condensed Gases

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Oliver-Hoyo, Maria; Switzer, William L., III; Eierman, Robert

    2005-01-01

    The learning objectives of the fractional distillation of air and other demonstrations includes observing N2, O2, CO2 and H2O in air, studying the fractional separation of components based on boiling point differences and so on. The materials, reagent and equipment preparation, experimental procedures, hazards of the demonstration are also…

  13. De La Salle Vocational Supportive Life Skills Learning Program Off Campus. Operational Manual.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gaus, Charles, Ed.

    Serving as a course planning guide and field aide, this handbook describes the philosophy, policies, and procedures of the De La Salle Vocational off-campus community-based day treatment center designed to effect the reshaping of basic values and attitudes of youngsters who are identified by the courts as maladjusted. Separate sections explain the…

  14. Procedure and information displays in advanced nuclear control rooms: experimental evaluation of an integrated design.

    PubMed

    Chen, Yue; Gao, Qin; Song, Fei; Li, Zhizhong; Wang, Yufan

    2017-08-01

    In the main control rooms of nuclear power plants, operators frequently have to switch between procedure displays and system information displays. In this study, we proposed an operation-unit-based integrated design, which combines the two displays to facilitate the synthesis of information. We grouped actions that complete a single goal into operation units and showed these operation units on the displays of system states. In addition, we used different levels of visual salience to highlight the current unit and provided a list of execution history records. A laboratory experiment, with 42 students performing a simulated procedure to deal with unexpected high pressuriser level, was conducted to compare this design against an action-based integrated design and the existing separated-displays design. The results indicate that our operation-unit-based integrated design yields the best performance in terms of time and completion rate and helped more participants to detect unexpected system failures. Practitioner Summary: In current nuclear control rooms, operators frequently have to switch between procedure and system information displays. We developed an integrated design that incorporates procedure information into system displays. A laboratory study showed that the proposed design significantly improved participants' performance and increased the probability of detecting unexpected system failures.

  15. Inverse boundary-layer theory and comparison with experiment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carter, J. E.

    1978-01-01

    Inverse boundary layer computational procedures, which permit nonsingular solutions at separation and reattachment, are presented. In the first technique, which is for incompressible flow, the displacement thickness is prescribed; in the second technique, for compressible flow, a perturbation mass flow is the prescribed condition. The pressure is deduced implicitly along with the solution in each of these techniques. Laminar and turbulent computations, which are typical of separated flow, are presented and comparisons are made with experimental data. In both inverse procedures, finite difference techniques are used along with Newton iteration. The resulting procedure is no more complicated than conventional boundary layer computations. These separated boundary layer techniques appear to be well suited for complete viscous-inviscid interaction computations.

  16. 40 CFR 63.1046 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 11 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Test methods and procedures. 63.1046...) National Emission Standards for Oil-Water Separators and Organic-Water Separators § 63.1046 Test methods... Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Each potential leak interface (i.e., a location where organic...

  17. Starch gel electrophoresis of conifer seeds: a laboratory manual

    Treesearch

    M. Thompson Conkle; Paul D. Hodgskiss; Lucy B. Nunnally; Serena C. Hunter

    1982-01-01

    This manual describes fast, low-cost biochemical procedures for separating enzymes representing numerous genes of forest trees. During electrophoresis the mixture of enzymes from a megagametophyte or embryo of a germinated seed separates in a gel. Specific stains applied to gel slices locate each enzyme. These procedures expand on those developed for crops research....

  18. An iterative procedure for obtaining maximum-likelihood estimates of the parameters for a mixture of normal distributions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Peters, B. C., Jr.; Walker, H. F.

    1978-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of obtaining numerically maximum-likelihood estimates of the parameters for a mixture of normal distributions. In recent literature, a certain successive-approximations procedure, based on the likelihood equations, was shown empirically to be effective in numerically approximating such maximum-likelihood estimates; however, the reliability of this procedure was not established theoretically. Here, we introduce a general iterative procedure, of the generalized steepest-ascent (deflected-gradient) type, which is just the procedure known in the literature when the step-size is taken to be 1. We show that, with probability 1 as the sample size grows large, this procedure converges locally to the strongly consistent maximum-likelihood estimate whenever the step-size lies between 0 and 2. We also show that the step-size which yields optimal local convergence rates for large samples is determined in a sense by the 'separation' of the component normal densities and is bounded below by a number between 1 and 2.

  19. An iterative procedure for obtaining maximum-likelihood estimates of the parameters for a mixture of normal distributions, 2

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Peters, B. C., Jr.; Walker, H. F.

    1976-01-01

    The problem of obtaining numerically maximum likelihood estimates of the parameters for a mixture of normal distributions is addressed. In recent literature, a certain successive approximations procedure, based on the likelihood equations, is shown empirically to be effective in numerically approximating such maximum-likelihood estimates; however, the reliability of this procedure was not established theoretically. Here, a general iterative procedure is introduced, of the generalized steepest-ascent (deflected-gradient) type, which is just the procedure known in the literature when the step-size is taken to be 1. With probability 1 as the sample size grows large, it is shown that this procedure converges locally to the strongly consistent maximum-likelihood estimate whenever the step-size lies between 0 and 2. The step-size which yields optimal local convergence rates for large samples is determined in a sense by the separation of the component normal densities and is bounded below by a number between 1 and 2.

  20. Clinical and Radiographic Evaluation of Procedural Errors during Preparation of Curved Root Canals with Hand and Rotary Instruments: A Randomized Clinical Study.

    PubMed

    Khanna, Rajesh; Handa, Aashish; Virk, Rupam Kaur; Ghai, Deepika; Handa, Rajni Sharma; Goel, Asim

    2017-01-01

    The process of cleaning and shaping the canal is not an easy goal to obtain, as canal curvature played a significant role during the instrumentation of the curved canals. The present in vivo study was conducted to evaluate procedural errors during the preparation of curved root canals using hand Nitiflex and rotary K3XF instruments. Procedural errors such as ledge formation, instrument separation, and perforation (apical, furcal, strip) were determined in sixty patients, divided into two groups. In Group I, thirty teeth in thirty patients were prepared using hand Nitiflex system, and in Group II, thirty teeth in thirty patients were prepared using K3XF rotary system. The evaluation was done clinically as well as radiographically. The results recorded from both groups were compiled and put to statistical analysis. Chi-square test was used to compare the procedural errors (instrument separation, ledge formation, and perforation). In the present study, both hand Nitiflex and rotary K3XF showed ledge formation and instrument separation. Although ledge formation and instrument separation by rotary K3XF file system was less as compared to hand Nitiflex. No perforation was seen in both the instrument groups. Canal curvature played a significant role during the instrumentation of the curved canals. Procedural errors such as ledge formation and instrument separation by rotary K3XF file system were less as compared to hand Nitiflex.

  1. Clinical and Radiographic Evaluation of Procedural Errors during Preparation of Curved Root Canals with Hand and Rotary Instruments: A Randomized Clinical Study

    PubMed Central

    Khanna, Rajesh; Handa, Aashish; Virk, Rupam Kaur; Ghai, Deepika; Handa, Rajni Sharma; Goel, Asim

    2017-01-01

    Background: The process of cleaning and shaping the canal is not an easy goal to obtain, as canal curvature played a significant role during the instrumentation of the curved canals. Aim: The present in vivo study was conducted to evaluate procedural errors during the preparation of curved root canals using hand Nitiflex and rotary K3XF instruments. Materials and Methods: Procedural errors such as ledge formation, instrument separation, and perforation (apical, furcal, strip) were determined in sixty patients, divided into two groups. In Group I, thirty teeth in thirty patients were prepared using hand Nitiflex system, and in Group II, thirty teeth in thirty patients were prepared using K3XF rotary system. The evaluation was done clinically as well as radiographically. The results recorded from both groups were compiled and put to statistical analysis. Statistical Analysis: Chi-square test was used to compare the procedural errors (instrument separation, ledge formation, and perforation). Results: In the present study, both hand Nitiflex and rotary K3XF showed ledge formation and instrument separation. Although ledge formation and instrument separation by rotary K3XF file system was less as compared to hand Nitiflex. No perforation was seen in both the instrument groups. Conclusion: Canal curvature played a significant role during the instrumentation of the curved canals. Procedural errors such as ledge formation and instrument separation by rotary K3XF file system were less as compared to hand Nitiflex. PMID:29042727

  2. Drop Size Distribution - Based Separation of Stratiform and Convective Rain

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Thurai, Merhala; Gatlin, Patrick; Williams, Christopher

    2014-01-01

    For applications in hydrology and meteorology, it is often desirable to separate regions of stratiform and convective rain from meteorological radar observations, both from ground-based polarimetric radars and from space-based dual frequency radars. In a previous study by Bringi et al. (2009), dual frequency profiler and dual polarization radar (C-POL) observations in Darwin, Australia, had shown that stratiform and convective rain could be separated in the log10(Nw) versus Do domain, where Do is the mean volume diameter and Nw is the scaling parameter which is proportional to the ratio of water content to the mass weighted mean diameter. Note, Nw and Do are two of the main drop size distribution (DSD) parameters. In a later study, Thurai et al (2010) confirmed that both the dual-frequency profiler based stratiform-convective rain separation and the C-POL radar based separation were consistent with each other. In this paper, we test this separation method using DSD measurements from a ground based 2D video disdrometer (2DVD), along with simultaneous observations from a collocated, vertically-pointing, X-band profiling radar (XPR). The measurements were made in Huntsville, Alabama. One-minute DSDs from 2DVD are used as input to an appropriate gamma fitting procedure to determine Nw and Do. The fitted parameters - after averaging over 3-minutes - are plotted against each other and compared with a predefined separation line. An index is used to determine how far the points lie from the separation line (as described in Thurai et al. 2010). Negative index values indicate stratiform rain and positive index indicate convective rain, and, moreover, points which lie somewhat close to the separation line are considered 'mixed' or 'transition' type precipitation. The XPR observations are used to evaluate/test the 2DVD data-based classification. A 'bright-band' detection algorithm was used to classify each vertical reflectivity profile as either stratiform or convective, depending on whether or not a clearly-defined melting layer is present at an expected height, and if present, maximum reflectivity within the melting layer as well as the corresponding height are determined. We will present results of quantitative comparisons between the XPR observations-based classifications and the simultaneous 2DVD data-based classifications. Time series comparisons will be presented for thirteen events in Huntsville.

  3. Generalized Jastrow variational method for liquid3He-4He mixtures at T=0 K

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mirabbaszadeh, K.

    1989-07-01

    The ground state energy of a dilute solution of mass-3 fermions in liquid4He is analyzed by a variational procedure based on the Jastrow many body theory. The antisymmetry of the wave function for fermions is incorporated following the procedure given by Lado, Inguva, and Smith. A set of coupled integrodifferential equations is solved in the hypernetted chain approximation yielding expressions for the binding energy of3He-4He mixtures; the radial distribution function is given together with the total energy for various values of density and the interparticle separation r s.

  4. CFD Analysis of Turbo Expander for Cryogenic Refrigeration and Liquefaction Cycles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Verma, Rahul; Sam, Ashish Alex; Ghosh, Parthasarathi

    Computational Fluid Dynamics analysis has emerged as a necessary tool for designing of turbomachinery. It helps to understand the various sources of inefficiency through investigation of flow physics of the turbine. In this paper, 3D turbulent flow analysis of a cryogenic turboexpander for small scale air separation was performed using Ansys CFX®. The turboexpander has been designed following assumptions based on meanlineblade generation procedure provided in open literature and good engineering judgement. Through analysis of flow field, modifications and further analysis required to evolve a more robust design procedure, have been suggested.

  5. Numerical techniques for the solution of the compressible Navier-Stokes equations and implementation of turbulence models. [separated turbulent boundary layer flow problems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Baldwin, B. S.; Maccormack, R. W.; Deiwert, G. S.

    1975-01-01

    The time-splitting explicit numerical method of MacCormack is applied to separated turbulent boundary layer flow problems. Modifications of this basic method are developed to counter difficulties associated with complicated geometry and severe numerical resolution requirements of turbulence model equations. The accuracy of solutions is investigated by comparison with exact solutions for several simple cases. Procedures are developed for modifying the basic method to improve the accuracy. Numerical solutions of high-Reynolds-number separated flows over an airfoil and shock-separated flows over a flat plate are obtained. A simple mixing length model of turbulence is used for the transonic flow past an airfoil. A nonorthogonal mesh of arbitrary configuration facilitates the description of the flow field. For the simpler geometry associated with the flat plate, a rectangular mesh is used, and solutions are obtained based on a two-equation differential model of turbulence.

  6. Personality Constellations of Adolescents with Histories of Traumatic Parental Separations

    PubMed Central

    Malone, Johanna C.; Westen, Drew; Levendosky, Alytia A.

    2014-01-01

    Consistent with attachment theory and a developmental psychopathology framework, a growing body of research suggests that traumatic parental separations may lead to unique pathways of personality adaptation and maladaptation. The present study both examined personality characteristics and identified personality subtypes of adolescents with histories of traumatic separations. Randomly selected psychologists and psychiatrists provided data on 236 adolescents with histories of traumatic separations using a personality pathology instrument designed for use by clinically experienced observers, the Shedler-Westen Assessment Procedure (SWAP-II-A). Using a Q factor analysis, five distinct personality subtypes were identified: internalizing/avoidant, psychopathic, resilient, impulsive dysregulated, and immature dysregulated. Initial support for the validity of the subtypes was established based on Axis I and Axis II pathology, adaptive functioning, developmental history, and family history variables. The personality subtypes demonstrated substantial incremental validity in predicting adaptive functioning, above and beyond demographic variables and histories of other traumatic experiences. PMID:24647212

  7. Background suppression of infrared small target image based on inter-frame registration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ye, Xiubo; Xue, Bindang

    2018-04-01

    We propose a multi-frame background suppression method for remote infrared small target detection. Inter-frame information is necessary when the heavy background clutters make it difficult to distinguish real targets and false alarms. A registration procedure based on points matching in image patches is used to compensate the local deformation of background. Then the target can be separated by background subtraction. Experiments show our method serves as an effective preliminary of target detection.

  8. Magnetic separation techniques in sample preparation for biological analysis: a review.

    PubMed

    He, Jincan; Huang, Meiying; Wang, Dongmei; Zhang, Zhuomin; Li, Gongke

    2014-12-01

    Sample preparation is a fundamental and essential step in almost all the analytical procedures, especially for the analysis of complex samples like biological and environmental samples. In past decades, with advantages of superparamagnetic property, good biocompatibility and high binding capacity, functionalized magnetic materials have been widely applied in various processes of sample preparation for biological analysis. In this paper, the recent advancements of magnetic separation techniques based on magnetic materials in the field of sample preparation for biological analysis were reviewed. The strategy of magnetic separation techniques was summarized. The synthesis, stabilization and bio-functionalization of magnetic nanoparticles were reviewed in detail. Characterization of magnetic materials was also summarized. Moreover, the applications of magnetic separation techniques for the enrichment of protein, nucleic acid, cell, bioactive compound and immobilization of enzyme were described. Finally, the existed problems and possible trends of magnetic separation techniques for biological analysis in the future were proposed. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. Battery Separator Characterization and Evaluation Procedures for NASA's Advanced Lithium-Ion Batteries

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Baldwin, Richard S.; Bennet, William R.; Wong, Eunice K.; Lewton, MaryBeth R.; Harris, Megan K.

    2010-01-01

    To address the future performance and safety requirements for the electrical energy storage technologies that will enhance and enable future NASA manned aerospace missions, advanced rechargeable, lithium-ion battery technology development is being pursued within the scope of the NASA Exploration Technology Development Program s (ETDP's) Energy Storage Project. A critical cell-level component of a lithium-ion battery which significantly impacts both overall electrochemical performance and safety is the porous separator that is sandwiched between the two active cell electrodes. To support the selection of the optimal cell separator material(s) for the advanced battery technology and chemistries under development, laboratory characterization and screening procedures were established to assess and compare separator material-level attributes and associated separator performance characteristics.

  10. Chromatographic methods for determination of S-substituted cysteine derivatives--a comparative study.

    PubMed

    Kubec, Roman; Dadáková, Eva

    2009-10-09

    A novel HPLC method for determination of a wide variety of S-substituted cysteine derivatives in Allium species has been developed and validated. This method allows simultaneous separation and quantification of S-alk(en)ylcysteine S-oxides, gamma-glutamyl-S-alk(en)ylcysteines and gamma-glutamyl-S-alk(en)ylcysteine S-oxides in a single run. The procedure is based on extraction of these amino acids and dipeptides by methanol, their derivatization by dansyl chloride and subsequent separation by reversed phase HPLC. The main advantages of the new method are simplicity, excellent stability of derivatives, high sensitivity, specificity and the ability to simultaneously analyze the whole range of S-substituted cysteine derivatives. This method was critically compared with other chromatographic procedures used for quantification of S-substituted cysteine derivatives, namely with two other HPLC methods (derivatization by o-phthaldialdehyde/tert-butylthiol and fluorenylmethyl chloroformate), and with determination by gas chromatography or capillary electrophoresis. Major advantages and drawbacks of these analytical procedures are discussed. Employing these various chromatographic methods, the content and relative proportions of individual S-substituted cysteine derivatives were determined in four most frequently consumed alliaceous vegetables (garlic, onion, shallot, and leek).

  11. Sexually dimorphic effects of postnatal treatment on the development of activity-based anorexia in adolescent and adult rats.

    PubMed

    Hancock, Stephanie D; Grant, Virginia L

    2009-12-01

    Hyperactivity of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis is a marked feature of anorexia nervosa. Using a modified version of the activity-based animal model of anorexia nervosa, we examine whether factors known to affect HPA axis activity influence the development of activity-based anorexia (ABA). Male and female rats were subjected to maternal separation or handling procedures during the first two postnatal weeks and tested in a mild version of the ABA paradigm, comprised of 2-hr daily running wheel access followed by 1-hr food access, either in adolescence or adulthood. Compared to handled females, maternally separated females demonstrated greater increases in wheel running and a more pronounced running-induced suppression of food intake during adolescence, but not in adulthood. In contrast, it was only in adulthood that wheel running produced more prolonged anorexic effects in maternally separated than in handled males. These findings highlight the interplay between early postnatal treatment, sex of the animal, and developmental age on running, food intake, and rate of body weight loss in a mild version of the ABA paradigm.

  12. Self-Supporting, Hydrophobic, Ionic Liquid-Based Reference Electrodes Prepared by Polymerization-Induced Microphase Separation.

    PubMed

    Chopade, Sujay A; Anderson, Evan L; Schmidt, Peter W; Lodge, Timothy P; Hillmyer, Marc A; Bühlmann, Philippe

    2017-10-27

    Interfaces of ionic liquids and aqueous solutions exhibit stable electrical potentials over a wide range of aqueous electrolyte concentrations. This makes ionic liquids suitable as bridge materials that separate in electroanalytical measurements the reference electrode from samples with low and/or unknown ionic strengths. However, methods for the preparation of ionic liquid-based reference electrodes have not been explored widely. We have designed a convenient and reliable synthesis of ionic liquid-based reference electrodes by polymerization-induced microphase separation. This technique allows for a facile, single-pot synthesis of ready-to-use reference electrodes that incorporate ion conducting nanochannels filled with either 1-octyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide or 1-dodecyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethyl sulfonyl)imide as ionic liquid, supported by a mechanically robust cross-linked polystyrene phase. This synthesis procedure allows for the straightforward design of various reference electrode geometries. These reference electrodes exhibit a low resistance as well as good reference potential stability and reproducibility when immersed into aqueous solutions varying from deionized, purified water to 100 mM KCl, while requiring no correction for liquid junction potentials.

  13. Design and evaluation of Continuous Descent Approach as a fuel-saving procedure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jin, Li

    Continuous Descent Approach (CDA), which is among the key concepts of the Next Generation Air Transportation System (NextGen), is a fuel economical procedure, but requires increased separation to accommodate spacing uncertainties among arriving aircraft. Such negative impact is often overlooked when benefits are estimated. Although a considerable number of researches have been devoted to the estimation of potential fuel saving of CDA, few have attempted to explain the fuel saving observed in field tests from an analytical point of view. This research gives insights into the reasons why CDA saves fuel, and a number of design guidelines for CDA procedures are derived. The analytical relationship between speed, altitude, and time-cumulative fuel consumption is derived based on Base of Aircraft Data (BADA) Total Energy Model. Theoretical analysis implies that speed profile has an impact as substantial as, if not more than, vertical profile on the fuel consumption in the terminal area. In addition, CDA is not intrinsically a fuel-saving procedure: whether CDA saves fuel or not is contingent upon whether the speed profile is properly designed or not. Based on this model, the potential fuel savings due to CDA at San Francisco International Airport were estimated, and the accuracy of this estimation is analyzed. Possible uncertainties in this fuel estimation primarily resulted from the modeled CDA procedure and the inaccuracy of BADA. This thesis also investigates the fuel savings due to CDAs under high traffic conditions, counting not only the savings benefiting from optimal vertical profiles but also the extra fuel burn resulting from the increased separations. The simulated CDAs traffic is based on radar track data, and deconflicted by a scheduling algorithm that targets minimized delays. The delays are absorbed by speed change and path stretching, accounting for the air traffic controls that are entailed by CDAs. The fuel burn statistics calculated based on the BADA Total Energy Model reveals that the CDAs save on average 171.87 kg per arrival, but the number is discounted by delay absorption. The savings diminish as the arrival demand increases, and could be even negative due to large delays. The throughput analysis demonstrated that the impact of CDA on airport capacity is insignificant and tolerable. The Atlanta International Airport was used as the testbed for sensitivity analysis, and the New York Metroplex was used as the test bed for throughput analysis.

  14. Experimental Analysis of a Four-Component Procedure for Decreasing Noncompliance in a Preschool Child.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Miller, Regina M.; And Others

    In this study a 4-component procedure designed to decrease a 4-year-old child's noncompliance behaviors was experimentally analyzed as to the effectiveness of the separate components of the package. Once experimental control had been demonstrated and the subject's noncompliance behaviors had been decreased to an acceptable level, separate analyses…

  15. 5 CFR 330.607 - Notification of surplus and displaced employees.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... RIF separation notice, certificate of expected separation, or other official agency certification that identifies an employee as being likely to be separated by RIF, or by adverse action procedures for declining...

  16. Improved optimization of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) mixtures resolution in reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography by using factorial design and response surface methodology.

    PubMed

    Andrade-Eiroa, Auréa; Diévart, Pascal; Dagaut, Philippe

    2010-04-15

    A new procedure for optimizing PAHs separation in very complex mixtures by reverse phase high performance (RPLC) is proposed. It is based on changing gradually the experimental conditions all along the chromatographic procedure as a function of the physical properties of the compounds eluted. The temperature and speed flow gradients allowed obtaining the optimum resolution in large chromatographic determinations where PAHs with very different medium polarizability have to be separated. Whereas optimization procedures of RPLC methodologies had always been accomplished regardless of the physico-chemical properties of the target analytes, we found that resolution is highly dependent on the physico-chemical properties of the target analytes. Based on resolution criterion, optimization process for a 16 EPA PAHs mixture was performed on three sets of difficult-to-separate PAHs pairs: acenaphthene-fluorene (for the optimization procedure in the first part of the chromatogram where light PAHs elute), benzo[g,h,i]perylene-dibenzo[a,h]anthracene and benzo[g,h,i]perylene-indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene (for the optimization procedure of the second part of the chromatogram where the heavier PAHs elute). Two-level full factorial designs were applied to detect interactions among variables to be optimized: speed flow, temperature of column oven and mobile-phase gradient in the two parts of the studied chromatogram. Experimental data were fitted by multivariate nonlinear regression models and optimum values of speed flow and temperature were obtained through mathematical analysis of the constructed models. An HPLC system equipped with a reversed phase 5 microm C18, 250 mm x 4.6mm column (with acetonitrile/water mobile phase), a column oven, a binary pump, a photodiode array detector (PDA), and a fluorimetric detector were used in this work. Optimum resolution was achieved operating at 1.0 mL/min in the first part of the chromatogram (until 45 min) and 0.5 mL/min in the second one (from 45 min to the end) and by applying programmed temperature gradient (15 degrees C until 30 min and progressively increasing temperature until reaching 40 degrees C at 45 min). (c) 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  17. A Phase Separation Route to Synthesize α-Fe2O3 Porous Nanofibers via Electrospinning for Ultrafast Ethanol Sensing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dong, Shuwen; Yan, Shuang; Gao, Wenyuan; Liu, Guishan; Hao, Hongshun

    2018-07-01

    A facile and economic procedure was provided to synthesize α-Fe2O3 nanofibers. In this procedure, porous α-Fe2O3 nanofibers were obtained by a single-polymer/binary-solvent system, while solid α-Fe2O3 nanofibers were prepared by a single-polymer/single-solvent system. The crystal structure and morphology of both samples were characterized by x-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy and nitrogen adsorption/desorption isotherms. The formation mechanism of porous structure was based on solvent evaporation-induced phase separation by the use of mixed solvents with different volatility. Furthermore, ethanol-sensing performance of the porous α-Fe2O3 nanofibers was evaluated and compared with solid α-Fe2O3 nanofibers. Results from gas-sensing measurements reveal that porous α-Fe2O3 nanofibers exhibit higher sensitivity and slightly longer recovery time than solid α-Fe2O3 nanofibers. Over all, the gas sensor based on porous α-Fe2O3 nanofibers shows excellent ethanol-sensing capability with high sensitivity and ultrafast response/recovery behaviors, indicating its potential application as a real-time monitoring gas sensor.

  18. A Phase Separation Route to Synthesize α-Fe2O3 Porous Nanofibers via Electrospinning for Ultrafast Ethanol Sensing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dong, Shuwen; Yan, Shuang; Gao, Wenyuan; Liu, Guishan; Hao, Hongshun

    2018-04-01

    A facile and economic procedure was provided to synthesize α-Fe2O3 nanofibers. In this procedure, porous α-Fe2O3 nanofibers were obtained by a single-polymer/binary-solvent system, while solid α-Fe2O3 nanofibers were prepared by a single-polymer/single-solvent system. The crystal structure and morphology of both samples were characterized by x-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy and nitrogen adsorption/desorption isotherms. The formation mechanism of porous structure was based on solvent evaporation-induced phase separation by the use of mixed solvents with different volatility. Furthermore, ethanol-sensing performance of the porous α-Fe2O3 nanofibers was evaluated and compared with solid α-Fe2O3 nanofibers. Results from gas-sensing measurements reveal that porous α-Fe2O3 nanofibers exhibit higher sensitivity and slightly longer recovery time than solid α-Fe2O3 nanofibers. Over all, the gas sensor based on porous α-Fe2O3 nanofibers shows excellent ethanol-sensing capability with high sensitivity and ultrafast response/recovery behaviors, indicating its potential application as a real-time monitoring gas sensor.

  19. Nondestructive inspection assessment of eddy current and electrochemical analysis to separate inconel and stainless steel alloys

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Moore, D.G.; Sorensen, N.R.

    1998-02-01

    This report presents a nondestructive inspection assessment of eddy current and electrochemical analysis to separate inconel alloys from stainless steel alloys as well as an evaluation of cleaning techniques to remove a thermal oxide layer on aircraft exhaust components. The results of this assessment are presented in terms of how effective each technique classifies a known exhaust material. Results indicate that either inspection technique can separate inconel and stainless steel alloys. Based on the experiments conducted, the electrochemical spot test is the optimum for use by airframe and powerplant mechanics. A spot test procedure is proposed for incorporation into themore » Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular 65-9A Airframe & Powerplant Mechanic - General Handbook. 3 refs., 70 figs., 7 tabs.« less

  20. Pilot Subjective Assessments During an Investigation of Separation Function Allocation Using a Human-In-The-Loop Simulation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Burke, Kelly A.; Wing, David J.; Lewis, Timothy

    2013-01-01

    Two human-in-the-loop simulation experiments were conducted to investigate allocation of separation assurance functions between ground and air and between humans and automation. The experiments modeled a mixed-operations concept in which aircraft receiving ground-based separation services shared the airspace with aircraft providing their own separation service (i.e., self-separation). The two experiments, one pilot-focused and the other controller-focused, addressed selected key issues of mixed operations and modeling an emergence of NextGen technologies and procedures. This paper focuses on the results of the subjective assessments of pilots collected during the pilot-focused human-in-the-loop simulation, specifically workload and situation awareness. Generally the results revealed that across all conditions, pilots' perceived workload was low to medium, with the highest reported levels of workload occurring when the pilots experienced a loss of separation during the scenario. Furthermore, the results from the workload data and situation awareness data were complimentary such that when pilots reported lower levels of workload they also experienced higher levels of situation awareness.

  1. Protein extraction and gel-based separation methods to analyze responses to pathogens in carnation (Dianthus caryophyllus L).

    PubMed

    Ardila, Harold Duban; Fernández, Raquel González; Higuera, Blanca Ligia; Redondo, Inmaculada; Martínez, Sixta Tulia

    2014-01-01

    We are currently using a 2-DE-based proteomics approach to study plant responses to pathogenic fungi by using the carnation (Dianthus caryophyllus L)-Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. dianthi pathosystem. It is clear that the protocols for the first stages of a standard proteomics workflow must be optimized to each biological system and objectives of the research. The optimization procedure for the extraction and separation of proteins by 1-DE and 2-DE in the indicated system is reported. This strategy can be extrapolated to other plant-pathogen interaction systems in order to perform an evaluation of the changes in the host protein profile caused by the pathogen and to identify proteins which, at early stages, are involved or implicated in the plant defense response.

  2. Liquid chromatography-electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometry for the separation and preconcentration of molybdenum in milk and infant formulas.

    PubMed

    López-García, I; Viñas, P; Romero-Romero, R; Hernández-Córdoba, M

    2007-08-06

    Two procedures for the electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometric determination of molybdenum in milk and infant formulas using slurried samples are described. For powdered milk samples, 10% (m/v) slurries were prepared in a medium containing 25 and 75% (v/v) concentrated hydrogen peroxide and hydrofluoric acid, respectively, and introduced directly into the furnace. Palladium (200 microg mL(-1)) was used as the modifier and calibration was carried out using aqueous standards prepared in the same medium. The detection limit was 0.02 microg g(-1) for powdered milk samples suspended at 10% (m/v) (equivalent to 2 microg L(-1)). The relative standard deviation (R.S.D.) for five measurements was 1.9%, the characteristic mass being 25 pg. For liquid milk samples, a procedure was proposed based on preconcentration and removal of the matrix, using ionic exchange (Amberlite IRA 743) and elution of molybdenum with 5% (m/v) NaOH. In this case, a 30-fold improvement in the calibration slope was achieved, leading to a detection limit of 0.04 microg L(-1) for liquid samples diluted to 10%. The R.S.D. was 3.5%. Using a size-based separation procedure, it was found that molybdenum is present in its inorganic form or associated to low molecular weight substances in cow milk, while in breast milk it is associated to proteins. The reliability of the procedure was checked by comparing the results obtained with those found using a previous mineralization stage and by analyzing three certified reference materials, namely, BCR 063R (skim milk powder), NBS 1549 (non-fat milk powder) and NBS 8435 (whole milk powder).

  3. Phytochemistry of cimicifugic acids and associated bases in Cimicifuga racemosa root extracts.

    PubMed

    Gödecke, Tanja; Nikolic, Dejan; Lankin, David C; Chen, Shao-Nong; Powell, Sharla L; Dietz, Birgit; Bolton, Judy L; van Breemen, Richard B; Farnsworth, Norman R; Pauli, Guido F

    2009-01-01

    Earlier studies reported serotonergic activity for cimicifugic acids (CA) isolated from Cimicifuga racemosa. The discovery of strongly basic alkaloids, cimipronidines, from the active extract partition and evaluation of previously employed work-up procedures has led to the hypothesis of strong acid/base association in the extract. Re-isolation of the CAs was desired to permit further detailed studies. Based on the acid/base association hypothesis, a new separation scheme of the active partition was required, which separates acids from associated bases. A new 5-HT(7) bioassay guided work-up procedure was developed that concentrates activity into one partition. The latter was subjected to a new two-step centrifugal partitioning chromatography (CPC) method, which applies pH zone refinement gradient (pHZR CPC) to dissociate the acid/base complexes. The resulting CA fraction was subjected to a second CPC step. Fractions and compounds were monitored by (1)H NMR using a structure-based spin-pattern analysis facilitating dereplication of the known acids. Bioassay results were obtained for the pHZR CPC fractions and for purified CAs. A new CA was characterised. While none of the pure CAs was active, the serotonergic activity was concentrated in a single pHZR CPC fraction, which was subsequently shown to contain low levels of the potent 5-HT(7) ligand, N(omega)-methylserotonin. This study shows that CAs are not responsible for serotonergic activity in black cohosh. New phytochemical methodology (pHZR CPC) and a sensitive dereplication method (LC-MS) led to the identification of N(omega)-methylserotonin as serotonergic active principle. Copyright (c) 2009 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  4. Phytochemistry of Cimicifugic Acids and Associated Bases in Cimicifuga racemosa Root Extracts

    PubMed Central

    GÖdecke, Tanja; Nikolic, Dejan; Lankin, David C.; Chen, Shao-Nong; Powell, Sharla L.; Dietz, Birgit; Bolton, Judy L.; Van Breemen, Richard B.; Farnsworth, Norman R.; Pauli, Guido F.

    2009-01-01

    Introduction Earlier studies reported serotonergic activity for cimicifugic acids (CA) isolated from Cimicifuga racemosa. The discovery of strongly basic alkaloids, cimipronidines, from the active extract partition and evaluation of previously employed work-up procedures has led to the hypothesis of strong acid/base association in the extract. Objective Re-isolation of the CAs was desired to permit further detailed studies. Based on the acid/base association hypothesis, a new separation scheme of the active partition was required, which separates acids from associated bases. Methodology A new 5-HT7 bioassay guided work-up procedure was developed that concentrates activity into one partition. The latter was subjected to a new 2-step centrifugal partitioning chromatography (CPC) method, which applies pH zone refinement gradient (pHZR CPC) to dissociate the acid/base complexes. The resulting CA fraction was subjected to a second CPC step. Fractions and compounds were monitored by 1H NMR using a structure based spin-pattern analysis facilitating dereplication of the known acids. Bioassay results were obtained for the pHZR CPC fractions and for purified CAs. Results A new CA was characterized. While none of the pure CAs was active, the serotonergic activity was concentrated in a single pHZR CPC fraction, which was subsequently shown to contain low levels of the potent 5-HT7 ligand, Nω–methylserotonin. Conclusion This study shows that CAs are not responsible for serotonergic activity in black cohosh. New phytochemical methodology (pHZR CPC) and a sensitive dereplication method (LC-MS) led to the identification of Nω–methylserotonin as serotonergic active principle. PMID:19140115

  5. Preservation of Separating, Transferring, or Separated Personnel's Records in Accordance with the Federal Records Act

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    This procedure is designed to ensure that all records as defined in the Federal Records Act, independent of media and format, created or received by EPA employees who are separating, transferring or have separated from an employment relationship with EPA.

  6. Comprehensive gas chromatography coupled to mass spectrometry for the separation of pesticides in a very complex matrix.

    PubMed

    Mondello, Luigi; Casilli, Alessandro; Tranchida, Peter Quinto; Lo Presti, Maria; Dugo, Paola; Dugo, Giovanni

    2007-11-01

    The present research is focused on the development of a comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography-rapid scanning quadrupole mass spectrometric (GC x GC-qMS) methodology for the analysis of trace-amount pesticides contained in a complex real-world sample. Reliable peak assignment was carried out by using a recently developed, dedicated pesticide MS library (for comprehensive GC analysis), characterized by a twin-filter search procedure, the first based on a minimum degree of spectral similarity and the second on the interactive use of linear retention indices (LRI). The library was constructed by subjecting mixtures of commonly used pesticides to GC x GC-qMS analysis and then deriving their pure mass spectra and LRI values. In order to verify the effectiveness of the approach, a pesticide-contaminated red grapefruit extract was analysed. The certainty of peak assignment was attained by exploiting both the enhanced separation power of dual-oven GC x GC and the highly effective search procedure.

  7. Structure Evolution of Graphene Oxide during Thermally Driven Phase Transformation: Is the Oxygen Content Really Preserved?

    PubMed Central

    Sun, Pengzhan; Wang, Yanlei; Liu, He; Wang, Kunlin; Wu, Dehai; Xu, Zhiping; Zhu, Hongwei

    2014-01-01

    A mild annealing procedure was recently proposed for the scalable enhancement of graphene oxide (GO) properties with the oxygen content preserved, which was demonstrated to be attributed to the thermally driven phase separation. In this work, the structure evolution of GO with mild annealing is closely investigated. It reveals that in addition to phase separation, the transformation of oxygen functionalities also occurs, which leads to the slight reduction of GO membranes and furthers the enhancement of GO properties. These results are further supported by the density functional theory based calculations. The results also show that the amount of chemically bonded oxygen atoms on graphene decreases gradually and we propose that the strongly physisorbed oxygen species constrained in the holes and vacancies on GO lattice might be responsible for the preserved oxygen content during the mild annealing procedure. The present experimental results and calculations indicate that both the diffusion and transformation of oxygen functional groups might play important roles in the scalable enhancement of GO properties. PMID:25372142

  8. Separation and characterization of antioxidants from Spirulina platensis microalga combining pressurized liquid extraction, TLC, and HPLC-DAD.

    PubMed

    Jaime, Laura; Mendiola, José A; Herrero, Miguel; Soler-Rivas, Cristina; Santoyo, Susana; Señorans, F Javier; Cifuentes, Alejandro; Ibáñez, Elena

    2005-11-01

    A new procedure has been developed to separate and characterize antioxidant compounds from Spirulina platensis microalga based on the combination of pressurized liquid extraction (PLE) and different chromatographic procedures, such as TLC, at preparative scale, and HPLC with a diode array detector (DAD). Different solvents were tested for PLE extraction of antioxidants from S. platensis microalga. An optimized PLE process using ethanol (generally recognized as safe, GRAS) as extraction solvent has been obtained that provides natural extracts with high yields and good antioxidant properties. TLC analysis of this ethanolic extract obtained at 115 degrees C for 15 min was carried out and the silica layer was stained with a DPPH (diphenyl-pycril-hydrazyl) radical solution to determine the antioxidant activity of different chromatographic bands. Next, these colored bands were collected for their subsequent analysis by HPLC-DAD, revealing that the compounds with the most important antioxidant activity present in Spirulina extracts were carotenoids, as well as phenolic compounds and degradation products of chlorophylls.

  9. Procedural Guide for Designation Surveys of Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Sites.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-01-01

    sites in the ocean will be executed by EPA or CE and will be based on Environmental studies of each site, and on historical knowledge of the impact...3 The results of the-s’ studies will be used to prepare an E-A and in some cases an EIS. An important provision regarding the number of separate...assessment for all sites within a particular geographic area may be prepared based on complete disposal site designation or evaluation studies on a typical

  10. Separation of Be and Al for AMS using single-step column chromatography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Binnie, Steven A.; Dunai, Tibor J.; Voronina, Elena; Goral, Tomasz; Heinze, Stefan; Dewald, Alfred

    2015-10-01

    With the aim of simplifying AMS target preparation procedures for TCN measurements we tested a new extraction chromatography approach which couples an anion exchange resin (WBEC) to a chelating resin (Beryllium resin) to separate Be and Al from dissolved quartz samples. Results show that WBEC-Beryllium resin stacks can be used to provide high purity Be and Al separations using a combination of hydrochloric/oxalic and nitric acid elutions. 10Be and 26Al concentrations from quartz samples prepared using more standard procedures are compared with results from replicate samples prepared using the coupled WBEC-Beryllium resin approach and show good agreement. The new column procedure is performed in a single step, reducing sample preparation times relative to more traditional methods of TCN target production.

  11. New evidences on efficacy of boronic acid-based derivatization method to identify sugars in plant material by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Faraco, Marianna; Fico, Daniela; Pennetta, Antonio; De Benedetto, Giuseppe E

    2016-10-01

    This work presents an analytical procedure based on gas chromatography-mass spectrometry which allows the determination of aldoses (glucose, mannose, galactose, arabinose, xylose, fucose, rhamnose) and chetoses (fructose) in plant material. One peak for each target carbohydrate was obtained by using an efficient derivatization employing methylboronic acid and acetic anhydride sequentially, whereas the baseline separation of the analytes was accomplished using an ionic liquid capillary column. First, the proposed method was optimized and validated. Successively, it was applied to identify the carbohydrates present in plant material. Finally, the procedure was successfully applied to samples from a XVII century painting, thus highlighting the occurrence of starch glue and fruit tree gum as polysaccharide materials. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Chromatographic peak deconvolution of constitutional isomers by multiple-reaction-monitoring mass spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Trapp, Oliver

    2010-02-12

    Highly efficient and sophisticated separation techniques are available to analyze complex compound mixtures with superior sensitivities and selectivities often enhanced by a 2nd dimension, e.g. a separation technique or spectroscopic and spectrometric techniques. For enantioselective separations numerous chiral stationary phases (CSPs) exist to cover a broad range of chiral compounds. Despite these advances enantioselective separations can become very challenging for mixtures of stereolabile constitutional isomers, because the on-column interconversion can lead to completely overlapping peak profiles. Typically, multidimensional separation techniques, e.g. multidimensional GC (MDGC), using an achiral 1st separation dimension and transferring selected analytes to a chiral 2nd separation are the method of choice to approach such problems. However, this procedure is very time consuming and only predefined sections of peaks can be transferred by column switching to the second dimension. Here we demonstrate for stereolabile 1,2-dialkylated diaziridines a technique to experimentally deconvolute overlapping gas chromatographic elution profiles of constitutional isomers based on multiple-reaction-monitoring MS (MRM-MS). The here presented technique takes advantage of different fragmentation probabilities and pathways to isolate the elution profile of configurational isomers. Copyright 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. Separation of mixed waste plastics via magnetic levitation.

    PubMed

    Zhao, Peng; Xie, Jun; Gu, Fu; Sharmin, Nusrat; Hall, Philip; Fu, Jianzhong

    2018-06-01

    Separation becomes a bottleneck of dealing with the enormous stream of waste plastics, as most of the extant methods can only handle binary mixtures. In this paper, a novel method that based on magnetic levitation was proposed for separating multiple mixed plastics. Six types of plastics, i.e., polypropylene (PP), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polyamide 6 (PA6), polycarbonate (PC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), were used to simulate the mixed waste plastics. The samples were mixed and immersed into paramagnetic medium that placed into a magnetic levitation configuration with two identical NdFeB magnets with like-poles facing each other, and Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy was employed to verify the separation outputs. Unlike any conventional separation methods such as froth flotation and hydrocyclone, this method is not limited by particle sizes, as mixtures of different size fractions reached their respective equilibrium positions in the initial tests. The two-stage separation tests demonstrated that the plastics can be completely separated with purities reached 100%. The method has the potential to be industrialised into an economically-viable and environmentally-friendly mass production procedure, since quantitative correlations are determined, and the paramagnetic medium can be reused indefinitely. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  14. 40 CFR 86.158-00 - Supplemental Federal Test Procedures; overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... Procedures (SFTP). These test procedures consist of two separable test elements: A sequence of vehicle.../pound of dry air (approximately 40 percent relative humidity), and a solar heat load intensity of 850 W...

  15. 40 CFR 86.158-00 - Supplemental Federal Test Procedures; overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... Procedures (SFTP). These test procedures consist of two separable test elements: A sequence of vehicle.../pound of dry air (approximately 40 percent relative humidity), and a solar heat load intensity of 850 W...

  16. 40 CFR 86.158-00 - Supplemental Federal Test Procedures; overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... Procedures (SFTP). These test procedures consist of two separable test elements: A sequence of vehicle.../pound of dry air (approximately 40 percent relative humidity), and a solar heat load intensity of 850 W...

  17. 40 CFR 86.158-00 - Supplemental Federal Test Procedures; overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... Procedures (SFTP). These test procedures consist of two separable test elements: A sequence of vehicle.../pound of dry air (approximately 40 percent relative humidity), and a solar heat load intensity of 850 W...

  18. How Much Can We Learn from a Single Chromatographic Experiment? A Bayesian Perspective.

    PubMed

    Wiczling, Paweł; Kaliszan, Roman

    2016-01-05

    In this work, we proposed and investigated a Bayesian inference procedure to find the desired chromatographic conditions based on known analyte properties (lipophilicity, pKa, and polar surface area) using one preliminary experiment. A previously developed nonlinear mixed effect model was used to specify the prior information about a new analyte with known physicochemical properties. Further, the prior (no preliminary data) and posterior predictive distribution (prior + one experiment) were determined sequentially to search towards the desired separation. The following isocratic high-performance reversed-phase liquid chromatographic conditions were sought: (1) retention time of a single analyte within the range of 4-6 min and (2) baseline separation of two analytes with retention times within the range of 4-10 min. The empirical posterior Bayesian distribution of parameters was estimated using the "slice sampling" Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) algorithm implemented in Matlab. The simulations with artificial analytes and experimental data of ketoprofen and papaverine were used to test the proposed methodology. The simulation experiment showed that for a single and two randomly selected analytes, there is 97% and 74% probability of obtaining a successful chromatogram using none or one preliminary experiment. The desired separation for ketoprofen and papaverine was established based on a single experiment. It was confirmed that the search for a desired separation rarely requires a large number of chromatographic analyses at least for a simple optimization problem. The proposed Bayesian-based optimization scheme is a powerful method of finding a desired chromatographic separation based on a small number of preliminary experiments.

  19. Thermodynamic evaluation of transonic compressor rotors using the finite volume approach

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Moore, John; Nicholson, Stephen; Moore, Joan G.

    1986-01-01

    The development of a computational capability to handle viscous flow with an explicit time-marching method based on the finite volume approach is summarized. Emphasis is placed on the extensions to the computational procedure which allow the handling of shock induced separation and large regions of strong backflow. Appendices contain abstracts of papers and whole reports generated during the contract period.

  20. Labeling research in support of through-the-season area estimation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Colwell, R. N. (Principal Investigator); Hay, C. M.; Sheffner, E. J.

    1982-01-01

    The development of LANDSAT-based through-the-season labeling procedures for corn and soybeans is discussed. A model for predicting labeling accuracy within key time periods throughout the growing season is outlined. Two methods for establishing the starting point of one key time period, viz., early season, are described. In addition, spectral-temporal characteristics for separating crops in the early season time period are discussed.

  1. Decoding 2D-PAGE complex maps: relevance to proteomics.

    PubMed

    Pietrogrande, Maria Chiara; Marchetti, Nicola; Dondi, Francesco; Righetti, Pier Giorgio

    2006-03-20

    This review describes two mathematical approaches useful for decoding the complex signal of 2D-PAGE maps of protein mixtures. These methods are helpful for interpreting the large amount of data of each 2D-PAGE map by extracting all the analytical information hidden therein by spot overlapping. Here the basic theory and application to 2D-PAGE maps are reviewed: the means for extracting information from the experimental data and their relevance to proteomics are discussed. One method is based on the quantitative theory of statistical model of peak overlapping (SMO) using the spot experimental data (intensity and spatial coordinates). The second method is based on the study of the 2D-autocovariance function (2D-ACVF) computed on the experimental digitised map. They are two independent methods that are able to extract equal and complementary information from the 2D-PAGE map. Both methods permit to obtain fundamental information on the sample complexity and the separation performance and to single out ordered patterns present in spot positions: the availability of two independent procedures to compute the same separation parameters is a powerful tool to estimate the reliability of the obtained results. The SMO procedure is an unique tool to quantitatively estimate the degree of spot overlapping present in the map, while the 2D-ACVF method is particularly powerful in simply singling out the presence of order in the spot position from the complexity of the whole 2D map, i.e., spot trains. The procedures were validated by extensive numerical computation on computer-generated maps describing experimental 2D-PAGE gels of protein mixtures. Their applicability to real samples was tested on reference maps obtained from literature sources. The review describes the most relevant information for proteomics: sample complexity, separation performance, overlapping extent, identification of spot trains related to post-translational modifications (PTMs).

  2. "Supermarket Column Chromatography of Leaf Pigments" Revisited: Simple and Ecofriendly Separation of Plant Carotenoids, Chlorophylls, and Flavonoids from Green and Red Leaves

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dias, Alice M.; Ferreira, Maria La Salete

    2015-01-01

    A simple and ecofriendly procedure was developed in order to prepare extracts from red and green leaves. This procedure enables the separation of yellow, green, and red band pigments and optimizes the previously reported baking soda "supermarket column". The same extract also led to a novel and colorful potato starch column, which can…

  3. 47 CFR 36.376 - All other.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES, TAXES AND RESERVES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES 1 Operating Expenses and Taxes Customer Operations...

  4. Multistate Evaluation of an Ultrafiltration-Based Procedure for Simultaneous Recovery of Enteric Microbes in 100-Liter Tap Water Samples▿

    PubMed Central

    Hill, Vincent R.; Kahler, Amy M.; Jothikumar, Narayanan; Johnson, Trisha B.; Hahn, Donghyun; Cromeans, Theresa L.

    2007-01-01

    Ultrafiltration (UF) is increasingly being recognized as a potentially effective procedure for concentrating and recovering microbes from large volumes of water and treated wastewater. Because of their very small pore sizes, UF membranes are capable of simultaneously concentrating viruses, bacteria, and parasites based on size exclusion. In this study, a UF-based water sampling procedure was used to simultaneously recover representatives of these three microbial classes seeded into 100-liter samples of tap water collected from eight cities covering six hydrologic areas of the United States. The UF-based procedure included hollow-fiber UF as the primary step for concentrating microbes and then used membrane filtration for bacterial culture assays, immunomagnetic separation for parasite recovery and quantification, and centrifugal UF for secondary concentration of viruses. Water samples were tested for nine water quality parameters to investigate whether water quality data correlated with measured recovery efficiencies and molecular detection levels. Average total method recovery efficiencies were 71, 97, 120, 110, and 91% for φX174 bacteriophage, MS2 bacteriophage, Enterococcus faecalis, Clostridium perfringens spores, and Cryptosporidium parvum oocysts, respectively. Real-time PCR and reverse transcription-PCR (RT-PCR) for seeded microbes and controls indicated that tap water quality could affect the analytical performance of molecular amplification assays, although no specific water quality parameter was found to correlate with reduced PCR or RT-PCR performance. PMID:17483281

  5. On line separation of overlapped signals from multi-time photons for the GEM-based detection system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Czarski, T.; Pozniak, K. T.; Chernyshova, M.; Malinowski, K.; Kasprowicz, G.; Kolasinski, P.; Krawczyk, R.; Wojenski, A.; Zabolotny, W.

    2015-09-01

    The Triple Gas Electron Multiplier (T-GEM) is presented as soft X-ray (SXR) energy and position sensitive detector for high-resolution X-ray diagnostics of magnetic confinement fusion plasmas. Multi-channel measurement system and serial data acquisition for X-ray energy and position recognition is described. Fundamental characteristics are presented for two dimensional detector structure. Typical signals of ADC - Analog to Digital Converter are considered for charge value and position estimation. Coinciding signals for high flux radiation cause the problem for cluster charge identification. The amplifier with shaper determines time characteristics and limits the pulses frequency. Separation of coincided signals was introduced and verified for simulation experiments. On line separation of overlapped signals was implemented applying the FPGA technology with relatively simple firmware procedure. Representative results for reconstruction of coinciding signals are demonstrated.

  6. Magnetic techniques for the isolation and purification of proteins and peptides

    PubMed Central

    Safarik, Ivo; Safarikova, Mirka

    2004-01-01

    Isolation and separation of specific molecules is used in almost all areas of biosciences and biotechnology. Diverse procedures can be used to achieve this goal. Recently, increased attention has been paid to the development and application of magnetic separation techniques, which employ small magnetic particles. The purpose of this review paper is to summarize various methodologies, strategies and materials which can be used for the isolation and purification of target proteins and peptides with the help of magnetic field. An extensive list of realised purification procedures documents the efficiency of magnetic separation techniques. PMID:15566570

  7. Surgical and social implications of extraction of mandibular third molars as a separate procedure before bilateral sagittal split osteotomy.

    PubMed

    Morton, L; Downie, I

    2017-11-01

    In some units, lower wisdom teeth are extracted in a separate procedure before bilateral sagittal split osteotomy (BSSO), whereas in others they are removed at the time of the osteotomy. We identified 57 patients who had BSSO at Salisbury Hospital between October 2013 and September 2015, 40 of whom had their wisdom teeth extracted at the same time. The remaining 17 did not have wisdom teeth. Patients who have these teeth extracted as a separate procedure require at least one day off work, which can result in a loss of earnings. Our findings showed that the removal of third molars at the time of orthognathic surgery has considerable social and financial benefits, and does not increase the risk of morbidity. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  8. Research on theoretical optimization and experimental verification of minimum resistance hull form based on Rankine source method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Bao-Ji; Zhang, Zhu-Xin

    2015-09-01

    To obtain low resistance and high efficiency energy-saving ship, minimum total resistance hull form design method is studied based on potential flow theory of wave-making resistance and considering the effects of tail viscous separation. With the sum of wave resistance and viscous resistance as objective functions and the parameters of B-Spline function as design variables, mathematical models are built using Nonlinear Programming Method (NLP) ensuring the basic limit of displacement and considering rear viscous separation. We develop ship lines optimization procedures with intellectual property rights. Series60 is used as parent ship in optimization design to obtain improved ship (Series60-1) theoretically. Then drag tests for the improved ship (Series60-1) is made to get the actual minimum total resistance hull form.

  9. Concentration and detection of bacteria in virtual environmental samples based on non-immunomagnetic separation and quantum dots by using a laboratory-made system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cheng, Zhi; Wu, Taihu; Chen, Feng; Du, Yaohua; Gu, Biao; Li, Chao; Yang, Zijian

    2012-03-01

    This study investigated a method that simultaneously detects three bacteria, Salmonella typhimurium, Escherichia coli, and Staphylococcus aureus via an approach that combines un-immunized magnetic nanoparticles for the enrichment and antibody-conjugated quantum dots (QDs) as fluorescence markers, by using a laboratory-made system. In the enrichment procedure, the un-immunized superparamagnetic polymer nanoparticles and the three bacteria formed "beadcell" complex. Magnetic nanoparticles with different size were used and some interferents were added into the bacteria suspension respectively to check the influence on concentration efficiency. In the immuno-fluorescence labeling procedure, QDs with different emission wavelenghs were immobilized with antibody. Antibody conjugated QDs capture the bacteria selectively and specifically so that "sandwich" complex were formed. The suspension of the labeled bacteria was trickled onto a microporous membrane. A 450nm semiconductor laser was used as a part of the laboratory-made system to excite the QDs. Three PMT detectors were utilized to detect the fluorescence intensity. These un-immunized magnetic nanoparticles can be applied in nonspecific separation and enrichment of bacteria from environmental samples, and this method, of which the detection procedures are completed within 2 h, can be applied to the cost-effective and rapid detecting of bacterial contamination.

  10. Bioprocessing development: Immune/cellular applications: Anti-Ig autoantibody and complement-mediated destruction of neoplastic cells

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Twomey, J. J.

    1976-01-01

    This space bioprocessing contract effort was comprised of four general objectives. These were: (1) the evaluation of current separation processes, (2) the identification of problems relevant to the separation of important biologicals, (3) the identification of ground-based assay methods needed for pre- and postflight analysis of space bioprocessing separation technology; and (4) the establishment of methods to determine the efficiency of space bioprocessing separation procedures. Immunology was deemed advantageous to study the diversity of cells and cell products involved and the extensive interest being given to their separation. Upon recognition of a cellular or molecular agent as foreign to the body, the immune system becomes activated to produce cells whose function is to destroy that agent and cell products whose function is to inactivate the agent and assist in its destruction. Long after the agent is removed from the body, some cells remain in a state of readiness to continue these destructive actions specifically against that agent should further exposure to it occur. This is the basis of acquired immunity to disease.

  11. A paper-based analytical device for the determination of hydrogen sulfide in fuel oils based on headspace liquid-phase microextraction and cyclic voltammetry.

    PubMed

    Nechaeva, Daria; Shishov, Andrey; Ermakov, Sergey; Bulatov, Andrey

    2018-06-01

    An easily performed miniaturized, cheap, selective and sensitive procedure for the determination of H 2 S in fuel oil samples based on a headspace liquid-phase microextraction followed by a cyclic voltammetry detection using a paper-based analytical device (PAD) was developed. A modified wax dipping method was applied to fabricate the PAD. The PAD included hydrophobic zones of sample and supporting electrolyte connecting by hydrophilic channel. The zones of sample and supporting electrolyte were connected with nickel working, platinum auxiliary and Ag/AgCl reference electrodes. The analytical procedure included separation of H 2 S from fuel oil sample based on the headspace liquid-phase microextraction in alkaline solution. Then, sulfide ions solution obtained and supporting electrolyte were dropped on the zones followed by analyte detection at + 0.45 V. Under the optimized conditions, H 2 S concentration in the range from 2 to 20 mg kg -1 had a good linear relation with the peak current. The limit of detection (3σ) was 0.6 mg kg -1 . The procedure was successfully applied to the analysis of fuel oil samples. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Brief Report: Atypical Expression of Distress during the Separation Phase of the Strange Situation Procedure in Infant Siblings at High Risk for ASD

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Esposito, Gianluca; del Carmen Rostagno, Maria; Venuti, Paola; Haltigan, John D.; Messinger, Daniel S.

    2014-01-01

    Previous studies have provided preliminary evidence that disruptions in cry acoustics may be part of an atypical vocal signature of autism early in life. We examined the acoustic characteristics of cries extracted from the separation phase of the strange situation procedure in a sample of toddler of younger siblings of a child with autism spectrum…

  13. Sequential Injection Chromatography with an Ultra-short Monolithic Column for the Low-Pressure Separation of α-Tocopherol and γ-Oryzanol in Vegetable Oils and Nutrition Supplements.

    PubMed

    Thaithet, Sujitra; Kradtap Hartwell, Supaporn; Lapanantnoppakhun, Somchai

    2017-01-01

    A low-pressure separation procedure of α-tocopherol and γ-oryzanol was developed based on a sequential injection chromatography (SIC) system coupled with an ultra-short (5 mm) C-18 monolithic column, as a lower cost and more compact alternative to the HPLC system. A green sample preparation, dilution with a small amount of hexane followed by liquid-liquid extraction with 80% ethanol, was proposed. Very good separation resolution (R s = 3.26), a satisfactory separation time (10 min) and a total run time including column equilibration (16 min) were achieved. The linear working range was found to be 0.4 - 40 μg with R 2 being more than 0.99. The detection limits of both analytes were 0.28 μg with the repeatability within 5% RSD (n = 7). Quantitative analyses of the two analytes in vegetable oil and nutrition supplement samples, using the proposed SIC method, agree well with the results from HPLC.

  14. Chromatographic Separation of Cd from Plants via Anion-Exchange Resin for an Isotope Determination by Multiple Collector ICP-MS.

    PubMed

    Wei, Rongfei; Guo, Qingjun; Wen, Hanjie; Peters, Marc; Yang, Junxing; Tian, Liyan; Han, Xiaokun

    2017-01-01

    In this study, key factors affecting the chromatographic separation of Cd from plants, such as the resin column, digestion and purification procedures, were experimentally investigated. A technique for separating Cd from plant samples based on single ion-exchange chromatography has been developed, which is suitable for the high-precision analysis of Cd isotopes by multiple-collector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (MC-ICP-MS). The robustness of the technique was assessed by replicate analyses of Cd standard solutions and plant samples. The Cd yields of the whole separation process were higher than 95%, and the 114/110 Cd values of three Cd second standard solutions (Münster Cd, Spex Cd, Spex-1 Cd solutions) relative to the NIST SRM 3108 were measured accurately, which enabled the comparisons of Cd isotope results obtained in other laboratories. Hence, stable Cd isotope analyses represent a powerful tool for fingerprinting specific Cd sources and/or examining biogeochemical reactions in ecological and environmental systems.

  15. Micropreparative capillary gel electrophoresis of DNA: rapid expressed sequence tag library construction.

    PubMed

    Shi, Liang; Khandurina, Julia; Ronai, Zsolt; Li, Bi-Yu; Kwan, Wai King; Wang, Xun; Guttman, András

    2003-01-01

    A capillary gel electrophoresis based automated DNA fraction collection technique was developed to support a novel DNA fragment-pooling strategy for expressed sequence tag (EST) library construction. The cDNA population is first cleaved by BsaJ I and EcoR I restriction enzymes, and then subpooled by selective ligation with specific adapters followed by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification and labeling. Combination of this cDNA fingerprinting method with high-resolution capillary gel electrophoresis separation and precise fractionation of individual cDNA transcript representatives avoids redundant fragment selection and concomitant repetitive sequencing of abundant transcripts. Using a computer-controlled capillary electrophoresis device the transcript representatives were separated by their size and fractions were automatically collected in every 30 s into 96-well plates. The high resolving power of the sieving matrix ensured sequencing grade separation of the DNA fragments (i.e., single-base resolution) and successful fraction collection. Performance and precision of the fraction collection procedure was validated by PCR amplification of the collected DNA fragments followed by capillary electrophoresis analysis for size and purity verification. The collected and PCR-amplified transcript representatives, ranging up to several hundred base pairs, were then sequenced to create an EST library.

  16. Self-Supporting, Hydrophobic, Ionic Liquid-Based Reference Electrodes Prepared by Polymerization-Induced Microphase Separation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chopade, Sujay A.; Anderson, Evan L.; Schmidt, Peter W.

    Interfaces of ionic liquids and aqueous solutions exhibit stable electrical potentials over a wide range of aqueous electrolyte concentrations. This makes ionic liquids suitable as bridge materials that separate in electroanalytical measurements the reference electrode from samples with low and/or unknown ionic strengths. However, methods for the preparation of ionic liquid-based reference electrodes have not been explored widely. We have designed a convenient and reliable synthesis of ionic liquid-based reference electrodes by polymerization-induced microphase separation. This technique allows for a facile, single-pot synthesis of ready-to-use reference electrodes that incorporate ion conducting nanochannels filled with either 1-octyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide or 1-dodecyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethylmore » sulfonyl)imide as ionic liquid, supported by a mechanically robust cross-linked polystyrene phase. This synthesis procedure allows for the straightforward design of various reference electrode geometries. These reference electrodes exhibit a low resistance as well as good reference potential stability and reproducibility when immersed into aqueous solutions varying from deionized, purified water to 100 mM KCl, while requiring no correction for liquid junction potentials.« less

  17. A study on the efficacy and safety of combining dental surgery with tonsillectomy in pediatrics

    PubMed Central

    Syed, Faizaan; Uffman, Joshua C; Tumin, Dmitry; Flaitz, Catherine M; Tobias, Joseph D; Raman, Vidya T

    2018-01-01

    Purpose Few data exist on combining pediatric surgical procedures under a single general anesthetic encounter (general anesthesia). We compared perioperative outcomes of combining dental surgical procedures with tonsillectomy during one anesthetic vs separate encounters. Methods We classified elective tonsillectomy ± adenoidectomy and restorative dentistry as combined (group C) or separate (group S). Outcomes included anesthesia time, recovery duration, the need for overnight hospital stay, and postoperative complications. Results Patients aged 4±1 years underwent tonsillectomy and dental surgery in combination (n=7) or separately (n=27). No differences were noted in total anesthesia time (C: median: 150, interquartile range [IQR]: 99, 165 vs S: median: 109, IQR: 92, 132; 95% CI of difference in median: −58, +10 minutes; P=0.115) and total recovery time (C: median: 54, IQR: 40, 108 vs S: median: 72, IQR: 58, 109; 95% CI of difference in median: −16, +48 minutes; P=0.307). The need for overnight stay (C: 4 of 7, S: 20 of 27; P=0.394) did not differ between the groups. No postoperative complications were noted in either group. Conclusion These preliminary data support the potential feasibility of combining dental procedures with tonsillectomy during a single anesthetic encounter. Such care may not only reduce costs but also limit parental work absences and increase convenience for patient families. When compared with procedures performed separately, combined procedures did not result in increased morbidity or significant changes in postoperative outcomes. PMID:29628777

  18. A study on the efficacy and safety of combining dental surgery with tonsillectomy in pediatrics.

    PubMed

    Syed, Faizaan; Uffman, Joshua C; Tumin, Dmitry; Flaitz, Catherine M; Tobias, Joseph D; Raman, Vidya T

    2018-01-01

    Few data exist on combining pediatric surgical procedures under a single general anesthetic encounter (general anesthesia). We compared perioperative outcomes of combining dental surgical procedures with tonsillectomy during one anesthetic vs separate encounters. We classified elective tonsillectomy ± adenoidectomy and restorative dentistry as combined (group C) or separate (group S). Outcomes included anesthesia time, recovery duration, the need for overnight hospital stay, and postoperative complications. Patients aged 4±1 years underwent tonsillectomy and dental surgery in combination (n=7) or separately (n=27). No differences were noted in total anesthesia time (C: median: 150, interquartile range [IQR]: 99, 165 vs S: median: 109, IQR: 92, 132; 95% CI of difference in median: -58, +10 minutes; P =0.115) and total recovery time (C: median: 54, IQR: 40, 108 vs S: median: 72, IQR: 58, 109; 95% CI of difference in median: -16, +48 minutes; P =0.307). The need for overnight stay (C: 4 of 7, S: 20 of 27; P =0.394) did not differ between the groups. No postoperative complications were noted in either group. These preliminary data support the potential feasibility of combining dental procedures with tonsillectomy during a single anesthetic encounter. Such care may not only reduce costs but also limit parental work absences and increase convenience for patient families. When compared with procedures performed separately, combined procedures did not result in increased morbidity or significant changes in postoperative outcomes.

  19. Interprofessional and interdisciplinary simulation-based training leads to safe sedation procedures in the emergency department.

    PubMed

    Sauter, Thomas C; Hautz, Wolf E; Hostettler, Simone; Brodmann-Maeder, Monika; Martinolli, Luca; Lehmann, Beat; Exadaktylos, Aristomenis K; Haider, Dominik G

    2016-08-02

    Sedation is a procedure required for many interventions in the Emergency department (ED) such as reductions, surgical procedures or cardioversions. However, especially under emergency conditions with high risk patients and rapidly changing interdisciplinary and interprofessional teams, the procedure caries important risks. It is thus vital but difficult to implement a standard operating procedure for sedation procedures in any ED. Reports on both, implementation strategies as well as their success are currently lacking. This study describes the development, implementation and clinical evaluation of an interprofessional and interdisciplinary simulation-based sedation training concept. All physicians and nurses with specialised training in emergency medicine at the Berne University Department of Emergency Medicine participated in a mandatory interdisciplinary and interprofessional simulation-based sedation training. The curriculum consisted of an individual self-learning module, an airway skill training course, three simulation-based team training cases, and a final practical learning course in the operating theatre. Before and after each training session, self-efficacy, awareness of emergency procedures, knowledge of sedation medication and crisis resource management were assessed with a questionnaire. Changes in these measures were compared via paired tests, separately for groups formed based on experience and profession. To assess the clinical effect of training, we collected patient and team satisfaction as well as duration and complications for all sedations in the ED within the year after implementation. We further compared time to beginning of procedure, time for duration of procedure and time until discharge after implementation with the one year period before the implementation. Cohen's d was calculated as effect size for all statistically significant tests. Fifty staff members (26 nurses and 24 physicians) participated in the training. In all subgroups, there is a significant increase in self-efficacy and knowledge with high effect size (d z  = 1.8). The learning is independent of profession and experience level. In the clinical evaluation after implementation, we found no major complications among the sedations performed. Time to procedure significantly improved after the introduction of the training (d = 0.88). Learning is independent of previous working experience and equally effective in raising the self-efficacy and knowledge in all professional groups. Clinical outcome evaluation confirms the concepts safety and feasibility. An interprofessional and interdisciplinary simulation-based sedation training is an efficient way to implement a conscious sedation concept in an ED.

  20. A Novel Multiscale Physics Based Progressive Failure Methodology for Laminated Composite Structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pineda, Evan J.; Waas, Anthony M.; Bednarcyk, Brett A.; Collier, Craig S.; Yarrington, Phillip W.

    2008-01-01

    A variable fidelity, multiscale, physics based finite element procedure for predicting progressive damage and failure of laminated continuous fiber reinforced composites is introduced. At every integration point in a finite element model, progressive damage is accounted for at the lamina-level using thermodynamically based Schapery Theory. Separate failure criteria are applied at either the global-scale or the microscale in two different FEM models. A micromechanics model, the Generalized Method of Cells, is used to evaluate failure criteria at the micro-level. The stress-strain behavior and observed failure mechanisms are compared with experimental results for both models.

  1. Vortex-assisted emulsification semimicroextraction for the analytical control of restricted ingredients in cosmetic products: determination of bronopol by liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Miralles, Pablo; Bellver, Raquel; Chisvert, Alberto; Salvador, Amparo

    2016-03-01

    Vortex-assisted emulsification semimicroextraction is proposed as a one-step solution-extraction procedure for sample preparation in cosmetic products. The procedure allows rapid preparation based on dispersion of the sample in a mixture of 1 mL of n-hexane and 0.5 mL of ethanol, followed by the addition of 0.5 mL of water and centrifugation to obtain two separated phases. This procedure provides good sample clean-up with minimum dilution and is very useful for the determination of ingredients with restricted concentrations, such as bronopol. The procedure was applied to the determination of bronopol by liquid chromatography with UV detection. The best chromatographic separation was obtained by using a C18 column set at 40 °C and performing a stepwise elution with a mixture of ethanol/aqueous 1 % acetic acid solution as mobile phase pumped at 0.5 mL min(-1). The detection wavelength was set at 250 nm and the total run time required was 12 min. The method was successfully applied to 18 commercial cosmetic samples including creams, shampoos, and bath gels. Good recoveries and repeatability were obtained, with a limit of detection of 0.9 μg mL(-1), which makes the method suitable for the analytical control of cosmetic products. Moreover, it could be considered environmentally friendly, because water, ethanol, and only a low volume of n-hexane are used as solvents.

  2. Quantitative analysis of crystalline pharmaceuticals in tablets by pattern-fitting procedure using X-ray diffraction pattern.

    PubMed

    Takehira, Rieko; Momose, Yasunori; Yamamura, Shigeo

    2010-10-15

    A pattern-fitting procedure using an X-ray diffraction pattern was applied to the quantitative analysis of binary system of crystalline pharmaceuticals in tablets. Orthorhombic crystals of isoniazid (INH) and mannitol (MAN) were used for the analysis. Tablets were prepared under various compression pressures using a direct compression method with various compositions of INH and MAN. Assuming that X-ray diffraction pattern of INH-MAN system consists of diffraction intensities from respective crystals, observed diffraction intensities were fitted to analytic expression based on X-ray diffraction theory and separated into two intensities from INH and MAN crystals by a nonlinear least-squares procedure. After separation, the contents of INH were determined by using the optimized normalization constants for INH and MAN. The correction parameter including all the factors that are beyond experimental control was required for quantitative analysis without calibration curve. The pattern-fitting procedure made it possible to determine crystalline phases in the range of 10-90% (w/w) of the INH contents. Further, certain characteristics of the crystals in the tablets, such as the preferred orientation, size of crystallite, and lattice disorder were determined simultaneously. This method can be adopted to analyze compounds whose crystal structures are known. It is a potentially powerful tool for the quantitative phase analysis and characterization of crystals in tablets and powders using X-ray diffraction patterns. Copyright 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. Management of Patients with Orthopaedic Implants Undergoing Dental Procedures.

    PubMed

    Quinn, Robert H; Murray, Jayson N; Pezold, Ryan; Sevarino, Kaitlyn S

    2017-07-01

    The American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, in collaboration with the American Dental Association, has developed Appropriate Use Criteria (AUC) for the Management of Patients with Orthopaedic Implants Undergoing Dental Procedures. Evidence-based information, in conjunction with the clinical expertise of physicians, was used to develop the criteria to improve patient care and obtain best outcomes while considering the subtleties and distinctions necessary in making clinical decisions. The Management of Patients with Orthopaedic Implants Undergoing Dental Procedures AUC clinical patient scenarios were derived from indications of patients with orthopaedic implants presenting for dental procedures, as well as from current evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and supporting literature to identify the appropriateness of the use of prophylactic antibiotics. The 64 patient scenarios and 1 treatment were developed by the writing panel, a group of clinicians who are specialists in this AUC topic. Next, a separate, multidisciplinary, voting panel (made up of specialists and nonspecialists) rated the appropriateness of treatment of each patient scenario using a 9-point scale to designate a treatment as Appropriate (median rating, 7 to 9), May Be Appropriate (median rating, 4 to 6), or Rarely Appropriate (median rating, 1 to 3).

  4. 47 CFR 36.412 - Apportionment procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES, TAXES AND RESERVES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES 1 Operating Expenses and Taxes Operating Taxes § 36.412... groups as follows: (1) Operating Federal, State and local income taxes and (2) all other operating taxes...

  5. Procedure for Separating Noise Sources in Measurements of Turbofan Engine Core Noise

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Miles, Jeffrey Hilton

    2006-01-01

    The study of core noise from turbofan engines has become more important as noise from other sources like the fan and jet have been reduced. A multiple microphone and acoustic source modeling method to separate correlated and uncorrelated sources has been developed. The auto and cross spectrum in the frequency range below 1000 Hz is fitted with a noise propagation model based on a source couplet consisting of a single incoherent source with a single coherent source or a source triplet consisting of a single incoherent source with two coherent point sources. Examples are presented using data from a Pratt & Whitney PW4098 turbofan engine. The method works well.

  6. Combined orthognathic distraction procedure: Le Fort I maxillary osteotomy and mandibular curvilinear distraction osteogenesis. A new technique for craniofacial management.

    PubMed

    Schendel, Stephen A; Hazan-Molina, Hagai; Aizenbud, Dror

    2014-04-01

    Dentofacial deformities are traditionally treated by maxillary and mandibular osteotomies conducted separately or simultaneously. Recently, distraction osteogenesis has become an irreplaceable part of the surgical armamentarium, for its ability to induce new bone formation between the surfaces of bone segments that are gradually separated by incremental traction, along with a simultaneous expansion of the surrounding soft-tissue envelope. The aim of this article is to describe a combined surgical technique consisting of simultaneous maxillary Le Fort I advancement and mandibular surgical repositioning by means of bilateral sagittal split osteotomy with a curvilinear distractor based on a preliminary computerized presurgical prediction.

  7. 14 CFR Appendix F to Part 23 - Test Procedure

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Test Procedure F Appendix F to Part 23...—Test Procedure Acceptable test procedure for self-extinguishing materials for showing compliance with... as sandwich panels, may not be separated for a test. The specimen thickness must be no thicker than...

  8. 40 CFR 246.202-3 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... techniques. (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality specifications, potential...

  9. 40 CFR 246.201-4 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... research techniques. (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality specifications...

  10. 40 CFR 246.202-3 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... techniques. (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality specifications, potential...

  11. 40 CFR 246.202-3 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... techniques. (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality specifications, potential...

  12. 40 CFR 246.201-4 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... research techniques. (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality specifications...

  13. 40 CFR 246.201-4 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... research techniques. (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality specifications...

  14. Enrichment of human bone marrow aspirates for low-density mononuclear cells using a haemonetics discontinuous blood cell separator.

    PubMed

    Raijmakers, R; de Witte, T; Koekman, E; Wessels, J; Haanen, C

    1986-01-01

    Isopycnic density floatation centrifugation has been proven to be a suitable technique to enrich bone marrow aspirates for clonogenic cells on a small scale. We have tested a Haemonetics semicontinuous blood cell separator in order to process large volumes of bone marrow with minimal bone marrow manipulation. The efficacy of isopycnic density floatation was tested in a one and a two-step procedure. Both procedures showed a recovery of about 20% of the nucleated cells and 1-2% of the erythrocytes. The enrichment of clonogenic cells in the one-step procedure appeared superior to the two-step enrichment, first separating buffy coat cells. The recovery of clonogenic cells was 70 and 50%, respectively. Repopulation capacity of the low-density cell fraction containing the clonogenic cells was excellent after autologous reinfusion (6 cases) and allogeneic bone marrow transplantation (3 cases). Fast enrichment of large volumes of bone marrow aspirates with low-density cells containing the clonogenic cells by isopycnic density floatation centrifugation can be done safely using a Haemonetics blood cell separator.

  15. General Analytical Procedure for Determination of Acidity Parameters of Weak Acids and Bases

    PubMed Central

    Pilarski, Bogusław; Kaliszan, Roman; Wyrzykowski, Dariusz; Młodzianowski, Janusz; Balińska, Agata

    2015-01-01

    The paper presents a new convenient, inexpensive, and reagent-saving general methodology for the determination of pK a values for components of the mixture of diverse chemical classes weak organic acids and bases in water solution, without the need to separate individual analytes. The data obtained from simple pH-metric microtitrations are numerically processed into reliable pK a values for each component of the mixture. Excellent agreement has been obtained between the determined pK a values and the reference literature data for compounds studied. PMID:25692072

  16. General analytical procedure for determination of acidity parameters of weak acids and bases.

    PubMed

    Pilarski, Bogusław; Kaliszan, Roman; Wyrzykowski, Dariusz; Młodzianowski, Janusz; Balińska, Agata

    2015-01-01

    The paper presents a new convenient, inexpensive, and reagent-saving general methodology for the determination of pK a values for components of the mixture of diverse chemical classes weak organic acids and bases in water solution, without the need to separate individual analytes. The data obtained from simple pH-metric microtitrations are numerically processed into reliable pK a values for each component of the mixture. Excellent agreement has been obtained between the determined pK a values and the reference literature data for compounds studied.

  17. An orbital localization criterion based on the theory of "fuzzy" atoms.

    PubMed

    Alcoba, Diego R; Lain, Luis; Torre, Alicia; Bochicchio, Roberto C

    2006-04-15

    This work proposes a new procedure for localizing molecular and natural orbitals. The localization criterion presented here is based on the partitioning of the overlap matrix into atomic contributions within the theory of "fuzzy" atoms. Our approach has several advantages over other schemes: it is computationally inexpensive, preserves the sigma/pi-separability in planar systems and provides a straightforward interpretation of the resulting orbitals in terms of their localization indices and atomic occupancies. The corresponding algorithm has been implemented and its efficiency tested on selected molecular systems. (c) 2006 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  18. 76 FR 60388 - Revision of Cotton Futures Classification Procedures

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-09-29

    ...-005] RIN 0581-AD16 Revision of Cotton Futures Classification Procedures AGENCY: Agricultural Marketing... update the procedures for cotton futures quality classification services by using Smith-Doxey classification data in the cotton futures classification process. In addition, references to a separate and...

  19. 40 CFR 246.200-3 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... techniques; (b) Directly contacting buyers, and determining the buyers' quality specifications, the exact...

  20. 40 CFR 246.200-3 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... techniques; (b) Directly contacting buyers, and determining the buyers' quality specifications, the exact...

  1. 40 CFR 246.200-3 - Recommended procedures: Market study.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... techniques; (b) Directly contacting buyers, and determining the buyers' quality specifications, the exact...

  2. Platelet-rich plasma differs according to preparation method and human variability.

    PubMed

    Mazzocca, Augustus D; McCarthy, Mary Beth R; Chowaniec, David M; Cote, Mark P; Romeo, Anthony A; Bradley, James P; Arciero, Robert A; Beitzel, Knut

    2012-02-15

    Varying concentrations of blood components in platelet-rich plasma preparations may contribute to the variable results seen in recently published clinical studies. The purposes of this investigation were (1) to quantify the level of platelets, growth factors, red blood cells, and white blood cells in so-called one-step (clinically used commercial devices) and two-step separation systems and (2) to determine the influence of three separate blood draws on the resulting components of platelet-rich plasma. Three different platelet-rich plasma (PRP) separation methods (on blood samples from eight subjects with a mean age [and standard deviation] of 31.6 ± 10.9 years) were used: two single-spin processes (PRPLP and PRPHP) and a double-spin process (PRPDS) were evaluated for concentrations of platelets, red and white blood cells, and growth factors. Additionally, the effect of three repetitive blood draws on platelet-rich plasma components was evaluated. The content and concentrations of platelets, white blood cells, and growth factors for each method of separation differed significantly. All separation techniques resulted in a significant increase in platelet concentration compared with native blood. Platelet and white blood-cell concentrations of the PRPHP procedure were significantly higher than platelet and white blood-cell concentrations produced by the so-called single-step PRPLP and the so-called two-step PRPDS procedures, although significant differences between PRPLP and PRPDS were not observed. Comparing the results of the three blood draws with regard to the reliability of platelet number and cell counts, wide variations of intra-individual numbers were observed. Single-step procedures are capable of producing sufficient amounts of platelets for clinical usage. Within the evaluated procedures, platelet numbers and numbers of white blood cells differ significantly. The intra-individual results of platelet-rich plasma separations showed wide variations in platelet and cell numbers as well as levels of growth factors regardless of separation method.

  3. Context Specificity of the ANS Stress Response during Two Regrouping Experiments in Goats

    PubMed Central

    Patt, Antonia; Gygax, Lorenz; Wechsler, Beat; Hillmann, Edna; Langbein, Jan; Keil, Nina M.

    2016-01-01

    The aim of this study was to analyze whether the activity of the autonomic nervous system (ANS) differs between two regrouping procedures in goats, which would indicate stimulus specificity of these stressors. Applying two regrouping procedures, we evaluated heart rate and heart rate variability (RMSSD, SDNN, and RMSSD/SDNN). The two regrouping procedures were (1) introduction of individual goats into established groups (“introduction experiment”) and (2) temporary separation and subsequent reintegration of individuals from/into their group with two levels of contact during separation (“separation experiment”). In the “introduction experiment,” the heart rate of introduced goats while lying decreased continuously from an average 78 to 68 beats/min from before the introduction to the last day of the introduction period. Inversely, RMSSD increased continuously from 41 to 62 ms, which, on its own, would indicate an adaptation to the situation. During the “separation experiment,” heart rate while lying was higher when goats were separated in the “acoustic contact treatment” (82 beats/min on average) compared with the “restricted physical contact treatment” (75 beats/min on average). This difference reflected a higher level of arousal during the “acoustic contact treatment.” However, heart rate activity did not allow detecting effects of separation or reintegration. Even though it can be assumed that both the separation and introduction of goats are stressful for goats, the ANS reactions observed in this study differed between the two management procedures indicating that the ANS activation was specific to each situation. In addition, we discuss the ANS results in context with earlier findings of variables of the hypothalamic pituitary adrenal (HPA) axis (fecal cortisol metabolites) and behavior (lying and feeding). As correspondence between ANS, HPA, and behavioral reactions was limited both within and across experiments, the results of this study underline the concept that stress response patterns are context specific. PMID:27551679

  4. THE DETERMINATION OF TRACES OF BORON IN ZIRCONIUM METAL AND ZIRCONIUM ALLOYS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hayes, M.R.; Metcalfe, J.

    1962-01-01

    A general procedure is given for the determination of B, down to 0.2 ppm, in Zr and Zr alloys. Separation of the B is not necessary, the B-curcumin complex being formed directly in an aliquot of the metal sulfate solution. An interference effect has been noted when analyzing Zr alloys containing Sn. The interference is caused by an insoluble compound of curcumin which separates and has similar properties to the B-curcumin complex. This source of interference is, however, readily eliminated during the procedure for the determination of B. The procedure has been applied to the determination of B in puremore » Zr, zr--0.5% Cu-- 0.5% MO, and Zr--1.5% Sn--0.1% Fe--0.1% Cr--0.05% Ni alloys. Results are comparable with those obtained by methods requiring the separation of the B as methyl borate. (auth)« less

  5. 24 CFR 180.220 - Separation of functions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... AND BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY CONSOLIDATED HUD HEARING PROCEDURES FOR CIVIL RIGHTS MATTERS Administrative Law Judge § 180.220 Separation of functions. No officer, employee, or agent of the Federal Government...

  6. Panning for sperm gold: Isolation and purification of apyrene and eupyrene sperm from lepidopterans.

    PubMed

    Karr, Timothy L; Walters, James R

    2015-08-01

    We describe a simple and straightforward procedure for the purification and separation of apyrene and eupyrene forms of lepidopteran sperm. The procedure is generally applicable to both butterfly and moth species with results varying according to the relative amounts of sperm produced and size of sperm storage organs. The technique relies upon inherent differences between eupyene sperm bundles and free apyrene sperm morphology. These differences allow for separation of the sperm morphs by repeated "panning" of sperm bundles into the center of a plastic dish. The purified eupyrene sperm bundles can then be removed and apyrene sperm collected from the supernatant by centrifugation. Efficacy of the purification process was confirmed by light microscopy and gel electrophoresis of the resulting fractions. Both one- and two-dimensional gel electrophoresis identified significant protein differences between the fractions further suggesting that the panning procedure effectively separated eurpyrene from apyrene sperm. The panning procedure should provide a convenient and accessible technique for further studies of sperm biology in lepidopterans. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  7. 28 CFR 34.4 - Additional competitive application requirements and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... other eligible parties, including those in another State, and submit joint applications for assistance. (2) A joint application made by two or more applicants for assistance may have separate budgets... combined budget. If joint applications present separate budgets, the Administrator may make separate awards...

  8. Recognition of surface lithologic and topographic patterns in southwest Colorado with ADP techniques

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Melhorn, W. N.; Sinnock, S.

    1973-01-01

    Analysis of ERTS-1 multispectral data by automatic pattern recognition procedures is applicable toward grappling with current and future resource stresses by providing a means for refining existing geologic maps. The procedures used in the current analysis already yield encouraging results toward the eventual machine recognition of extensive surface lithologic and topographic patterns. Automatic mapping of a series of hogbacks, strike valleys, and alluvial surfaces along the northwest flank of the San Juan Basin in Colorado can be obtained by minimal man-machine interaction. The determination of causes for separable spectral signatures is dependent upon extensive correlation of micro- and macro field based ground truth observations and aircraft underflight data with the satellite data.

  9. Capillary Electrophoresis of Mono- and Oligosaccharides.

    PubMed

    Toppazzini, Mila; Coslovi, Anna; Rossi, Marco; Flamigni, Anna; Baiutti, Edi; Campa, Cristiana

    2016-01-01

    This chapter reports an overview of the recent advances in the analysis of mono- and oligosaccharides by capillary electrophoresis (CE); furthermore, relevant reviews and research articles recently published in the field are tabulated. Additionally, pretreatments and procedures applied to uncharged and acidic carbohydrates (i.e., monosaccharides and lower oligosaccharides carrying carboxylate, sulfate, or phosphate groups) are described.Representative examples of such procedures are reported in detail, upon describing robust methodologies for the study of (1) neutral oligosaccharides derivatized by reductive amination and by formation of glycosylamines; (2) sialic acid derivatized with 2-aminoacridone, released from human serum immunoglobulin G; (3) anomeric couples of neutral glycosides separated using borate-based buffers; (4) unsaturated, underivatized oligosaccharides from lyase-treated alginate.

  10. Evaluation of the procedure for separating barley from other spring small grains. [North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota and Montana

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Magness, E. R. (Principal Investigator)

    1980-01-01

    The success of the Transition Year procedure to separate and label barley and the other small grains was assessed. It was decided that developers of the procedure would carry out the exercise in order to prevent compounding procedural problems with implementation problems. The evaluation proceeded by labeling the sping small grains first. The accuracy of this labeling was, on the average, somewhat better than that in the Transition Year operations. Other departures from the original procedure included a regionalization of the labeling process, the use of trend analysis, and the removal of time constraints from the actual processing. Segment selection, ground truth derivation, and data available for each segment in the analysis are discussed. Labeling accuracy is examined for North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana as well as for the entire four-state area. Errors are characterized.

  11. An improved filter elution and cell culture assay procedure for evaluating public groundwater systems for culturable enteroviruses.

    PubMed

    Dahling, Daniel R

    2002-01-01

    Large-scale virus studies of groundwater systems require practical and sensitive procedures for both sample processing and viral assay. Filter adsorption-elution procedures have traditionally been used to process large-volume water samples for viruses. In this study, five filter elution procedures using cartridge filters were evaluated for their effectiveness in processing samples. Of the five procedures tested, the third method, which incorporated two separate beef extract elutions (one being an overnight filter immersion in beef extract), recovered 95% of seeded poliovirus compared with recoveries of 36 to 70% for the other methods. For viral enumeration, an expanded roller bottle quantal assay was evaluated using seeded poliovirus. This cytopathic-based method was considerably more sensitive than the standard plaque assay method. The roller bottle system was more economical than the plaque assay for the evaluation of comparable samples. Using roller bottles required less time and manipulation than the plaque procedure and greatly facilitated the examination of large numbers of samples. The combination of the improved filter elution procedure and the roller bottle assay for viral analysis makes large-scale virus studies of groundwater systems practical. This procedure was subsequently field tested during a groundwater study in which large-volume samples (exceeding 800 L) were processed through the filters.

  12. An enhanced procedure for measuring organic acids and methyl esters in PM2.5

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, F.; Duan, F. K.; He, K. B.; Ma, Y. L.; Rahn, K. A.; Zhang, Q.

    2015-11-01

    A solid-phase extraction (SPE) pretreatment procedure allowing organic acids to be separated from methyl esters in fine aerosol has been developed. The procedure first separates the organic acids from fatty acid methyl esters (FAMEs) and other nonacid organic compounds by aminopropyl-based SPE cartridge and then quantifies them by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. The procedure prevents the fatty acids and dimethyl phthalate from being overestimated, and so allows us to accurately quantify the C4-C11 dicarboxylic acids (DCAs) and the C8-C30 monocarboxylic acids (MCAs). Results for the extraction of DCAs, MCAs, and AMAs in eluate and FAMEs in effluate by SAX and NH2 SPE cartridges exhibited that the NH2 SPE cartridge gave higher extraction efficiency than the SAX cartridge. The recoveries of analytes ranged from 67.5 to 111.3 %, and the RSD ranged from 0.7 to 10.9 %. The resulting correlations between the aliphatic acids and FAMEs suggest that the FAMEs had sources similar to those of the carboxylic acids, or were formed by esterifying carboxylic acids, or that aliphatic acids were formed by hydrolyzing FAMEs. Through extraction and cleanup using this procedure, 17 aromatic acids in eluate were identified and quantified by gas chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry, including five polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH): acids 2-naphthoic, biphenyl-4-carboxylic, 9-oxo-9H-fluorene-1-carboxylic, biphenyl-4,4´-dicarboxylic, and phenanthrene-1-carboxylic acid, plus 1,8-naphthalic anhydride. Correlations between the PAH acids and the dicarboxylic and aromatic acids suggested that the first three acids and 1,8-naphthalic anhydride were secondary atmospheric photochemistry products and the last two mainly primary.

  13. Forward marching procedure for separated boundary-layer flows

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carter, J. E.; Wornom, S. F.

    1975-01-01

    A forward-marching procedure for separated boundary-layer flows which permits the rapid and accurate solution of flows of limited extent is presented. The streamwise convection of vorticity in the reversed flow region is neglected, and this approximation is incorporated into a previously developed (Carter, 1974) inverse boundary-layer procedure. The equations are solved by the Crank-Nicolson finite-difference scheme in which column iteration is carried out at each streamwise station. Instabilities encountered in the column iterations are removed by introducing timelike terms in the finite-difference equations. This provides both unconditional diagonal dominance and a column iterative scheme, found to be stable using the von Neumann stability analysis.

  14. Development and applications of algorithms for calculating the transonic flow about harmonically oscillating wings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ehlers, F. E.; Weatherill, W. H.; Yip, E. L.

    1984-01-01

    A finite difference method to solve the unsteady transonic flow about harmonically oscillating wings was investigated. The procedure is based on separating the velocity potential into steady and unsteady parts and linearizing the resulting unsteady differential equation for small disturbances. The differential equation for the unsteady velocity potential is linear with spatially varying coefficients and with the time variable eliminated by assuming harmonic motion. An alternating direction implicit procedure was investigated, and a pilot program was developed for both two and three dimensional wings. This program provides a relatively efficient relaxation solution without previously encountered solution instability problems. Pressure distributions for two rectangular wings are calculated. Conjugate gradient techniques were developed for the asymmetric, indefinite problem. The conjugate gradient procedure is evaluated for applications to the unsteady transonic problem. Different equations for the alternating direction procedure are derived using a coordinate transformation for swept and tapered wing planforms. Pressure distributions for swept, untaped wings of vanishing thickness are correlated with linear results for sweep angles up to 45 degrees.

  15. Oxygen separation from air using zirconia solid electrolyte membranes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Suitor, J. W.; Marner, W. J.; Schroeder, J. E.; Losey, R. W.; Ferrall, J. F.

    1988-01-01

    Air separation using a zirconia solid electrolyte membrane is a possible alternative source of oxygen. The process of zirconia oxygen separation is reviewed, and an oxygen plant concept using such separation is described. Potential cell designs, stack designs, and testing procedures are examined. Fabrication of the materials used in a zirconia module as well as distribution plate design and fabrication are examined.

  16. The determination of trace elements in crude oil and its heavy fractions by atomic spectrometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Duyck, Christiane; Miekeley, Norbert; Porto da Silveira, Carmem L.; Aucélio, Ricardo Q.; Campos, Reinaldo C.; Grinberg, Patrícia; Brandão, Geisamanda P.

    2007-09-01

    A literature review on the determination of trace elements in crude oil and heavy molecular mass fractions (saturates, aromatics, resins and asphaltenes) by ICP-MS, ICP OES and AAS is presented. Metal occurrences, forms and distributions are examined as well as their implications in terms of reservoir geochemistry, oil refining and environment. The particular analytical challenges for the determination of metals in these complex matrices by spectrochemical techniques are discussed. Sample preparation based on ashing, microwave-assisted digestion and combustion decomposition procedures is noted as robust and long used. However, the introduction of non-aqueous solvents and micro-emulsions into inductively coupled plasmas is cited as a new trend for achieving rapid and accurate analysis. Separation procedures for operationally defined fractions in crude oil are more systematically applied for the observation of metal distributions and their implications. Chemical speciation is of growing interest, achieved by the coupling of high efficiency separation techniques (e.g., HPLC and GC) to ICP-MS instrumentation, which allows the simultaneous determination of multiple organometallic species of geochemical and environmental importance.

  17. Annual and average estimates of water-budget components based on hydrograph separation and PRISM precipitation for gaged basins in the Appalachian Plateaus Region, 1900-2011

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Nelms, David L.; Messinger, Terence; McCoy, Kurt J.

    2015-07-14

    As part of the U.S. Geological Survey’s Groundwater Resources Program study of the Appalachian Plateaus aquifers, annual and average estimates of water-budget components based on hydrograph separation and precipitation data from parameter-elevation regressions on independent slopes model (PRISM) were determined at 849 continuous-record streamflow-gaging stations from Mississippi to New York and covered the period of 1900 to 2011. Only complete calendar years (January to December) of streamflow record at each gage were used to determine estimates of base flow, which is that part of streamflow attributed to groundwater discharge; such estimates can serve as a proxy for annual recharge. For each year, estimates of annual base flow, runoff, and base-flow index were determined using computer programs—PART, HYSEP, and BFI—that have automated the separation procedures. These streamflow-hydrograph analysis methods are provided with version 1.0 of the U.S. Geological Survey Groundwater Toolbox, which is a new program that provides graphing, mapping, and analysis capabilities in a Windows environment. Annual values of precipitation were estimated by calculating the average of cell values intercepted by basin boundaries where previously defined in the GAGES–II dataset. Estimates of annual evapotranspiration were then calculated from the difference between precipitation and streamflow.

  18. Immunomagnetic separation and conventional culture procedure for detection of naturally occurring Salmonella in raw pork sausages and chicken meat.

    PubMed

    Ripabelli, G; Sammarco, M L; Ruberto, A; Iannitto, G; Grasso, G M

    1997-06-01

    The aim of the study was to compare immunomagnetic separation (IMS) and conventional selective enrichment procedures using selenite cystine broth (SC) and Rappaport-Vassiliadis broth (RV) in 137 naturally contaminated food samples (69 raw pork sausages and 68 chicken meat). The utilization of SC or IMS appeared to be the most appropriate enrichment procedure: 15 out of 18 Salmonella-positive samples (83.3%) were detected by SC and 12 (66.7%) by IMS; RV yielded only seven positive isolations (38.9%). However, RV yielded the highest count of Salmonella colonies per plate and the lowest interference by competing organisms. IMS could become a reliable alternative to standard enrichment procedures and a combined IMS and selective enrichment broth could increase the chance of Salmonella recovery.

  19. An innovative recycling process to obtain pure polyethylene and polypropylene from household waste.

    PubMed

    Serranti, Silvia; Luciani, Valentina; Bonifazi, Giuseppe; Hu, Bin; Rem, Peter C

    2015-01-01

    An innovative recycling process, based on magnetic density separation (MDS) and hyperspectral imaging (HSI), to obtain high quality polypropylene and polyethylene as secondary raw materials, is presented. More in details, MDS was applied to two different polyolefin mixtures coming from household waste. The quality of the two separated PP and PE streams, in terms of purity, was evaluated by a classification procedure based on HSI working in the near infrared range (1000-1700 nm). The classification model was built using known PE and PP samples as training set. The results obtained by HSI were compared with those obtained by classical density analysis carried in laboratory on the same polymers. The results obtained by MDS and the quality assessment of the plastic products by HSI showed that the combined action of these two technologies is a valid solution that can be implemented at industrial level. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  20. Separation of Albumin, Ceruloplasmin, and Transferrin from Human Plasma.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Barnes, Grady; Frieden, Earl

    1982-01-01

    Procedures are provided for separating the principal metalloproteins (albumin, ceruloplasmin, and transferrin) from plasma using column chromatographic techniques. The experiment can be completed in two separate three-hour laboratory periods during which column chromatography is illustrated and the effect of pH on charge and affinity of a protein…

  1. The effect of nasal midazolam premedication on parents-child separation and recovery time in dental procedures under general anaesthesia.

    PubMed

    Eskandarian, T; Arabzade Moghadam, S; Reza Ghaemi, S; Bayani, M

    2015-06-01

    For many children medical and dental procedures, unfamiliar dental staff and treatment places are disturbing and stressful. Stress in children often makes them uncooperative. General anaesthesia is indicated for anxious uncooperative children or those who are disabled, immature or too young to undergo dental treatment by other means. Moreover parents' separation while entering the operative room is a traumatic experience for children. Thus premedication such as midazolam is recommended to decrease child's stress. In these situations the increased recovery time was considered as one of the midazolam side effects. There is no study that evaluated the effect of midazolam both in parents-child separation and recovery time in long dental procedure. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of nasal midazolam premedication with placebo on parents-child separation and recovery times in uncooperative paediatric patients undergoing long-lasting general anaesthesia for dental procedures. This randomised, double-blind study was done on 60 uncooperative patients (ASA physical status I or II) aged 2-4 years who were scheduled for general anaesthesia for dental treatment. Group A received 0.2 mg/kg intranasal midazolam as premedication, and group B received the same volume of intranasal placebo 20 minutes before entering the operating room for general anaesthesia. General anaesthesia was done with the same method for all patients, then parent-child separation and recovery times were compared between the two groups. Statical significance was set at P≤0.05. Statically analysis was performed using SPSS version17.Chi-squared and student t-tests were applied to analyse the data. We found significant differences in parents- child separation assessment between two groups. Nasal midazolam premedication had a positive effect on parents-child separation; but there was no significant difference between the two groups in terms of recovery time. Premedication of nasal midazolam before induction of general anaesthesia did not prolong recovery time but made the separation of children from their parents easier by showing a better behaviour.

  2. Chemical speciation and recovery of gold(I, III) from wastewater and silver by liquid-liquid extraction with the ion-pair reagent amiloride mono hydrochloride and AAS determination.

    PubMed

    El-Shahawi, M S; Bashammakh, A S; Bahaffi, S O

    2007-06-15

    A novel and low cost liquid-liquid extraction procedure for the separation of gold(III) at trace level from aqueous medium of pH 5-9 has been developed. The method has been based upon the formation of a yellow colored ternary complex ion associate of tetrachloro gold(III) complex anion, AuCl(4)(-) with the ion-pair reagent 1-(3,5-diamino-6-chloropyrazinecarboxyl) guanidine hydrochloride monohydrate, namely amiloride, DPG(+).Cl(-). The effect of various parameters, e.g. pH, organic solvent, shaking time, etc. on the preconcentration of gold(III) from the aqueous media by the DPG(+).Cl(-) reagent has been investigated. The colored gold species was quantitatively extracted into 4-methyl pentan-2-one. The chemical composition of the ion associate of DPG(+).Cl(-) with AuCl(4)(-) in the organic solvent has been determined by the Job's method. The molar absorptivity (2.19x10(4)Lmol(-1)cm(-1)) of the associate DPG(+).AuCl(4)(-) at 362nm enabled a convenient application of the developed extraction procedure for the separation and AAS determination of traces of aurate ions. Mono-valence gold ions after oxidation to gold(III) with bromine water in HCl (1.0molL(-1)) media have been also extracted quantitatively from the aqueous media by the developed procedure. The chemical speciation of mono- and/or tri-valence gold species spiked to fresh and industrial wastewater samples has been achieved. The method has been also applied successfully from the separation of gold(I) and gold(III) species from metallic ions and silver. The developed method has also the advantage of freedom from most diverse ions.

  3. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Radchenko, Valery; Engle, Jonathan Ward; Medvedev, Dmitri G.

    Scandium-44 g (half-life 3.97 h) shows promise for application in positron emission tomography (PET), due to favorable decay parameters. One of the sources of 44gSc is the 44Ti/ 44gSc generator, which can conveniently provide this radioisotope on a daily basis at a diagnostic facility. Titanium-44 (half-life 60.0 a), in turn, can be obtained via proton irradiation of scandium metal targets. A substantial 44Ti product batch, however, requires high beam currents, long irradiation times and an elaborate chemical procedure for 44Ti isolation and purification. This study describes the production of a combined 175 MBq (4.7 mCi) batch yield of 44Ti inmore » week long proton irradiations at the Los Alamos Isotope Production Facility (LANL-IPF) and the Brookhaven Linac Isotope Producer (BNL-BLIP). A two-step ion exchange chromatography based chemical separation method is introduced: first, a coarse separation of 44Ti via anion exchange sorption in concentrated HCl results in a 44Tc/Sc separation factor of 10 2–10 3. A second, cation exchange based step in HCl media is then applied for 44Ti fine purification from residual Sc mass. In conclusion, this method yields a 90–97% 44Ti recovery with an overall Ti/Sc separation factor of ≥10 6.« less

  4. Feasibility of Higher-Order Differential Ion Mobility Separations Using New Asymmetric Waveforms

    PubMed Central

    Shvartsburg, Alexandre A.; Mashkevich, Stefan V.; Smith, Richard D.

    2011-01-01

    Technologies for separating and characterizing ions based on their transport properties in gases have been around for three decades. The early method of ion mobility spectrometry (IMS) distinguished ions by absolute mobility that depends on the collision cross section with buffer gas atoms. The more recent technique of field asymmetric waveform IMS (FAIMS) measures the difference between mobilities at high and low electric fields. Coupling IMS and FAIMS to soft ionization sources and mass spectrometry (MS) has greatly expanded their utility, enabling new applications in biomedical and nanomaterials research. Here, we show that time-dependent electric fields comprising more than two intensity levels could, in principle, effect an infinite number of distinct differential separations based on the higher-order terms of expression for ion mobility. These analyses could employ the hardware and operational procedures similar to those utilized in FAIMS. Methods up to the 4th or 5th order (where conventional IMS is 1st order and FAIMS is 2nd order) should be practical at field intensities accessible in ambient air, with still higher orders potentially achievable in insulating gases. Available experimental data suggest that higher-order separations should be largely orthogonal to each other and to FAIMS, IMS, and MS. PMID:16494377

  5. Differential electrophoretic separation of cells and its effect on cell viability

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Leise, E. M.; Lesane, F.

    1974-01-01

    An electrophoretic separation method was applied to the separation of cells. To determine the efficiency of the separation, it was necessary to apply existing methodology and develop new methods to assess the characteristics and functions of the separated subpopulations. Through appropriate application of the widely used isoelectric focusing procedure, a reproducible separation method was developed. Cells accumulated at defined pH and 70-80% remained viable. The cells were suitable for further biologic, biochemical and immunologic studies.

  6. Determination of proenkephalin products in brain tissue by high-performance liquid chromatography and a modified bioassay procedure.

    PubMed

    Bailey, C; Kitchen, I

    1985-06-01

    A method is described for the separation of proenkephalin products using gradient high-performance liquid chromatography preceded by Sep-Pak chromatography. Samples can be assayed simply by use of a modified mouse vas deferens bioassay which is sufficiently sensitive for most applications. The preliminary Sep-Pak chromatography method excludes alpha-neoendorphin and the dynorphins and thus provides a suitable procedure for separation of prodynorphin and proenkephalin products.

  7. Separation of Platinum from Palladium and Iridium in Iron Meteorites and Accurate High-Precision Determination of Platinum Isotopes by Multi-Collector ICP-MS.

    PubMed

    Hunt, Alison C; Ek, Mattias; Schönbächler, Maria

    2017-12-01

    This study presents a new measurement procedure for the isolation of Pt from iron meteorite samples. The method also allows for the separation of Pd from the same sample aliquot. The separation entails a two-stage anion-exchange procedure. In the first stage, Pt and Pd are separated from each other and from major matrix constituents including Fe and Ni. In the second stage, Ir is reduced with ascorbic acid and eluted from the column before Pt collection. Platinum yields for the total procedure were typically 50-70%. After purification, high-precision Pt isotope determinations were performed by multi-collector ICP-MS. The precision of the new method was assessed using the IIAB iron meteorite North Chile. Replicate analyses of multiple digestions of this material yielded an intermediate precision for the measurement results of 0.73 for ε 192 Pt, 0.15 for ε 194 Pt and 0.09 for ε 196 Pt (2 standard deviations). The NIST SRM 3140 Pt solution reference material was passed through the measurement procedure and yielded an isotopic composition that is identical to the unprocessed Pt reference material. This indicates that the new technique is unbiased within the limit of the estimated uncertainties. Data for three iron meteorites support that Pt isotope variations in these samples are due to exposure to galactic cosmic rays in space.

  8. An x-ray-based capsule for colorectal cancer screening incorporating single photon counting technology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lifshitz, Ronen; Kimchy, Yoav; Gelbard, Nir; Leibushor, Avi; Golan, Oleg; Elgali, Avner; Hassoon, Salah; Kaplan, Max; Smirnov, Michael; Shpigelman, Boaz; Bar-Ilan, Omer; Rubin, Daniel; Ovadia, Alex

    2017-03-01

    An ingestible capsule for colorectal cancer screening, based on ionizing-radiation imaging, has been developed and is in advanced stages of system stabilization and clinical evaluation. The imaging principle allows future patients using this technology to avoid bowel cleansing, and to continue the normal life routine during procedure. The Check-Cap capsule, or C-Scan ® Cap, imaging principle is essentially based on reconstructing scattered radiation, while both radiation source and radiation detectors reside within the capsule. The radiation source is a custom-made radioisotope encased in a small canister, collimated into rotating beams. While traveling along the human colon, irradiation occurs from within the capsule towards the colon wall. Scattering of radiation occurs both inside and outside the colon segment; some of this radiation is scattered back and detected by sensors onboard the capsule. During procedure, the patient receives small amounts of contrast agent as an addition to his/her normal diet. The presence of contrast agent inside the colon dictates the dominant physical processes to become Compton Scattering and X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF), which differ mainly by the energy of scattered photons. The detector readout electronics incorporates low-noise Single Photon Counting channels, allowing separation between the products of these different physical processes. Separating between radiation energies essentially allows estimation of the distance from the capsule to the colon wall, hence structural imaging of the intraluminal surface. This allows imaging of structural protrusions into the colon volume, especially focusing on adenomas that may develop into colorectal cancer.

  9. A procedure for evaluating environmental impact

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Leopold, Luna Bergere; Clarke, Frank Eldridge; Hanshaw, Bruce B.; Balsley, James R.

    1971-01-01

    The procedure does not limit the development of detail in any specific aspect of the environment; a separate expanded matrix for any environmental aspect can easily be developed within the framework provided.

  10. FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH ODONTOGENIC BACTERAEMIA IN ORTHODONTIC PATIENTS.

    PubMed

    Umeh, O D; Sanu, O O; Utomi, I L; Nwaokorie, F O

    2016-01-01

    Various researches have investigated factors associated with the prevalence and intensity of bacteraemia following oral procedures including orthodontic procedures. The aim of this study was to determine the effect of age, gender, plaque and gingival indices on the occurrence of odontogenic bacteraemia following orthodontic treatment procedures. Orthodontic Clinic, Lagos University Teaching Hospital (LUTH), Lagos , Nigeria. Using the consecutive, convenience sampling method, a total of 100 subjects who met the inclusion criteria were recruited for the study and peripheral blood was collected before and again within 2 minutes of completion of orthodontic procedures for microbiologic analysis using the BACTEC automated blood culture system and the lysis filtration methods of blood culturing. The subjects were randomly placed in one of four orthodontic procedures investigated: alginate impression making (Group I), separator placement (Group II), band cementation (Group III) and arch wire change (Group IV). Plaque and gingival indices were assessed using the plaque component of the Simplified Oral Hygiene Index (OHI-S) (Greene & Vermillion) and Modified gingival index (Lobene) respectively before blood collection. Spearman Point bi-serial correlations and logistic regression statistics were used for statistical evaluations at p < 0.05 level. An overall baseline prevalence of bacteraemia of 3% and 17% were observed using the BACCTEC and lysis filtration methods respectively. Similarly, overall prevalence of bacteraemia following orthodontic treatment procedures of 16% and 28% were observed respectively using the BACTEC and lysis filtration methods. A statistically significant increase in the prevalence of bateraemia was observed following separator placement (p=0.016). An increase in age, plaque index scores and modified gingival index scores of the subjects were found to be associated with an increase in the prevalence of bacteraemia following orthodontic treatment procedures, with plaque index score showing the strongest correlation. Separator placement was found to induce significantly highest level of bacteraemia. Meticulous oral hygiene practice and the use of 0.2% chlorhexidine mouth rinse prior to separator placement may be considered an effective measure in reducing oral bacteria load and consequent reduction of the occurrence of bacteraemia following orthodontic treatment procedures.

  11. Efficient workflows for 3D building full-color model reconstruction using LIDAR long-range laser and image-based modeling techniques

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shih, Chihhsiong

    2005-01-01

    Two efficient workflow are developed for the reconstruction of a 3D full color building model. One uses a point wise sensing device to sample an unknown object densely and attach color textures from a digital camera separately. The other uses an image based approach to reconstruct the model with color texture automatically attached. The point wise sensing device reconstructs the CAD model using a modified best view algorithm that collects the maximum number of construction faces in one view. The partial views of the point clouds data are then glued together using a common face between two consecutive views. Typical overlapping mesh removal and coarsening procedures are adapted to generate a unified 3D mesh shell structure. A post processing step is then taken to combine the digital image content from a separate camera with the 3D mesh shell surfaces. An indirect uv mapping procedure first divide the model faces into groups within which every face share the same normal direction. The corresponding images of these faces in a group is then adjusted using the uv map as a guidance. The final assembled image is then glued back to the 3D mesh to present a full colored building model. The result is a virtual building that can reflect the true dimension and surface material conditions of a real world campus building. The image based modeling procedure uses a commercial photogrammetry package to reconstruct the 3D model. A novel view planning algorithm is developed to guide the photos taking procedure. This algorithm successfully generate a minimum set of view angles. The set of pictures taken at these view angles can guarantee that each model face shows up at least in two of the pictures set and no more than three. The 3D model can then be reconstructed with minimum amount of labor spent in correlating picture pairs. The finished model is compared with the original object in both the topological and dimensional aspects. All the test cases show exact same topology and reasonably low dimension error ratio. Again proving the applicability of the algorithm.

  12. Analytic methods for design of wave cycles for wave rotor core engines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Resler, Edwin L., Jr.; Mocsari, Jeffrey C.; Nalim, M. R.

    1993-01-01

    A procedure to design a preliminary wave rotor cycle for any application is presented. To complete a cycle with heat addition there are two separate but related design steps that must be followed. The 'wave' boundary conditions determine the allowable amount of heat added in any case and the ensuing wave pattern requires certain pressure discharge conditions to allow the process to be made cyclic. This procedure, when applied, gives a first estimate of the cycle performance and the necessary information for the next step in the design process, namely the application of a characteristic based or other appropriate detailed one dimensional wave calculation that locates the proper porting around the periphery of the wave rotor. Four examples of the design procedure are given to demonstrate its utility and generality. These examples also illustrate the large gains in performance that could be realized with the use of wave rotor enhanced propulsion cycles.

  13. Speciation of strontium-90 in NIST natural matrix standard reference materials

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Thomas, J.W.L.; Inn, K.G.W.; Garcia, M.E.

    1995-12-31

    A sequential leaching, radiochemical separating, and low-level beta-particle counting procedure was designed to study the speciation of radionuclides in natural matrix standard reference materials, SRMs 4350B (Columbia River Sediment) and 4353 (Rocky Flats Soil-1). Strontium-90 is the first radionuclide studied because of the difficulty experienced with this nuclide in natural-matrix SRMs. The nine-step procedure extracted {sup 90}Sr from the following fractions: water solubles, exchangeables, carbonates, reducibles, organics, iron and manganese oxides, acid leachables, micas, and silicates. The majority of {sup 90}Sr in the soil samples was found in the exchangeable fraction. By contrast, the {sup 90}Sr in the sediment ismore » more evenly distributed among the various leached fractions. Information on the leach distribution of radionuclides in environmental SRMs, based on the procedure described, should lead to more cost-effective restoration strategies and more confidence in risk assessments of human health hazards.« less

  14. A five-step procedure for the clinical use of the MPD in neuropsychological assessment of children.

    PubMed

    Wallbrown, F H; Fuller, G B

    1984-01-01

    Described a five-step procedure that can be used to detect organicity on the basis of children's performance on the Minnesota Percepto Diagnostic Test (MPD). The first step consists of examining the T score for rotations to determine whether it is below the cut-off score, which has been established empirically as an indicator of organicity. The second step consists of matching the examinee's configuration of error scores, separation of circle-diamond (SpCD), distortion of circle-diamond (DCD), and distortion of dots (DD), with empirically derived tables. The third step consists of considering the T score for rotations and error configuration jointly. The fourth step consists of using empirically established discriminant equations, and the fifth step involves using data from limits testing and other data sources. The clinical and empirical bases for the five-step procedure also are discussed.

  15. A double-labeling procedure for sequence analysis of picomole amounts of nonradioactive RNA fragments.

    PubMed Central

    Gupta, R C; Randerath, E; Randerath, K

    1976-01-01

    A double-labeling procedure for sequence analysis of nonradioactive polyribonucleotides is detailed, which is based on controlled endonucleolytic degradation of 3'-terminally (3H)-labeled oligonucleotide-(3') dialcohols and 5"-terminal analysis of the partial (3H)-labeled fragments following their separation according to chain length by polyethyleneimine- (PEI-)cellulose TLC and detection by fluorography. Undesired nonradioactive partial digestion products are eliminated by periodate oxidation. The 5'-termini are assayed by enzymic incorporation of (32p)-label into the isolated fragments, enzymic release of (32p)-labeled nucleoside-(5') monophosphates, two-dimensional PEI-cellulose chromatography, and autoradiography. Using this procedure, as little as 0.1 - 0.3 A260 unit of tRNA is needed to sequence all fragments in complete ribonuclease T1 and A digests, whereas radioactive derivative methods previously described by us1-4 required 4 - 6 A260 units. Images PMID:826884

  16. Pediatric nuclear medicine

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Not Available

    1986-01-01

    This symposium presented the latest techniques and approaches to the proper medical application of radionuclides in pediatrics. An expert faculty, comprised of specialists in the field of pediatric nuclear medicine, discussed the major indications as well as the advantages and potential hazards of nuclear medicine procedures compared to other diagnostic modalities. In recent years, newer radiopharmaceuticals labeled with technetium-99m and other short-lived radionuclides with relatively favorable radiation characteristics have permitted a variety of diagnostic studies that are very useful clinically and carry a substantially lower radiation burden then many comparable X-ray studies. This new battery of nuclear medicine procedures ismore » now widely available for diagnosis and management of pediatric patients. Many recent research studies in children have yielded data concerning the effacacy of these procedures, and current recommendations will be presented by those involved in conducting such studies. Individual papers are processed separately for the Energy Data Base.« less

  17. 40 CFR 63.1044 - Standards-Separator vented to control device.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the separator on... operator shall inspect and monitor the air emission control equipment in accordance with the procedures...

  18. 40 CFR 63.1044 - Standards-Separator vented to control device.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the separator on... operator shall inspect and monitor the air emission control equipment in accordance with the procedures...

  19. 40 CFR 63.1044 - Standards-Separator vented to control device.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the separator on... operator shall inspect and monitor the air emission control equipment in accordance with the procedures...

  20. 40 CFR 63.1044 - Standards-Separator vented to control device.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the separator on... operator shall inspect and monitor the air emission control equipment in accordance with the procedures...

  1. 40 CFR 63.1044 - Standards-Separator vented to control device.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the separator on... operator shall inspect and monitor the air emission control equipment in accordance with the procedures...

  2. Surgical access to separate branches of the cat vestibular nerve

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Radkevich, L. A.; Ayzikov, G. S.

    1981-01-01

    A posteroventral approach for access to separate branches of the cat vestibular nerve is presented which permits simultaneous surgical access to the ampullary and otolithic nerves. Surgical procedures are discussed.

  3. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Egorov, Oleg; O'Hara, Matthew J.; Grate, Jay W.

    An automated fluidic instrument is described that rapidly determines the total 99Tc content of aged nuclear waste samples, where the matrix is chemically and radiologically complex and the existing speciation of the 99Tc is variable. The monitor links microwave-assisted sample preparation with an automated anion exchange column separation and detection using a flow-through solid scintillator detector. The sample preparation steps acidify the sample, decompose organics, and convert all Tc species to the pertechnetate anion. The column-based anion exchange procedure separates the pertechnetate from the complex sample matrix, so that radiometric detection can provide accurate measurement of 99Tc. We developed amore » preprogrammed spike addition procedure to automatically determine matrix-matched calibration. The overall measurement efficiency that is determined simultaneously provides a self-diagnostic parameter for the radiochemical separation and overall instrument function. Continuous, automated operation was demonstrated over the course of 54 h, which resulted in the analysis of 215 samples plus 54 hly spike-addition samples, with consistent overall measurement efficiency for the operation of the monitor. A sample can be processed and measured automatically in just 12.5 min with a detection limit of 23.5 Bq/mL of 99Tc in low activity waste (0.495 mL sample volume), with better than 10% RSD precision at concentrations above the quantification limit. This rapid automated analysis method was developed to support nuclear waste processing operations planned for the Hanford nuclear site.« less

  4. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Carpita, N.C.

    We have just completed the second year of a three-year project entitled Biosynthesis assembly of cell wall polysaccharides in cereal grasses.'' We made significant progress on two aspects of cell wall synthesis in grasses and greatly refined gas-liquid and high- performance liquid chromatographic techniques necessary to identify the products of synthesis in vitro and in vivo. First, Dr. David Gibeaut, a post-doctoral associate, devised a convenient procedure for the enrichment of Golgi membranes by flotation centrifugation following initial downward rate-zonal separation. Based on comparison of the IDPase marker enzyme, flotation centrifugation enriched the Golgi apparatus almost 7-fold after the initialmore » downward separation. This system is now used in our studies of the synthesis in vitro of the mixed-linkage {beta}-D-glucan. Second, Gibeaut and I have devised a simple technique to feed radioactive sugars into intact growing seedlings and follow incorporation of radioactivity into and turnover from specific cell wall polysaccharides. The project has also provided a few spin-off projects that have been productive as well. First, in collaboration with the group of Prof. Peter Kaufman, University of Michigan, we examined changes in cell wall structure concomitant with reaction to gravistimulation in the gravisensing oat pulvinus. Second, Dr. Gibeaut developed a simple clean-up procedure for partially methylated alditol derivatives to remove a large amount of undesirable interfering compounds that confound separation of the derivatives by gas-liquid chromatography. 5 refs.« less

  5. A Flight Deck Perspective of Self-Separation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lozito, Sandra; Rosekind, Mark (Technical Monitor)

    1997-01-01

    I will be participating on a Free Flight Human Factors Panel at the Ninth International Symposium on Aviation Psychology in Columbus, Ohio. My representation is related to the work that our group has conducted on flight deck issues associate with free flight. Our group completed a full-mission simulation study investigating procedural issues associated with airborne self-separation. Ten crews flew eight scenarios each in the B747-400 simulator at Ames. Each scenario had a representation of different conflict geometries with intruder aircraft. New alerting logic was created and integrated into the simulator to enable self-separation. In addition, new display features were created to help provide for enhanced information to the flight crew about relevant aircraft, The participants were asked to coordinate maneuvers for self-separation with the intruder aircraft. Data analyses for the many of the crew procedures have been completed.

  6. Sequence analysis of the canine mitochondrial DNA control region from shed hair samples in criminal investigations.

    PubMed

    Berger, C; Berger, B; Parson, W

    2012-01-01

    In recent years, evidence from domestic dogs has increasingly been analyzed by forensic DNA testing. Especially, canine hairs have proved most suitable and practical due to the high rate of hair transfer occurring between dogs and humans. Starting with the description of a contamination-free sample handling procedure, we give a detailed workflow for sequencing hypervariable segments (HVS) of the mtDNA control region from canine evidence. After the hair material is lysed and the DNA extracted by Phenol/Chloroform, the amplification and sequencing strategy comprises the HVS I and II of the canine control region and is optimized for DNA of medium-to-low quality and quantity. The sequencing procedure is based on the Sanger Big-dye deoxy-terminator method and the separation of the sequencing reaction products is performed on a conventional multicolor fluorescence detection capillary electrophoresis platform. Finally, software-aided base calling and sequence interpretation are addressed exemplarily.

  7. 5 CFR 1215.8 - Procedures for salary offset.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 5 Administrative Personnel 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Procedures for salary offset. 1215.8... MANAGEMENT Salary Offset § 1215.8 Procedures for salary offset. (a) Deductions to liquidate an employee's... payment due to a separated employee including but not limited to final salary payment or leave in...

  8. Simultaneous Separation of Actinium and Radium Isotopes from a Proton Irradiated Thorium Matrix

    DOE PAGES

    Mastren, Tara; Radchenko, Valery; Owens, Allison; ...

    2017-08-15

    A new method has been developed for the isolation of 223,224,225Ra, in high yield and purity, from a proton irradiated 232Th matrix. We report an all-aqueous process using multiple solid-supported adsorption steps including a citrate chelation method developed to remove >99.9% of the barium contaminants by activity from the final radium product. Moreover, we developed a procedure involving the use of three columns in succession, and the separation of 223,224,225Ra from the thorium matrix was obtained with an overall recovery yield of 91 ± 3%, average radiochemical purity of 99.9%, and production yields that correspond to physical yields based onmore » previously measured excitation functions.« less

  9. Impact of availability of hospital-based invasive cardiac services on racial differences in the use of these services.

    PubMed

    Gregory, P M; Rhoads, G G; Wilson, A C; O'Dowd, K J; Kostis, J B

    1999-09-01

    Reports indicate that black patients are less likely than white patients to receive invasive cardiac services after hospitalization for acute myocardial infarction (AMI). There is still uncertainty as to why racial differences exist and how they affect patient outcomes. This is the first study to focus on the availability of invasive cardiac services and racial differences in procedure use. Study objectives were to (1) document whether racial differences existed in the use of invasive cardiac procedures, (2) study whether these racial differences were related to availability of hospital-based invasive cardiac services at first admission for AMI, and (3) determine whether there were racial differences in long-term mortality rates. A historical cohort study was conducted with discharge records from all acute care hospitals in New Jersey for 1993 linked to death certificate records for 1993 and 1994. There were 13,690 black and white New Jersey residents hospitalized with primary diagnosis of AMI. Use of cardiac catheterization within 90 days, revascularization within 90 days (percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty [PTCA] or coronary artery bypass graft surgery [CABG]), and death within 1 year after admission for AMI were the main outcome measures. Patterns for PTCA and CABG as separate outcomes were also studied. Hospital-based cardiac services available were described as no invasive cardiac services, catheterization only, or PTCA/CABG. To account for payer status and comorbidity differences, patients 65 years and older with Medicare coverage were analyzed separately from those younger than 65 years. Black patients aged 65 and older were generally less likely to receive catheterization and revascularization than white patients, regardless of facilities available at first admission. For patients younger than 65 years, the greatest differences between black and white patients in catheterization and PTCA/CABG use within 90 days after AMI occurred when no hospital-based invasive cardiac services were available. However, use of invasive cardiac procedures within 90 days after AMI was substantially increased if the first hospital offered catheterization only or PTCA/CABG services, among all patients, especially among blacks younger than age 65. No significant racial differences or interactions with available services were found in 1-year mortality rates. Availability of invasive cardiac services at first hospitalization for AMI was associated with increased procedure use for both races. However, use of invasive cardiac procedures was generally lower for black patients than for white patients, regardless of services available. Long-term mortality rates after hospitalization for AMI did not differ between blacks and whites.

  10. Stacking Oxygen-Separation Cells

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Schroeder, James E.

    1991-01-01

    Simplified configuration and procedure developed for assembly of stacks of solid-electrolyte cells separating oxygen from air electrochemically. Reduces number of components and thus reduces probability of such failures as gas leaks, breakdown of sensitive parts, and electrical open or short circuits. Previous, more complicated version of cell described in "Improved Zirconia Oxygen-Separation Cell" (NPO-16161).

  11. Procedures for Separations within Batches of Values, 1. The Orderly Tool Kit and Some Heuristics

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-03-01

    separations within batches of values, I. The orderly tool kit and some heuristics by Thu Hoang* and John W. Tukey** *Universite Rene Descartes ...separations with batches of values, . The orderly tool kit and heuristics Thu Hoang* and John W. Tukey** *Universite Rene Descartes Laboratoire de

  12. Ion chromatography characterization of polysaccharides in ancient wall paintings.

    PubMed

    Colombin, Maria Perla; Ceccarini, Alessio; Carmignani, Alessia

    2002-08-30

    An analytical procedure for the characterisation of polysaccharides and the identification of plant gums in old polychrome samples is described. The procedure is based on hydrolysis with 2 M trifluoroacetic acid assisted by microwaves (20 min, 120 degrees C, 500 W), clean-up of the hydrolysate by an ion-exchange resin, and analysis by high-performance anion-exchange chromatography with pulsed amperometric detection. Using this method the hydrolysis time was reduced to 20 min and the chromatographic separation of seven monosaccharides (fucose, rhamnose, arabinose, galactose, glucose, mannose, xylose) and two uronic acids (galacturonic and glucuronic) was achieved in 40 min. The whole analytical procedure allows sugar determination in plant gums at picomole levels, with an average recovery of 72% with an RSD of 8% as tested on arabic gum. The analytical procedure was tested with several raw gums, watercolour samples and reference painting specimens prepared according to old recipes at the Opificio delle Pietre Dure of Florence (Italian Ministry of Cultural Heritage, Italy). All the data collected expressed in relative sugar percentage contents were submitted to principal components analysis for gum identification: five groups were spatially separated and this enabled the identification of arabic, tragacanth, karaya, cherry+ghatty, and guar+locust bean gum. Wall painting samples from Macedonian tombs (Greece) of the 4th-3rd Centuries B.C., processed by the suggested method, showed the presence of a complex paint media mainly consisting of tragacanth and fruit tree gums. Moreover, starch had probably been added to plaster as highlighted by the presence of a huge amount of glucose.

  13. Analysis and Simulation of the Simplified Aircraft-Based Paired Approach Concept With the ALAS Alerting Algorithm in Conjunction With Echelon and Offset Strategies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Torres-Pomales, Wilfredo; Madden, Michael M.; Butler, Rickey W.; Perry, Raleigh B.

    2014-01-01

    This report presents analytical and simulation results of an investigation into proposed operational concepts for closely spaced parallel runways, including the Simplified Aircraft-based Paired Approach (SAPA) with alerting and an escape maneuver, MITRE?s echelon spacing and no escape maneuver, and a hybrid concept aimed at lowering the visibility minima. We found that the SAPA procedure can be used at 950 ft separations or higher with next-generation avionics and that 1150 ft separations or higher is feasible with current-rule compliant ADS-B OUT. An additional 50 ft reduction in runway separation for the SAPA procedure is possible if different glideslopes are used. For the echelon concept we determined that current generation aircraft cannot conduct paired approaches on parallel paths using echelon spacing on runways less than 1400 ft apart and next-generation aircraft will not be able to conduct paired approach on runways less than 1050 ft apart. The hybrid concept added alerting and an escape maneuver starting 1 NM from the threshold when flying the echelon concept. This combination was found to be effective, but the probability of a collision can be seriously impacted if the turn component of the escape maneuver has to be disengaged near the ground (e.g. 300 ft or below) due to airport buildings and surrounding terrain. We also found that stabilizing the approach path in the straight-in segment was only possible if the merge point was at least 1.5 to 2 NM from the threshold unless the total system error can be sufficiently constrained on the offset path and final turn.

  14. Magnetic solid-phase extraction using carbon nanotubes as sorbents: a review.

    PubMed

    Herrero-Latorre, C; Barciela-García, J; García-Martín, S; Peña-Crecente, R M; Otárola-Jiménez, J

    2015-09-10

    Magnetic solid-phase extraction (M-SPE) is a procedure based on the use of magnetic sorbents for the separation and preconcentration of different organic and inorganic analytes from large sample volumes. The magnetic sorbent is added to the sample solution and the target analyte is adsorbed onto the surface of the magnetic sorbent particles (M-SPs). Analyte-M-SPs are separated from the sample solution by applying an external magnetic field and, after elution with the appropriate solvent, the recovered analyte is analyzed. This approach has several advantages over traditional solid phase extraction as it avoids time-consuming and tedious on-column SPE procedures and it provides a rapid and simple analyte separation that avoids the need for centrifugation or filtration steps. As a consequence, in the past few years a great deal of research has been focused on M-SPE, including the development of new sorbents and novel automation strategies. In recent years, the use of magnetic carbon nanotubes (M-CNTs) as a sorption substrate in M-SPE has become an active area of research. These materials have exceptional mechanical, electrical, optical and magnetic properties and they also have an extremely large surface area and varied possibilities for functionalization. This review covers the synthesis of M-CNTs and the different approaches for the use of these compounds in M-SPE. The performance, general characteristics and applications of M-SPE based on magnetic carbon nanotubes for organic and inorganic analysis have been evaluated on the basis of more than 110 references. Finally, some important challenges with respect the use of magnetic carbon nanotubes in M-SPE are discussed. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  15. Pilot Performance on New ATM Operations: Maintaining In-Trail Separation and Arrival Sequencing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pritchett, Amy R.; Yankosky, L. J.; Johnson, Walter (Technical Monitor)

    1999-01-01

    Cockpit Display of Traffic Information (CDTI) may enable new Air Traffic Management (ATM) operations. However, CDTI is not the only source of traffic information in the cockpit; ATM procedures may provide information, implicitly and explicitly, about other aircraft. An experiment investigated pilot ability to perform two new ATM operations - maintaining in-trail separation from another aircraft and sequencing into an arrival stream. In the experiment, pilots were provided different amounts of information from displays and procedures. The results are described.

  16. HPLC, MS, and pharmacokinetics of melphalan, bisantrene and 13-cis retinoic acid.

    PubMed

    Davis, T P; Peng, Y M; Goodman, G E; Alberts, D S

    1982-11-01

    High performance liquid chromatographic procedures are described for melphalan, bisantrene, and 13-cis retinoic acid, three important anticancer drugs in various stages of clinical development. The procedures require a rapid and simple sample clean-up followed by a 10-to 20-min chromatographic separation on a reversed-phase C18 column. Precisions are all less than 8% with recoveries greater than 80%. Mass spectrometry confirmation of each drug from patient sample separations is presented to provide unambiguous identification for valid pharmacokinetic parameter determination.

  17. Co-bedding as a Comfort measure For Twins undergoing painful procedures (CComForT Trial)

    PubMed Central

    2009-01-01

    Background Co-bedding, a developmental care strategy, is the practice of caring for diaper clad twins in one incubator (versus separating and caring for each infant in separate incubators), thus creating the opportunity for skin-to-skin contact and touch between the twins. In studies of mothers and their infants, maternal skin-to-skin contact has been shown to decrease procedural pain response according to both behavioral and physiological indicators in very preterm neonates. It is uncertain if this comfort is derived solely from maternal presence or from stabilization of regulatory processes from direct skin contact. The intent of this study is to compare the comfort effect of co-bedding (between twin infants who are co-bedding and those who are not) on infant pain response and physiologic stability during a tissue breaking procedure (heelstick). Methods/Design Medically stable preterm twin infants admitted to the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit will be randomly assigned to a co-bedding group or a standard care group. Pain response will be measured by physiological and videotaped facial reaction using the Premature Infant Pain Profile scale (PIPP). Recovery from the tissue breaking procedure will be determined by the length of time for heart rate and oxygen saturation to return to baseline. Sixty four sets of twins (n = 128) will be recruited into the study. Analysis and inference will be based on the intention-to-treat principle. Discussion If twin contact while co-bedding is determined to have a comforting effect for painful procedures, then changes in current neonatal care practices to include co-bedding may be an inexpensive, non invasive method to help maintain physiologic stability and decrease the long term psychological impact of procedural pain in this high risk population. Knowledge obtained from this study will also add to existing theoretical models with respect to the exact mechanism of comfort through touch. Trial registration NCT00917631 PMID:20003351

  18. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) two midnight rule: policy at odds with reality.

    PubMed

    Huntington, Ciara R; Blair, Laurel J; Cox, Tiffany C; Prasad, Tanushree; Kercher, Kent W; Augenstein, Vedra A; Heniford, B Todd

    2016-02-01

    To reduce costs, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) implemented new policies governing which patients are automatically admitted as inpatients (staying greater than "two midnights") and which require additional justification with physician documentation to be admitted. This study examines procedures missing from the Medicare Inpatient Only (MIO) list and uses national data to evaluate its appropriateness. Non-MIO procedures were identified from the current MIO list. Utilizing relevant billing codes, procedures were queried in the National Surgery Quality Improvement Program database for length of stay (LOS), percentage requiring >2 day stay, and inpatient status from 2005 to 2012. In addition, a separate analysis was performed for patients 65 years old or older who would qualify for Medicare. A majority of patients stayed more than 2 days for several procedures not included on the MIO list (% staying >2 days, mean LOS), including component separation (79.1%, 5.9 ± 12.3 days), diagnostic laparoscopy (64.2%, 5.5 ± 11.9 days), laparoscopic splenectomy (60.0%, 9.0 ± 13.6 days), open recurrent ventral hernia repair (58.2%, 6.3 ± 9.0 days), laparoscopic esophageal surgery (46.4%, 5.3 ± 13.3 days), and laparoscopic ventral hernia repair (24.7%, 2.5 ± 8.8 days). In patients ≥65 years, the average LOS was longer than the general population; for example, 40.2% of laparoscopic appendectomies and 38.7% of laparoscopic cholecystectomies in this older group required more than two nights in the hospital. In 92.3% of procedures examined, patients ≥65 years required greater than two nights in the hospital with an average LOS of 2.5-10.7 days. Commonly encountered non-MIO surgical procedures have national precedents for inpatient status. Before enacting policy, CMS and other regulatory bodies should consider current data to ensure rules are evidence-based and applicable.

  19. Identifying traction-separation behavior of self-adhesive polymeric films from in situ digital images under T-peeling

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nase, Michael; Rennert, Mirko; Naumenko, Konstantin; Eremeyev, Victor A.

    2016-06-01

    In this paper procedures are developed to identify traction-separation curves from digital images of the deformed flexible films during peeling. T-peel tests were performed for self-adhesive polymeric films. High quality photographs of the deformed shape within and outside the zone of adhesive interaction were made in situ by the digital light microscope. The deformed line is approximated by a power series with coefficients computed by minimizing a least squares functional. Two approaches to identify the traction-separation curve for the given deformation line are proposed. The first one is based on the energy integral of the non-linear theory of rods and allows the direct evaluation of the adhesion force potential. The second one utilizes the complementary energy type variational equation and the Ritz method to compute the adhesion force. The accuracy of both approaches is analyzed with respect to different approximations for the deformed line and the force of interaction. The obtained traction vs. axial coordinate and the traction-separation curves provide several properties of the adhesive system including the maximum adhesion force, the length of the adhesive zone and the equilibrium position, where the adhesive force is zero while the separation is positive.

  20. Contract Procedure in an Agency Separated Products Explanation and Applied Process for Protection of the Personal Information

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Terahama, Yukinori; Takahashi, Yoshiyasu; Suzuki, Shigeru; Kinukawa, Hiroshi

    Recent years, maintenance of corporate soundness and compliance with the law and corporate ethics are getting more significant in the insurance industry, regardless of life insurance. In the other hand, division of production and distribution is increasing. Therefore the problem of compliance with an agency is getting more significant. We propose a contract procedure in an agency separated products explanation and applied process for protection of the personal information. Our proposed procedure protects the personal information of the contractor and supports the compliance observance for contracts with the background texture watermarks and the redactable signature. We have developed a prototype system of the solution to check its feasibility.

  1. 40 CFR 246.202-4 - Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and storage.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... which the corrugated accumulates, the storage capacity of the facility, and the projected cost-effectiveness of using the various methods. All of the following suggested modes of separation and storage...

  2. Similar Sound Separation and Cumulative Introduction in Learning Letter-Sound Correspondences

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Carnine, Douglas W.

    1976-01-01

    Since similarity inhibits learning, children will have greater difficulty learning responses that are more similar to each other; the instructional procedure of separating similar sounds was evaluated in two experiments. (DMT)

  3. 40 CFR 246.201-5 - Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and collection.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... compartmentalized vehicles. (b) For multi-family dwellings, separated materials may be placed in bulk containers... stations may be set up at convenient locations to which residents bring recyclables. These stations should...

  4. Towards European urinalysis guidelines. Introduction of a project under European Confederation of Laboratory Medicine.

    PubMed

    Kouri, T T; Gant, V A; Fogazzi, G B; Hofmann, W; Hallander, H O; Guder, W G

    2000-07-01

    Improved standardized performance is needed because urinalysis continues to be one of the most frequently requested laboratory tests. Since 1997, the European Confederation of Laboratory Medicine (ECLM) has been supporting an interdisciplinary project aiming to produce European urinalysis guidelines. More than seventy clinical chemists, microbiologists and ward-based clinicians, as well as representatives of manufacturers are taking part. These guidelines aim to improve the quality and consistency of chemical urinalysis, particle counting and bacterial culture by suggesting optimal investigative processes that could be applied in Europe. The approach is based on medical needs for urinalysis. The importance of the pre-analytical stage for total quality is stressed by detailed illustrative advice for specimen collection. Attention is also given to emerging automated technology. For cost containment reasons, both optimum (ideal) procedures and minimum analytical approaches are suggested. Since urinalysis mostly lacks genuine reference methods (primary reference measurement procedures; Level 4), a novel classification of the methods is proposed: comparison measurement procedures (Level 3), quantitative routine procedures (Level 2), and ordinal scale examinations (Level 1). Stepwise strategies are suggested to save costs, applying different rules for general and specific patient populations. New analytical quality specifications have been created. After a consultation period, the final written text will be published in full as a separate document.

  5. 4D Dynamic Required Navigation Performance Final Report

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Finkelsztein, Daniel M.; Sturdy, James L.; Alaverdi, Omeed; Hochwarth, Joachim K.

    2011-01-01

    New advanced four dimensional trajectory (4DT) procedures under consideration for the Next Generation Air Transportation System (NextGen) require an aircraft to precisely navigate relative to a moving reference such as another aircraft. Examples are Self-Separation for enroute operations and Interval Management for in-trail and merging operations. The current construct of Required Navigation Performance (RNP), defined for fixed-reference-frame navigation, is not sufficiently specified to be applicable to defining performance levels of such air-to-air procedures. An extension of RNP to air-to-air navigation would enable these advanced procedures to be implemented with a specified level of performance. The objective of this research effort was to propose new 4D Dynamic RNP constructs that account for the dynamic spatial and temporal nature of Interval Management and Self-Separation, develop mathematical models of the Dynamic RNP constructs, "Required Self-Separation Performance" and "Required Interval Management Performance," and to analyze the performance characteristics of these air-to-air procedures using the newly developed models. This final report summarizes the activities led by Raytheon, in collaboration with GE Aviation and SAIC, and presents the results from this research effort to expand the RNP concept to a dynamic 4D frame of reference.

  6. Comparative study of different procedures for the separation of peripheral blood mononuclear cells in cytokine-induced killer cell immunotherapy for hepatocarcinoma.

    PubMed

    Liu, Hui; Li, Jianyu; Wang, Fengmei; Gao, Yingtang; Luo, Ying; Wang, Peng; Li, Chenglong; Zhu, Zhengyan

    2015-04-01

    Cytokine-induced killer (CIK) cell immunotherapy exhibits significant advantages in the clinical treatment of tumors. This study was designed to compare the biological characteristics of autologous CIK cells from patients with hepatocarcinoma following different procedures for the separation of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs). Forty-four hepatocarcinoma patients were enrolled and distributed into two groups. PBMCs were isolated either using a blood cell separator (apheresis method) or Ficoll lymphocyte separation medium (Ficoll method). The total amount, collection efficacy, and cell status of PBMCs in the two groups were determined. According to the number and status of collected PBMCs, different cultivation procedures were used for their amplification and activation and the proliferation ability, phenotype, and killing activity of CIK cells in the two groups were evaluated. Our results indicated that the number of collected PBMCs in the apheresis group was far more than that in the Ficoll group. However, the isolation rate was lower, and more cellular debris was observed in the apheresis group, which may be the cause of some untoward effects. Following in vitro culture, the enrichment time of CIK cells was longer in the Ficoll group, and the percentages of CD3(+)CD4(+) (Th) and CD4(+)CD25(+) (Treg) cells were higher. In the apheresis group, the percentages of CD3(-)CD56(+) (NK) and CD3(+)CD56(+) (NKT) cells were higher, and the CIK cells exhibited a higher cytolytic activity against HepG2 hepatoma cells. In conclusion, different procedures for PBMCs separation can influence the biological activities of CIK cells, and the apheresis method is more effective at enhancing the antitumor efficacy of CIK cells. However, significant attention should be paid to the possibility of adverse reactions in apheresis donors.

  7. Fabrication of perforated isoporous membranes via a transfer-free strategy: enabling high-resolution separation of cells.

    PubMed

    Ou, Yang; Lv, Chang-Jiang; Yu, Wei; Mao, Zheng-Wei; Wan, Ling-Shu; Xu, Zhi-Kang

    2014-12-24

    Thin perforated membranes with ordered pores are ideal barriers for high-resolution and high-efficiency selective transport and separation of biological species. However, for self-assembled thin membranes with a thickness less than several micrometers, an additional step of transferring the membranes onto porous supports is generally required. In this article, we present a facile transfer-free strategy for fabrication of robust perforated composite membranes via the breath figure process, and for the first time, demonstrate the application of the membranes in high-resolution cell separation of yeasts and lactobacilli without external pressure, achieving almost 100% rejection of yeasts and more than 70% recovery of lactobacilli with excellent viability. The avoidance of the transfer step simplifies the fabrication procedure of composite membranes and greatly improves the membrane homogeneity. Moreover, the introduction of an elastic triblock copolymer increases the interfacial strength between the membrane and the support, and allows the preservation of composite membranes in a dry state. Such perforated ordered membranes can also be applied in other size-based separation systems, enabling new opportunities in bioseparation and biosensors.

  8. Modern Approach to Medical Diagnostics - the Use of Separation Techniques in Microorganisms Detection.

    PubMed

    Chylewska, Agnieszka; Ogryzek, M; Makowski, Mariusz

    2017-10-23

    New analytical and molecular methods for microorganisms are being developed on various features of identification i.e. selectivity, specificity, sensitivity, rapidity and discrimination of the viable cell. The presented review was established following the current trends in improved pathogens separation and detection methods and their subsequent use in medical diagnosis. This contribution also focuses on the development of analytical and biological methods in the analysis of microorganisms, with special attention paid to bio-samples containing microbes (blood, urine, lymph, wastewater). First, the paper discusses microbes characterization, their structure, surface, properties, size and then it describes pivotal points in the bacteria, viruses and fungi separation procedure obtained by researchers in the last 30 years. According to the above, detection techniques can be classified into three categories, which were, in our opinion, examined and modified most intensively during this period: electrophoretic, nucleic-acid-based, and immunological methods. The review covers also the progress, limitations and challenges of these approaches and emphasizes the advantages of new separative techniques in selective fractionating of microorganisms. Copyright© Bentham Science Publishers; For any queries, please email at epub@benthamscience.org.

  9. A method for retrieving endodontic or atypical nonendodontic separated instruments from the root canal: a report of two cases.

    PubMed

    Monteiro, Jardel Camilo do Carmo; Kuga, Milton Carlos; Dantas, Andrea Abi Rached; Jordão-Basso, Keren Cristina Fagundes; Keine, Katia Cristina; Ruchaya, Prashant Jay; Faria, Gisele; Leonardo, Renato de Toledo

    2014-11-01

    This clinical report presents a new method for retrieving separated instruments from the root canal with minimally invasive procedures. The presence of separated instrument in root canal may interfere in the endodontic treatment prognosis. There are several recommended methods to retrieve separated instruments, but some are difficult in clinically practice. This study describes two cases of separated instrument removal from the root canal using a stainless-steel prepared needle associated with a K-file. Case 1 presented a fractured gutta-percha condenser within the mandibular second premolar, it was separated during incorrect intracanal medication calcium hydroxide placement. Case 2 had a fractured sewing needle within the upper central incisor that the patient used to remove food debris from the root canal. After cervical preparation, the fractured instruments were fitted inside a prepared needle and then an endodontic instrument (#25 K-file) was adapted with clockwise turning motion between the needle inner wall and the fragment. The endodontic or atypical nonendodontic separated instrument may be easily pull on of the root canal using a single and low cost device. The methods for retrieving separated instruments from root canal are difficult and destructive procedures. The present case describes a simple method to solve this problem.

  10. Environmental and human monitoring of Americium-241 utilizing extraction chromatography and alpha-spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Goldstein, S J; Hensley, C A; Armenta, C E; Peters, R J

    1997-03-01

    Recent developments in extraction chromatography have simplified the separation of americium from complex matrices in preparation for alpha-spectroscopy relative to traditional methods. Here we present results of procedures developed/adapted for water, air, and bioassay samples with less than 1 g of inorganic residue. Prior analytical methods required the use of a complex, multistage procedure for separation of americium from these matrices. The newer, simplified procedure requires only a single 2 mL extraction chromatographic separation for isolation of Am and lanthanides from other components of the sample. This method has been implemented on an extensive variety of "real" environmental and bioassay samples from the Los Alamos area, and consistently reliable and accurate results with appropriate detection limits have been obtained. The new method increases analytical throughput by a factor of approximately 2 and decreases environmental hazards from acid and mixed-waste generation relative to the prior technique. Analytical accuracy, reproducibility, and reliability are also significantly improved over the more complex and laborious method used previously.

  11. An Assessment of Alcohol and Drug Education/Prevention Programs in the United States Army

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1973-12-01

    summarized in an interim report, helped us to construct a conceptual framework for our data-gathering instruments and procedures and analyses. The basic...and leade.s about their attitudes and behavior before and after exposure to ADEP), but we also made separate administrations of the same instruments ...study. Based on this, we developed our instruments and pretested them. We made preliminary one-day visits to almost all posts in our CONUS sam ple

  12. Maintaining confidentiality in prospective studies: anonymous repeated measurements via email (ARME) procedure.

    PubMed

    Carli, Vladimir; Hadlaczky, Gergö; Wasserman, Camilla; Stingelin-Giles, Nicola; Reiter-Theil, Stella; Wasserman, Danuta

    2012-02-01

    Respecting and protecting the confidentiality of data and the privacy of individuals regarding the information that they have given as participants in a research project is a cornerstone of complying with accepted research standards. However, in longitudinal studies, establishing and maintaining privacy is often challenging because of the necessity of repeated contact with participants. A novel internet-based solution is introduced here, which maintains privacy while at the same time ensures linkage of data to individual participants in a repeated measures design. With the use of the anonymous repeated measurements via email (ARME) procedure, two separate one-way communication systems are established through ad hoc email accounts and a secure study website. Strengths and limitations of the approach are discussed.

  13. Mathematical modeling of reflectance and intrinsic fluorescence for cancer detection in human pancreatic tissue

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wilson, Robert H.; Chandra, Malavika; Scheiman, James; Simeone, Diane; McKenna, Barbara; Purdy, Julianne; Mycek, Mary-Ann

    2009-02-01

    Pancreatic adenocarcinoma has a five-year survival rate of only 4%, largely because an effective procedure for early detection has not been developed. In this study, mathematical modeling of reflectance and fluorescence spectra was utilized to quantitatively characterize differences between normal pancreatic tissue, pancreatitis, and pancreatic adenocarcinoma. Initial attempts at separating the spectra of different tissue types involved dividing fluorescence by reflectance, and removing absorption artifacts by applying a "reverse Beer-Lambert factor" when the absorption coefficient was modeled as a linear combination of the extinction coefficients of oxy- and deoxy-hemoglobin. These procedures demonstrated the need for a more complete mathematical model to quantitatively describe fluorescence and reflectance for minimally-invasive fiber-based optical diagnostics in the pancreas.

  14. The combined effects of noncontingent reinforcement and punishment on the reduction of rumination.

    PubMed

    DeRosa, Nicole M; Roane, Henry S; Bishop, Jamie R; Silkowski, Erica L

    2016-09-01

    The current study extends the literature on the assessment and treatment of rumination through the evaluation of a combined reinforcement- and punishment-based intervention. The study included a single participant with a history of rumination maintained by automatic reinforcement, as identified via a functional analysis. Both noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) with preferred edible items and punishment, in the form of a facial screen, were implemented separately to evaluate their independent effects on the occurrence of rumination. The final treatment package included both NCR and punishment procedures. Implementation of the combined treatment resulted in a 96.5% reduction in rumination relative to baseline. Procedural modifications and integrity errors also were evaluated. © 2016 Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.

  15. Galactic and zodiacal light surface brightness measurements with the Atmosphere Explorer satellites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Abreu, V. J.; Hays, P. B.; Yee, J. H.

    1982-01-01

    Galactic and zodiacal light surface maps based on the Atmosphere Explorer-C, -D, and -E satellite data are presented at 7320, 6300, 5577, 5200, and 4278 A. A procedure used to generate these maps, which involves separation of the individual stars and diffuse starlight from the zodiacal light, is described in detail. The maps can be used in atmospheric emission studies to correct for galactic emissions which contaminate satellite as well as ground-based photometric observations. The zodiacal light maps show enhanced features which are important for understanding the nature of interplanetary dust.

  16. Candidate CDTI procedures study

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ace, R. E.

    1981-01-01

    A concept with potential for increasing airspace capacity by involving the pilot in the separation control loop is discussed. Some candidate options are presented. Both enroute and terminal area procedures are considered and, in many cases, a technologically advanced Air Traffic Control structure is assumed. Minimum display characteristics recommended for each of the described procedures are presented. Recommended sequencing of the operational testing of each of the candidate procedures is presented.

  17. Temperature-responsive chromatography for the separation of biomolecules.

    PubMed

    Kanazawa, Hideko; Okano, Teruo

    2011-12-09

    Temperature-responsive chromatography for the separation of biomolecules utilizing poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAAm) and its copolymer-modified stationary phase is performed with an aqueous mobile phase without using organic solvent. The surface properties and function of the stationary phase are controlled by external temperature changes without changing the mobile-phase composition. This analytical system is based on nonspecific adsorption by the reversible transition of a hydrophilic-hydrophobic PNIPAAm-grafted surface. The driving force for retention is hydrophobic interaction between the solute molecules and the hydrophobized polymer chains on the stationary phase surface. The separation of the biomolecules, such as nucleotides and proteins was achieved by a dual temperature- and pH-responsive chromatography system. The electrostatic and hydrophobic interactions could be modulated simultaneously with the temperature in an aqueous mobile phase, thus the separation system would have potential applications in the separation of biomolecules. Additionally, chromatographic matrices prepared by a surface-initiated atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP) exhibit a strong interaction with analytes, because the polymerization procedure forms a densely packed polymer, called a polymer brush, on the surfaces. The copolymer brush grafted surfaces prepared by ATRP was an effective tool for separating basic biomolecules by modulating the electrostatic and hydrophobic interactions. Applications of thermally responsive columns for the separations of biomolecules are reviewed here. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. Separations and characterizations of fractions from Mayan, Heavy Arabian, and Hondo crude oils

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kircher, C.C.

    1989-04-01

    The results from hydrotreating the atmospheric residua of Hondo, Heavy Arabian, and Mayan crude oils have been reported recently. Over the same fixed-bed catalyst, the hydrosulfurization activities varied by a factor of two and the hydrodemetallation activities varied almost four-fold. Correlations among the relative activities and the elemental compositions of the feed oils showed a direct relationship between the hydrodemetallation activity and the metals content of the petroleum resins fractions, hereafter called polars. Thus, to discover chemical differences in feed oils and polars that may affect a catalysts activity, they have developed separation schemes to separate the oils into theirmore » component fractions and used various analytical techniques to characterize the fractions. The separation scheme developed is a modification and extension of the ASTM D2007 procedure. The sample is separated into saturates, aromatics, polars, and asphaltenes by precipitation/filtration and chromatography with Attapulgus cla and silica gel; then the polars are separated into various acids, bases, and neutral polars with macroporous ion exchange resins. This separation scheme has been applied to 650{degree}F + cut from Hondo (offshore California) crude. The fractions were characterized with carbon and hydrogen elemental analysis, XRF spectrometry for nickel, vanadium, and sulfur, chemiluminescence spectrometry for nitrogen. GC simulated distillations (saturates only), vapor pressure osmetry (number-average molecular weight) in toluene, flame emission spectrometry, and {sup 13}C-NMR spectroscopy.« less

  19. 42 CFR 416.166 - Covered surgical procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... published in the Federal Register and/or via the Internet on the CMS Web site that are separately paid under... typically be expected to require active medical monitoring and care at midnight following the procedure. (c...

  20. Analysis of localizer and glide slope Flight Technical Error

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2008-12-09

    A new wake turbulence procedure has been developed that permits two dependent arrival traffic streams during instrument meteorological conditions : to runways with centerline separations less than 2500 ft. For the proposed procedure, aircraft approac...

  1. Separation of Chloroplast Pigments Using Reverse Phase Chromatography.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Reese, R. Neil

    1997-01-01

    Presents a protocol that uses reverse phase chromatography for the separation of chloroplast pigments. Provides a simple and relatively safe procedure for use in teaching laboratories. Discusses pigment extraction, chromatography, results, and advantages of the process. (JRH)

  2. 26 CFR 1.911-7 - Procedural rules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 10 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Procedural rules. 1.911-7 Section 1.911-7...) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) Earned Income of Citizens Or Residents of United States § 1.911-7 Procedural... provided by section 911(a), a qualified individual must elect, separately with respect to each exclusion...

  3. 26 CFR 1.911-7 - Procedural rules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 10 2014-04-01 2013-04-01 true Procedural rules. 1.911-7 Section 1.911-7...) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) Earned Income of Citizens Or Residents of United States § 1.911-7 Procedural... provided by section 911(a), a qualified individual must elect, separately with respect to each exclusion...

  4. 26 CFR 1.911-7 - Procedural rules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 10 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Procedural rules. 1.911-7 Section 1.911-7...) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) Earned Income of Citizens Or Residents of United States § 1.911-7 Procedural... provided by section 911(a), a qualified individual must elect, separately with respect to each exclusion...

  5. 26 CFR 1.911-7 - Procedural rules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 10 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Procedural rules. 1.911-7 Section 1.911-7...) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) Earned Income of Citizens Or Residents of United States § 1.911-7 Procedural... provided by section 911(a), a qualified individual must elect, separately with respect to each exclusion...

  6. 45 CFR 708.10 - Procedures for salary offset.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 45 Public Welfare 3 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Procedures for salary offset. 708.10 Section 708... COLLECTION BY SALARY OFFSET FROM INDEBTED CURRENT AND FORMER EMPLOYEES § 708.10 Procedures for salary offset... to final salary payment, retired pay, or lump sum leave, etc. as of the date of separation to the...

  7. Stepwise calibration procedure for regional coupled hydrological-hydrogeological models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Labarthe, Baptiste; Abasq, Lena; de Fouquet, Chantal; Flipo, Nicolas

    2014-05-01

    Stream-aquifer interaction is a complex process depending on regional and local processes. Indeed, the groundwater component of hydrosystem and large scale heterogeneities control the regional flows towards the alluvial plains and the rivers. In second instance, the local distribution of the stream bed permeabilities controls the dynamics of stream-aquifer water fluxes within the alluvial plain, and therefore the near-river piezometric head distribution. In order to better understand the water circulation and pollutant transport in watersheds, the integration of these multi-dimensional processes in modelling platform has to be performed. Thus, the nested interfaces concept in continental hydrosystem modelling (where regional fluxes, simulated by large scale models, are imposed at local stream-aquifer interfaces) has been presented in Flipo et al (2014). This concept has been implemented in EauDyssée modelling platform for a large alluvial plain model (900km2) part of a 11000km2 multi-layer aquifer system, located in the Seine basin (France). The hydrosystem modelling platform is composed of four spatially distributed modules (Surface, Sub-surface, River and Groundwater), corresponding to four components of the terrestrial water cycle. Considering the large number of parameters to be inferred simultaneously, the calibration process of coupled models is highly computationally demanding and therefore hardly applicable to a real case study of 10000km2. In order to improve the efficiency of the calibration process, a stepwise calibration procedure is proposed. The stepwise methodology involves determining optimal parameters of all components of the coupled model, to provide a near optimum prior information for the global calibration. It starts with the surface component parameters calibration. The surface parameters are optimised based on the comparison between simulated and observed discharges (or filtered discharges) at various locations. Once the surface parameters have been determined, the groundwater component is calibrated. The calibration procedure is performed under steady state hypothesis (to minimize the procedure time length) using recharge rates given by the surface component calibration and imposed fluxes boundary conditions given by the regional model. The calibration is performed using pilot point where the prior variogram is calculated from observed transmissivities values. This procedure uses PEST (http//:www.pesthomepage.org/Home.php) as the inverse modelling tool and EauDyssée as the direct model. During the stepwise calibration process, each modules, even if they are actually dependant from each other, are run and calibrated independently, therefore contributions between each module have to be determined. For the surface module, groundwater and runoff contributions have been determined by hydrograph separation. Among the automated base-flow separation methods, the one-parameter Chapman filter (Chapman et al 1999) has been chosen. This filter is a decomposition of the actual base-flow between the previous base-flow and the discharge gradient weighted by functions of the recession coefficient. For the groundwater module, the recharge has been determined from surface and sub-surface module. References : Flipo, N., A. Mourhi, B. Labarthe, and S. Biancamaria (2014). Continental hydrosystem modelling : the concept of nested stream-aquifer interfaces. Hydrol. Earth Syst. Sci. Discuss. 11, 451-500. Chapman,TG. (1999). A comparison of algorithms for stream flow recession and base-flow separation. hydrological Processes 13, 701-714.

  8. 46 CFR 162.050-7 - Approval procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... and is tested in accordance with this subpart; (2) The oil content of each sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 15 ppm or less; (3) During Test No. 3A an oily mixture is not observed at the separated water outlet of the separator; (4) During Test No. 5A its operation is continuous...

  9. 46 CFR 162.050-7 - Approval procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... accordance with this subpart; (2) The oil content of each sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 15 ppm or less; (3) During Test No. 3A an oily mixture is not observed at the separated water outlet of the separator; (4) During Test No. 5A its operation is continuous; and (5) Any substance...

  10. 46 CFR 162.050-7 - Approval procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... accordance with this subpart; (2) The oil content of each sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 15 ppm or less; (3) During Test No. 3A an oily mixture is not observed at the separated water outlet of the separator; (4) During Test No. 5A its operation is continuous; and (5) Any substance...

  11. 46 CFR 162.050-7 - Approval procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... and is tested in accordance with this subpart; (2) The oil content of each sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 15 ppm or less; (3) During Test No. 3A an oily mixture is not observed at the separated water outlet of the separator; (4) During Test No. 5A its operation is continuous...

  12. Intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring during endoscopic endonasal surgery for pediatric skull base tumors.

    PubMed

    Elangovan, Cheran; Singh, Supriya Palwinder; Gardner, Paul; Snyderman, Carl; Tyler-Kabara, Elizabeth C; Habeych, Miguel; Crammond, Donald; Balzer, Jeffrey; Thirumala, Parthasarathy D

    2016-02-01

    OBJECT The aim of this study was to evaluate the value of intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring (IONM) using electromyography (EMG), brainstem auditory evoked potentials (BAEPs), and somatosensory evoked potentials (SSEPs) to predict and/or prevent postoperative neurological deficits in pediatric patients undergoing endoscopic endonasal surgery (EES) for skull base tumors. METHODS All consecutive pediatric patients with skull base tumors who underwent EES with at least 1 modality of IONM (BAEP, SSEP, and/or EMG) at our institution between 1999 and 2013 were retrospectively reviewed. Staged procedures and repeat procedures were identified and analyzed separately. To evaluate the diagnostic accuracy of significant free-run EMG activity, the prevalence of cranial nerve (CN) deficits and the sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative predictive values were calculated. RESULTS A total of 129 patients underwent 159 procedures; 6 patients had a total of 9 CN deficits. The incidences of CN deficits based on the total number of nerves monitored in the groups with and without significant free-run EMG activity were 9% and 1.5%, respectively. The incidences of CN deficits in the groups with 1 staged and more than 1 staged EES were 1.5% and 29%, respectively. The sensitivity, specificity, and negative predictive values (with 95% confidence intervals) of significant EMG to detect CN deficits in repeat procedures were 0.55 (0.22-0.84), 0.86 (0.79-0.9), and 0.97 (0.92-0.99), respectively. Two patients had significant changes in their BAEPs that were reversible with an increase in mean arterial pressure. CONCLUSIONS IONM can be applied effectively and reliably during EES in children. EMG monitoring is specific for detecting CN deficits and can be an effective guide for dissecting these procedures. Triggered EMG should be elicited intraoperatively to check the integrity of the CNs during and after tumor resection. Given the anatomical complexity of pediatric EES and the unique challenges encountered, multimodal IONM can be a valuable adjunct to these procedures.

  13. D0 Central Tracking Solenoid Energization, Controls, Interlocks and Quench Protection Operating Procedures

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hance, R.; /Fermilab

    1998-08-26

    This procedure is used when it is necessary to operate the solenoid energization, controls, interlocks and quench detection system. Note that a separate procedure exists for operating the solenoid 'cryogenic' systems. Only D0 Control Room Operators or the Project Electrical Engineer are qualified to execute these procedures or operate the solenoid system. This procedure assumes that the operator is familiar with using the Distributed Manufacturing Automation and Control Software (DMACS).

  14. Civilian Health and Medical Program of the Uniformed Services (CHAMPUS); TRICARE Reserve Select; TRICARE Dental Program; Early Eligibility for TRICARE for Certain Reserve Component Members. Final rule.

    PubMed

    2015-09-15

    TRICARE Reserve Select (TRS) is a premium-based TRICARE health plan available for purchase worldwide by qualified members of the Ready Reserve and by qualified survivors of TRS members. TRICARE Dental Program (TDP) is a premium-based TRICARE dental plan available for purchase worldwide by qualified Service members. This final rule revises requirements and procedures for the TRS program to specify the appropriate actuarial basis for calculating premiums in addition to making other minor clarifying administrative changes. For a member who is involuntarily separated from the Selected Reserve under other than adverse conditions this final rule provides a time-limited exception that allows TRS coverage in effect to continue for up to 180 days after the date on which the member is separated from the Selected Reserve and TDP coverage in effect to continue for no less than 180 days after the separation date. It also expands early TRICARE eligibility for certain Reserve Component members from a maximum of 90 days to a maximum of 180 days prior to activation in support of a contingency operation for more than 30 days.

  15. Human in the Loop Simulation Measures of Pilot Response Delay in a Self-Separation Concept of Operations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Consiglio, Maria C.; Wilson, Sara R.; Sturdy, James; Murdoch, Jennifer L.; Wing, David J.

    2010-01-01

    A human-in-the-loop (HITL) simulation experiment was conducted by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) to assess airline transport pilots performance and reported acceptance of the use of procedures relying on airborne separation assistance and trajectory management tools. This study was part of a larger effort involving two NASA centers that includes multiple HITL experiments planned over the next few years to evaluate the use of automated separation assurance (SA) tools by both air traffic controllers and pilots. This paper presents results of measured pilot response delay that subject pilots incurred when interacting with cockpit tools for SA and discusses possible implications for future concept and procedures design.

  16. Conflict Prevention and Separation Assurance Method in the Small Aircraft Transportation System

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Consiglio, Maria C.; Carreno, Victor A.; Williams, Daniel M.; Munoz, Cesar

    2005-01-01

    A multilayer approach to the prevention of conflicts due to the loss of aircraft-to-aircraft separation which relies on procedures and on-board automation was implemented as part of the SATS HVO Concept of Operations. The multilayer system gives pilots support and guidance during the execution of normal operations and advance warning for procedure deviations or off-nominal operations. This paper describes the major concept elements of this multilayer approach to separation assurance and conflict prevention and provides the rationale for its design. All the algorithms and functionality described in this paper have been implemented in an aircraft simulation in the NASA Langley Research Center s Air Traffic Operation Lab and on the NASA Cirrus SR22 research aircraft.

  17. A simple capillary gel electrophoresis approach for efficient and reproducible DNA separations. Analysis of genetically modified soy and maize.

    PubMed

    Sánchez, Laura; González, Ramón; Crego, Antonio L; Cifuentes, Alejandro

    2007-03-01

    It is generally assumed that in order to achieve suitable separations of DNA fragments, capillary gel electrophoresis (CGE)-coated capillaries should be used. In this work, a new method is presented that allows to obtain reproducible CGE separations of DNA fragments using bare fused-silica capillaries without any previous coating step. The proposed method only requires: (i) a capillary washing with 0.1 M hydrochloric acid between injections and (ii) a running buffer composed of Tris-phosphate-ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA) and 4.5% of 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) as sieving polymer. The use of this new CGE procedure gives highly resolved and reproducible separations of DNA fragments ranging from 50 to 750 bp. The separation of these DNA fragments is accomplished in less than 30 min with efficiencies up to 1.7 x 10(6) plates/m. Reproducibility values of migration times (given as %RSD) for the analyzed DNA fragments are better than 1.0% (n = 4) for the same day, 2.2% (n = 16) for four different days, and 2.3% (n = 16) for four different capillaries. The usefulness of this separation method is demonstrated by detecting genetically modified maize and genetically modified soy after DNA amplification by PCR. This new CGE procedure together with LIF as detector provides sensitive analysis of 0.9% of Bt11 maize, Mon810 maize, and Roundup Ready soy in flours with S/ N up to 542. These results demonstrate the usefulness of this procedure to fulfill the European regulation on detection of genetically modified organisms in foods.

  18. Determination of inorganic arsenic species in natural waters--benefits of separation and preconcentration on ion exchange and hybrid resins.

    PubMed

    Ben Issa, Nureddin; Rajaković-Ognjanović, Vladana N; Jovanović, Branislava M; Rajaković, Ljubinka V

    2010-07-19

    A simple method for the separation and determination of inorganic arsenic (iAs) species in natural and drinking water was developed. Procedures for sample preparation, separation of As(III) and As(V) species and preconcentration of the total iAs on fixed bed columns were defined. Two resins, a strong base anion exchange (SBAE) resin and a hybrid (HY) resin were utilized. The inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry method was applied as the analytical method for the determination of the arsenic concentration in water. The governing factors for the ion exchange/sorption of arsenic on resins in a batch and a fixed bed flow system were analyzed and compared. Acidity of the water, which plays an important role in the control of the ionic or molecular forms of arsenic species, was beneficial for the separation; by adjusting the pH values to less than 8.00, the SBAE resin separated As(V) from As(III) in water by retaining As(V) and allowing As(III) to pass through. The sorption activity of the hydrated iron oxide particles integrated into the HY resin was beneficial for bonding of all iAs species over a wide range of pH values from 5.00 to 11.00. The resin capacities were calculated according to the breakthrough points in a fixed bed flow system. At pH 7.50, the SBAE resin bound more than 370 microg g(-1) of As(V) while the HY resin bound more than 4150 microg g(-1) of As(III) and more than 3500 microg g(-1) of As(V). The high capacities and selectivity of the resins were considered as advantageous for the development and application of two procedures, one for the separation and determination of As(III) (with SBAE) and the other for the preconcentration and determination of the total arsenic (with HY resin). Methods were established through basic analytical procedures (with external standards, certified reference materials and the standard addition method) and by the parallel analysis of some samples using the atomic absorption spectrometry-hydride generation technique. The analytical properties of both procedures were similar: the limit of detection was 0.24 microg L(-1), the limit of quantification was 0.80 microg L(-1) and the relative standard deviations for samples with a content of arsenic from 10.00 to 300.0 microg L(-1) ranged from 1.1 to 5.8%. The interference effects of anions commonly found in water and some organic species which can be present in water were found to be negligible. Verification with certified reference materials proved that the experimental concentrations found for model solutions and real samples were in agreement with the certified values. 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. 47 CFR 36.391 - General.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES, TAXES AND RESERVES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES 1 Operating Expenses and Taxes Corporate Operations Expense § 36.391 General. Corporate Operations Expenses are included in the following account: General and...

  20. An investigation of several factors involved in a finite difference procedure for analyzing the transonic flow about harmonically oscillating airfoils and wings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ehlers, F. E.; Sebastian, J. D.; Weatherill, W. H.

    1979-01-01

    Analytical and empirical studies of a finite difference method for the solution of the transonic flow about harmonically oscillating wings and airfoils are presented. The procedure is based on separating the velocity potential into steady and unsteady parts and linearizing the resulting unsteady equations for small disturbances. Since sinusoidal motion is assumed, the unsteady equation is independent of time. Three finite difference investigations are discussed including a new operator for mesh points with supersonic flow, the effects on relaxation solution convergence of adding a viscosity term to the original differential equation, and an alternate and relatively simple downstream boundary condition. A method is developed which uses a finite difference procedure over a limited inner region and an approximate analytical procedure for the remaining outer region. Two investigations concerned with three-dimensional flow are presented. The first is the development of an oblique coordinate system for swept and tapered wings. The second derives the additional terms required to make row relaxation solutions converge when mixed flow is present. A finite span flutter analysis procedure is described using the two-dimensional unsteady transonic program with a full three-dimensional steady velocity potential.

  1. Proton-induced production and radiochemical isolation of 44Ti from scandium metal targets for 44Ti/44Sc generator development.

    PubMed

    Radchenko, Valery; Engle, Jonathan W; Medvedev, Dmitri G; Maassen, Joel M; Naranjo, Cleo M; Unc, George A; Meyer, Catherine A L; Mastren, Tara; Brugh, Mark; Mausner, Leonard; Cutler, Cathy S; Birnbaum, Eva R; John, Kevin D; Nortier, F Meiring; Fassbender, Michael E

    2017-07-01

    Scandium-44g (half-life 3.97h) shows promise for application in positron emission tomography (PET), due to favorable decay parameters. One of the sources of 44g Sc is the 44 Ti/ 44g Sc generator, which can conveniently provide this radioisotope on a daily basis at a diagnostic facility. Titanium-44 (half-life 60.0 a), in turn, can be obtained via proton irradiation of scandium metal targets. A substantial 44 Ti product batch, however, requires high beam currents, long irradiation times and an elaborate chemical procedure for 44 Ti isolation and purification. This study describes the production of a combined 175MBq (4.7mCi) batch yield of 44 Ti in week long proton irradiations at the Los Alamos Isotope Production Facility (LANL-IPF) and the Brookhaven Linac Isotope Producer (BNL-BLIP). A two-step ion exchange chromatography based chemical separation method is introduced: first, a coarse separation of 44 Ti via anion exchange sorption in concentrated HCl results in a 44 Tc/Sc separation factor of 10 2 -10 3 . A second, cation exchange based step in HCl media is then applied for 44 Ti fine purification from residual Sc mass. In summary, this method yields a 90-97% 44 Ti recovery with an overall Ti/Sc separation factor of ≥10 6 . Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  2. Proton induced production and radiochemical isolation of 44Ti from scandium metal targets for 44Ti/ 44Sc generator development

    DOE PAGES

    Radchenko, Valery; Engle, Jonathan Ward; Medvedev, Dmitri G.; ...

    2017-04-07

    Scandium-44 g (half-life 3.97 h) shows promise for application in positron emission tomography (PET), due to favorable decay parameters. One of the sources of 44gSc is the 44Ti/ 44gSc generator, which can conveniently provide this radioisotope on a daily basis at a diagnostic facility. Titanium-44 (half-life 60.0 a), in turn, can be obtained via proton irradiation of scandium metal targets. A substantial 44Ti product batch, however, requires high beam currents, long irradiation times and an elaborate chemical procedure for 44Ti isolation and purification. This study describes the production of a combined 175 MBq (4.7 mCi) batch yield of 44Ti inmore » week long proton irradiations at the Los Alamos Isotope Production Facility (LANL-IPF) and the Brookhaven Linac Isotope Producer (BNL-BLIP). A two-step ion exchange chromatography based chemical separation method is introduced: first, a coarse separation of 44Ti via anion exchange sorption in concentrated HCl results in a 44Tc/Sc separation factor of 10 2–10 3. A second, cation exchange based step in HCl media is then applied for 44Ti fine purification from residual Sc mass. In conclusion, this method yields a 90–97% 44Ti recovery with an overall Ti/Sc separation factor of ≥10 6.« less

  3. PSA discriminator influence on (222)Rn efficiency detection in waters by liquid scintillation counting.

    PubMed

    Stojković, Ivana; Todorović, Nataša; Nikolov, Jovana; Tenjović, Branislava

    2016-06-01

    A procedure for the (222)Rn determination in aqueous samples using liquid scintillation counting (LSC) was evaluated and optimized. Measurements were performed by ultra-low background spectrometer Quantulus 1220™ equipped with PSA (Pulse Shape Analysis) circuit which discriminates alpha/beta spectra. Since calibration procedure is carried out with (226)Ra standard, which has both alpha and beta progenies, it is clear that PSA discriminator has vital importance in order to provide precise spectra separation. Improvement of calibration procedure was done through investigation of PSA discriminator level and, consequentially, the activity of (226)Ra calibration standard influence on (222)Rn efficiency detection. Quench effects on generated spectra i.e. determination of radon efficiency detection were also investigated with quench calibration curve obtained. Radon determination in waters based on modified procedure according to the activity of (226)Ra standard used, dependent on PSA setup, was evaluated with prepared (226)Ra solution samples and drinking water samples with assessment of measurement uncertainty variation included. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  4. Argonne National Laboratory Expedited Site Characterization: First International Symposium on Integrated Technical Approaches to Site Characterization - Proceedings Volume

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    NONE

    1998-06-08

    Laboratory applications for the analysis of PCBS (polychlorinated biphenyls) in environmental matrices such as soil/sediment/sludge and oil/waste oil were evaluated for potential reduction in waste, source reduction, and alternative techniques for final determination. As a consequence, new procedures were studied for solvent substitution, miniaturization of extraction and cleanups, minimization of reagent consumption, reduction of cost per analysis, and reduction of time. These new procedures provide adequate data that meet all the performance requirements for the determination of PCBS. Use of the new procedures reduced costs for all sample preparation techniques. Time and cost were also reduced by combining the newmore » sample preparation procedures with the power of fast gas chromatography. Separation of Aroclor 1254 was achieved in less than 6 min by using DB-1 and SPB-608 columns. With the greatly shortened run times, reproducibility can be tested quickly and consequently with low cost. With performance-based methodology, the applications presented here can be applied now, without waiting for regulatory approval.« less

  5. Interventional spine and pain procedures in patients on antiplatelet and anticoagulant medications: guidelines from the American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine, the European Society of Regional Anaesthesia and Pain Therapy, the American Academy of Pain Medicine, the International Neuromodulation Society, the North American Neuromodulation Society, and the World Institute of Pain.

    PubMed

    Narouze, Samer; Benzon, Honorio T; Provenzano, David A; Buvanendran, Asokumar; De Andres, José; Deer, Timothy R; Rauck, Richard; Huntoon, Marc A

    2015-01-01

    Interventional spine and pain procedures cover a far broader spectrum than those for regional anesthesia, reflecting diverse targets and goals. When surveyed, interventional pain and spine physicians attending the American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine (ASRA) 11th Annual Pain Medicine Meeting exhorted that existing ASRA guidelines for regional anesthesia in patients on antiplatelet and anticoagulant medications were insufficient for their needs. Those surveyed agreed that procedure-specific and patient-specific factors necessitated separate guidelines for pain and spine procedures. In response, ASRA formed a guidelines committee. After preliminary review of published complication reports and studies, committee members stratified interventional spine and pain procedures according to potential bleeding risk as low-, intermediate-, and high-risk procedures. The ASRA guidelines were deemed largely appropriate for the low- and intermediate-risk categories, but it was agreed that the high-risk targets required an intensive look at issues specific to patient safety and optimal outcomes in pain medicine. The latest evidence was sought through extensive database search strategies and the recommendations were evidence-based when available and pharmacology-driven otherwise. We could not provide strength and grading of these recommendations as there are not enough well-designed large studies concerning interventional pain procedures to support such grading. Although the guidelines could not always be based on randomized studies or on large numbers of patients from pooled databases, it is hoped that they will provide sound recommendations and the evidentiary basis for such recommendations.

  6. A Risk Assessment Model for Reduced Aircraft Separation: A Quantitative Method to Evaluate the Safety of Free Flight

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cassell, Rick; Smith, Alex; Connors, Mary; Wojciech, Jack; Rosekind, Mark R. (Technical Monitor)

    1996-01-01

    As new technologies and procedures are introduced into the National Airspace System, whether they are intended to improve efficiency, capacity, or safety level, the quantification of potential changes in safety levels is of vital concern. Applications of technology can improve safety levels and allow the reduction of separation standards. An excellent example is the Precision Runway Monitor (PRM). By taking advantage of the surveillance and display advances of PRM, airports can run instrument parallel approaches to runways separated by 3400 feet with the same level of safety as parallel approaches to runways separated by 4300 feet using the standard technology. Despite a wealth of information from flight operations and testing programs, there is no readily quantifiable relationship between numerical safety levels and the separation standards that apply to aircraft on final approach. This paper presents a modeling approach to quantify the risk associated with reducing separation on final approach. Reducing aircraft separation, both laterally and longitudinally, has been the goal of several aviation R&D programs over the past several years. Many of these programs have focused on technological solutions to improve navigation accuracy, surveillance accuracy, aircraft situational awareness, controller situational awareness, and other technical and operational factors that are vital to maintaining flight safety. The risk assessment model relates different types of potential aircraft accidents and incidents and their contribution to overall accident risk. The framework links accident risks to a hierarchy of failsafe mechanisms characterized by procedures and interventions. The model will be used to assess the overall level of safety associated with reducing separation standards and the introduction of new technology and procedures, as envisaged under the Free Flight concept. The model framework can be applied to various aircraft scenarios, including parallel and in-trail approaches. This research was performed under contract to NASA and in cooperation with the FAA's Safety Division (ASY).

  7. Combined PCI and minimally invasive heart valve surgery for high-risk patients.

    PubMed

    Umakanthan, Ramanan; Leacche, Marzia; Petracek, Michael R; Zhao, David X; Byrne, John G

    2009-12-01

    Combined coronary artery valvular heart disease is a major cause of morbidity and mortality in the adult patient population. The standard treatment for such disease has been open heart surgery in which coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) is performed concurrently with valve surgery using a median sternotomy and cardiopulmonary bypass. With the increasing complexity of patients referred to surgery, some patients may prove to be poor surgical candidates for combined valve and CABG surgery. In certain selected patients who fall into this category, valve surgery and percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) have been considered a feasible alternative. Conventionally, valve surgery is performed in the cardiac surgical operating room, whereas PCI is carried out in the cardiac catheterization laboratory. Separation of these two procedural suites has presented a logistic limitation because it impedes the concomitant performance of both procedures in one setting. Hence, PCI and valve surgery usually have been performed as a "two-stage" procedure in two different operative suites, with the procedures being separated by hours, days, or weeks. Technologic advancements have made possible the construction of a "hybrid" procedural suite that combines the facilities of a cardiac surgical operating room with those of a cardiac catheterization laboratory. This design has enabled the concept of "one-stage" or "one-stop" PCI and valve surgery, allowing both procedures to be performed in a hybrid suite in one setting, separated by minutes. The advantages of such a method could prove to be multifold by enabling a less invasive surgical approach and improving logistics, patient satisfaction, and outcomes in selected patients.

  8. Student Discipline Rights and Procedures: A Guide for Advocates

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Boylan, Ellen

    2004-01-01

    To be both fair and effective, student discipline law and policy must balance two separate rights of students: the constitutional right to a public education, and the right to a safe and orderly learning environment. Procedures and laws to protect students from arbitrary and wrongful discipline are necessary, as are procedures and laws to allow…

  9. Observed Score and True Score Equating Procedures for Multidimensional Item Response Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brossman, Bradley Grant

    2010-01-01

    The purpose of this research was to develop observed score and true score equating procedures to be used in conjunction with the Multidimensional Item Response Theory (MIRT) framework. Currently, MIRT scale linking procedures exist to place item parameter estimates and ability estimates on the same scale after separate calibrations are conducted.…

  10. Determination of vehicle density from traffic images at day and nighttime

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mehrübeoğlu, Mehrübe; McLauchlan, Lifford

    2007-02-01

    In this paper we extend our previous work to address vehicle differentiation in traffic density computations1. The main goal of this work is to create vehicle density history for given roads under different weather or light conditions and at different times of the day. Vehicle differentiation is important to account for connected or otherwise long vehicles, such as trucks or tankers, which lead to over-counting with the original algorithm. Average vehicle size in pixels, given the magnification within the field of view for a particular camera, is used to separate regular cars and long vehicles. A separate algorithm and procedure have been developed to determine traffic density after dark when the vehicle headlights are turned on. Nighttime vehicle recognition utilizes blob analysis based on head/taillight images. The high intensity of vehicle lights are identified in binary images for nighttime vehicle detection. The stationary traffic image frames are downloaded from the internet as they are updated. The procedures are implemented in MATLAB. The results of both nighttime traffic density and daytime long vehicle identification algorithms are described in this paper. The determination of nighttime traffic density, and identification of long vehicles at daytime are improvements over the original work1.

  11. Numerical Calculations of 3-D High-Lift Flows and Comparison with Experiment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Compton, William B, III

    2015-01-01

    Solutions were obtained with the Navier-Stokes CFD code TLNS3D to predict the flow about the NASA Trapezoidal Wing, a high-lift wing composed of three elements: the main-wing element, a deployed leading-edge slat, and a deployed trailing-edge flap. Turbulence was modeled by the Spalart-Allmaras one-equation turbulence model. One case with massive separation was repeated using Menter's two-equation SST (Menter's Shear Stress Transport) k-omega turbulence model in an attempt to improve the agreement with experiment. The investigation was conducted at a free stream Mach number of 0.2, and at angles of attack ranging from 10.004 degrees to 34.858 degrees. The Reynolds number based on the mean aerodynamic chord of the wing was 4.3 x 10 (sup 6). Compared to experiment, the numerical procedure predicted the surface pressures very well at angles of attack in the linear range of the lift. However, computed maximum lift was 5% low. Drag was mainly under predicted. The procedure correctly predicted several well-known trends and features of high-lift flows, such as off-body separation. The two turbulence models yielded significantly different solutions for the repeated case.

  12. Ultra-high performance supercritical fluid chromatography-mass spectrometry procedure for analysis of monosaccharides from plant gum binders.

    PubMed

    Pauk, Volodymyr; Pluháček, Tomáš; Havlíček, Vladimír; Lemr, Karel

    2017-10-09

    The ultra-high performance supercritical fluid chromatography-mass spectrometry (UHPSFC/MS) procedure for analysis of native monosaccharides was developed. Chromatographic conditions were investigated to separate a mixture of four hexoses, three pentoses, two deoxyhexoses and two uronic acids. Increasing water content in methanol modifier to 5% and formic acid to 4% improved peak shapes of neutral monosaccharides and allowed complete elution of highly polar uronic acids in a single run. An Acquity HSS C18SB column outperformed other three tested stationary phases (BEH (silica), BEH 2-ethylpyridine, CSH Fluoro-Phenyl) in terms of separation of isomers and analysis time (4.5 min). Limits of detection were in the range 0.01-0.12 ng μL -1 . Owing to separation of anomers, identification of critical pairs (arabinose-xylose and glucose-galactose) was possible. Feasibility of the new method was demonstrated on plant-derived polysaccharide binders. Samples of watercolor paints, painted paper and three plant gums widely encountered in painting media (Arabic, cherry and tragacanth) were decomposed prior the analysis by microwave-assisted hydrolysis at 40 bar initial pressure using 2 mol L -1 trifluoroacetic acid. Among tested temperatures, 120 °C ensured appropriate hydrolysis efficiency for different types of gum and avoided excessive degradation of labile monosaccharides. Procedure recovery tested on gum Arabic was 101% with an RSD below 8%. Aqueous hydrolysates containing monosaccharides in different ratios specific to each type of plant gum were diluted or analyzed directly. Filtration of samples before hydrolysis reduced interferences from a paper support and identification of gum Arabic in watercolor-painted paper samples was demonstrated. Successful identification of pure gum Arabic was confirmed for sample quantities as little as 1 μg. Two classification approaches were compared and principal component analysis was superior to analysis based on peak area ratios of monosaccharides. The proposed procedure using UHPSFC/MS represents an interesting alternative which can compete with other chromatographic methods in the field of saccharide analysis in terms of speed, sensitivity and simplicity of workflow. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Knight, Kenneth L.

    This book offers a systematic approach to teaching athletic training. Modules are separated into 10 content areas: direct clinical experience; policies and procedures; emergency procedures; modality operation; advanced modality operation; taping, wrapping, bracing, and padding; management of specific injuries; examination; supervision; and…

  14. 40 CFR 610.52 - Maintenance.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... DEVICES Test Procedures and Evaluation Criteria Durability Test Procedures § 610.52 Maintenance. (a) Maintenance during the durability evaluation can best be considered in three separate categories: (1) Normal... durability evaluation in this program will probably have considerable mileage accumulation and unknown...

  15. 47 CFR 36.373 - Services-Account 6620.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES, TAXES AND RESERVES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES 1 Operating Expenses and Taxes Customer Operations... among the operations for groups of exchanges. A group of exchanges may include all exchanges in the...

  16. Separation of Intercepted Multi-Radar Signals Based on Parameterized Time-Frequency Analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lu, W. L.; Xie, J. W.; Wang, H. M.; Sheng, C.

    2016-09-01

    Modern radars use complex waveforms to obtain high detection performance and low probabilities of interception and identification. Signals intercepted from multiple radars overlap considerably in both the time and frequency domains and are difficult to separate with primary time parameters. Time-frequency analysis (TFA), as a key signal-processing tool, can provide better insight into the signal than conventional methods. In particular, among the various types of TFA, parameterized time-frequency analysis (PTFA) has shown great potential to investigate the time-frequency features of such non-stationary signals. In this paper, we propose a procedure for PTFA to separate overlapped radar signals; it includes five steps: initiation, parameterized time-frequency analysis, demodulating the signal of interest, adaptive filtering and recovering the signal. The effectiveness of the method was verified with simulated data and an intercepted radar signal received in a microwave laboratory. The results show that the proposed method has good performance and has potential in electronic reconnaissance applications, such as electronic intelligence, electronic warfare support measures, and radar warning.

  17. Pattern formation in mass conserving reaction-diffusion systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brauns, Fridtjof; Halatek, Jacob; Frey, Erwin

    We present a rigorous theoretical framework able to generalize and unify pattern formation for quantitative mass conserving reaction-diffusion models. Mass redistribution controls chemical equilibria locally. Separation of diffusive mass redistribution on the level of conserved species provides a general mathematical procedure to decompose complex reaction-diffusion systems into effectively independent functional units, and to reveal the general underlying bifurcation scenarios. We apply this framework to Min protein pattern formation and identify the mechanistic roles of both involved protein species. MinD generates polarity through phase separation, whereas MinE takes the role of a control variable regulating the existence of MinD phases. Hence, polarization and not oscillations is the generic core dynamics of Min proteins in vivo. This establishes an intrinsic mechanistic link between the Min system and a broad class of intracellular pattern forming systems based on bistability and phase separation (wave-pinning). Oscillations are facilitated by MinE redistribution and can be understood mechanistically as relaxation oscillations of the polarization direction.

  18. NCC-RANSAC: a fast plane extraction method for 3-D range data segmentation.

    PubMed

    Qian, Xiangfei; Ye, Cang

    2014-12-01

    This paper presents a new plane extraction (PE) method based on the random sample consensus (RANSAC) approach. The generic RANSAC-based PE algorithm may over-extract a plane, and it may fail in case of a multistep scene where the RANSAC procedure results in multiple inlier patches that form a slant plane straddling the steps. The CC-RANSAC PE algorithm successfully overcomes the latter limitation if the inlier patches are separate. However, it fails if the inlier patches are connected. A typical scenario is a stairway with a stair wall where the RANSAC plane-fitting procedure results in inliers patches in the tread, riser, and stair wall planes. They connect together and form a plane. The proposed method, called normal-coherence CC-RANSAC (NCC-RANSAC), performs a normal coherence check to all data points of the inlier patches and removes the data points whose normal directions are contradictory to that of the fitted plane. This process results in separate inlier patches, each of which is treated as a candidate plane. A recursive plane clustering process is then executed to grow each of the candidate planes until all planes are extracted in their entireties. The RANSAC plane-fitting and the recursive plane clustering processes are repeated until no more planes are found. A probabilistic model is introduced to predict the success probability of the NCC-RANSAC algorithm and validated with real data of a 3-D time-of-flight camera-SwissRanger SR4000. Experimental results demonstrate that the proposed method extracts more accurate planes with less computational time than the existing RANSAC-based methods.

  19. NCC-RANSAC: A Fast Plane Extraction Method for 3-D Range Data Segmentation

    PubMed Central

    Qian, Xiangfei; Ye, Cang

    2015-01-01

    This paper presents a new plane extraction (PE) method based on the random sample consensus (RANSAC) approach. The generic RANSAC-based PE algorithm may over-extract a plane, and it may fail in case of a multistep scene where the RANSAC procedure results in multiple inlier patches that form a slant plane straddling the steps. The CC-RANSAC PE algorithm successfully overcomes the latter limitation if the inlier patches are separate. However, it fails if the inlier patches are connected. A typical scenario is a stairway with a stair wall where the RANSAC plane-fitting procedure results in inliers patches in the tread, riser, and stair wall planes. They connect together and form a plane. The proposed method, called normal-coherence CC-RANSAC (NCC-RANSAC), performs a normal coherence check to all data points of the inlier patches and removes the data points whose normal directions are contradictory to that of the fitted plane. This process results in separate inlier patches, each of which is treated as a candidate plane. A recursive plane clustering process is then executed to grow each of the candidate planes until all planes are extracted in their entireties. The RANSAC plane-fitting and the recursive plane clustering processes are repeated until no more planes are found. A probabilistic model is introduced to predict the success probability of the NCC-RANSAC algorithm and validated with real data of a 3-D time-of-flight camera–SwissRanger SR4000. Experimental results demonstrate that the proposed method extracts more accurate planes with less computational time than the existing RANSAC-based methods. PMID:24771605

  20. Recent advances on multidimensional liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry for proteomics: from qualitative to quantitative analysis--a review.

    PubMed

    Wu, Qi; Yuan, Huiming; Zhang, Lihua; Zhang, Yukui

    2012-06-20

    With the acceleration of proteome research, increasing attention has been paid to multidimensional liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (MDLC-MS) due to its high peak capacity and separation efficiency. Recently, many efforts have been put to improve MDLC-based strategies including "top-down" and "bottom-up" to enable highly sensitive qualitative and quantitative analysis of proteins, as well as accelerate the whole analytical procedure. Integrated platforms with combination of sample pretreatment, multidimensional separations and identification were also developed to achieve high throughput and sensitive detection of proteomes, facilitating highly accurate and reproducible quantification. This review summarized the recent advances of such techniques and their applications in qualitative and quantitative analysis of proteomes. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. DIGE Analysis of Human Tissues.

    PubMed

    Gelfi, Cecilia; Capitanio, Daniele

    2018-01-01

    Two-dimensional difference gel electrophoresis (2-D DIGE) is an advanced and elegant gel electrophoretic analytical tool for comparative protein assessment. It is based on two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2-DE) separation of fluorescently labeled protein extracts. The tagging procedures are designed to not interfere with the chemical properties of proteins with respect to their pI and electrophoretic mobility, once a proper labeling protocol is followed. The two-dye or three-dye systems can be adopted and their choice depends on specific applications. Furthermore, the use of an internal pooled standard makes 2-D DIGE a highly accurate quantitative method enabling multiple protein samples to be separated on the same two-dimensional gel. The image matching and cross-gel statistical analysis generates robust quantitative results making data validation by independent technologies successful.

  2. Droplet-Based Segregation and Extraction of Concentrated Samples

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Buie, C R; Buckley, P; Hamilton, J

    2007-02-23

    Microfluidic analysis often requires sample concentration and separation techniques to isolate and detect analytes of interest. Complex or scarce samples may also require an orthogonal separation and detection method or off-chip analysis to confirm results. To perform these additional steps, the concentrated sample plug must be extracted from the primary microfluidic channel with minimal sample loss and dilution. We investigated two extraction techniques; injection of immiscible fluid droplets into the sample stream (''capping'''') and injection of the sample into an immiscible fluid stream (''extraction''). From our results we conclude that capping is the more effective partitioning technique. Furthermore, this functionalitymore » enables additional off-chip post-processing procedures such as DNA/RNA microarray analysis, realtime polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), and culture growth to validate chip performance.« less

  3. Rapid screening for plasmid DNA.

    PubMed

    Hughes, C; Meynell, G G

    1977-03-07

    A procedure is described for demonstrating plasmid DNA and its molecular weight, based on rate zonal centrifugation of unlabelled DNA in neutral sucrose gradients containing a low concentration of ethidium bromide. Each DNA species is then visualized as a discrete fluorescent band when the centrifuge tube is illuminated with ultra-violet light. Plasmids exist as closed circular and as relaxed circular molecules, which sediment separately, but during preparation of lysates, closed circular molecules are nicked so that each plasmid forms only a single band of relaxed circles within the gradient.

  4. Pen-based computers: Computers without keys

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Conklin, Cheryl L.

    1994-01-01

    The National Space Transportation System (NSTS) is comprised of many diverse and highly complex systems incorporating the latest technologies. Data collection associated with ground processing of the various Space Shuttle system elements is extremely challenging due to the many separate processing locations where data is generated. This presents a significant problem when the timely collection, transfer, collation, and storage of data is required. This paper describes how new technology, referred to as Pen-Based computers, is being used to transform the data collection process at Kennedy Space Center (KSC). Pen-Based computers have streamlined procedures, increased data accuracy, and now provide more complete information than previous methods. The end results is the elimination of Shuttle processing delays associated with data deficiencies.

  5. Critical care in the surgical global period.

    PubMed

    Painter, Julie R

    2013-03-01

    This article explores the rules and regulations from Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) code set and US Medicare and Medicaid Services (Medicare) regarding multiple physicians reporting critical care services during the global period. The article takes into account the critical care definitions, regulations, documentation requirements, and services each provider can report to Medicare. A clinical scenario based on literature supporting the types of complications and care that might typically be included in the post-operative period for a patient who is surgically treated for a type A aortic dissection was analyzed. It was determined that multiple physicians may provide critical care services to a single patient during the global period. The physician who performed the primary procedure cannot report critical care separately unless documentation supporting use of modifier 25 (significant, separately identifiable services) or 24 (unrelated services) supports that critical care is unrelated to the global period. Other physicians may report critical care services separately if specific criteria are met. To report critical care services to Medicare, the patient's condition must meet the Medicare definition of critical care and the physicians should generally represent different specialties providing different aspects of care to the critically ill or injured patient as defined by Medicare. There should be no overlap in time of services provided by each physician. Each physician's documentation should clearly support medical necessity with the diagnosis demonstrating the critical nature of the patients' illness, the total time spent providing critical care, the critical care service provided, and other contributing factors.

  6. Proteomic analysis of exosomes from human neural stem cells by flow field-flow fractionation and nanoflow liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Kang, Dukjin; Oh, Sunok; Ahn, Sung-Min; Lee, Bong-Hee; Moon, Myeong Hee

    2008-08-01

    Exosomes, small membrane vesicles secreted by a multitude of cell types, are involved in a wide range of physiological roles such as intercellular communication, membrane exchange between cells, and degradation as an alternative to lysosomes. Because of the small size of exosomes (30-100 nm) and the limitations of common separation procedures including ultracentrifugation and flow cytometry, size-based fractionation of exosomes has been challenging. In this study, we used flow field-flow fractionation (FlFFF) to fractionate exosomes according to differences in hydrodynamic diameter. The exosome fractions collected from FlFFF runs were examined by transmission electron microscopy (TEM) to morphologically confirm their identification as exosomes. Exosomal lysates of each fraction were digested and analyzed using nanoflow LC-ESI-MS-MS for protein identification. FIFFF, coupled with mass spectrometry, allows nanoscale size-based fractionation of exosomes and is more applicable to primary cells and stem cells since it requires much less starting material than conventional gel-based separation, in-gel digestion and the MS-MS method.

  7. The bioethics of separating conjoined twins in plastic surgery.

    PubMed

    Lee, Michelle; Gosain, Arun K; Becker, Devra

    2011-10-01

    The incidence of craniopagus twins approximates four to six per 10 million births. Although rare, surgical separation of conjoined twins poses significant technical and ethical challenges. The present report uses the case of craniopagus twins AD and TD to examine the bioethical issues faced by a multidisciplinary medical team in planning the separation of craniopagus twins. AD and TD are craniopagus twins conjoined at the head. TD's head is conjoined to the back of AD's head. Neurologically, AD has the dominant cerebral circulation. TD has two normal kidneys, whereas AD has none. AD depends on TD's renal function and, on separation, will require either a kidney transplant or lifelong dialysis. This case report reviews one approach to analyzing and solving complex ethical dilemmas in pediatric plastic surgery. The principles reviewed are (1) autonomy and informed consent, focusing especially on the role of children in the informed consent process; (2) beneficence and nonmaleficence, two intricately intertwined principles because separation could potentially cause irreversible harm to one twin while improving the quality of life for the other (as separation is not a life-saving procedure, is it ethical to perform a procedure with unknown surgical risk to improve children's quality of life?); and (3) justice (is it fair to allocate excessive medical resources for the twins' separation?). The present report explores the ethics behind such decisions with respect to the separation of conjoined twins.

  8. Recycling Perovskite Solar Cells To Avoid Lead Waste.

    PubMed

    Binek, Andreas; Petrus, Michiel L; Huber, Niklas; Bristow, Helen; Hu, Yinghong; Bein, Thomas; Docampo, Pablo

    2016-05-25

    Methylammonium lead iodide (MAPbI3) perovskite based solar cells have recently emerged as a serious competitor for large scale and low-cost photovoltaic technologies. However, since these solar cells contain toxic lead, a sustainable procedure for handling the cells after their operational lifetime is required to prevent exposure of the environment to lead and to comply with international electronic waste disposal regulations. Herein, we report a procedure to remove every layer of the solar cells separately, which gives the possibility to selectively isolate the different materials. Besides isolating the toxic lead iodide in high yield, we show that the PbI2 can be reused for the preparation of new solar cells with comparable performance and in this way avoid lead waste. Furthermore, we show that the most expensive part of the solar cell, the conductive glass (FTO), can be reused several times without any reduction in the performance of the devices. With our simple recycling procedure, we address both the risk of contamination and the waste disposal of perovskite based solar cells while further reducing the cost of the system. This brings perovskite solar cells one step closer to their introduction into commercial systems.

  9. Improved False Discovery Rate Estimation Procedure for Shotgun Proteomics.

    PubMed

    Keich, Uri; Kertesz-Farkas, Attila; Noble, William Stafford

    2015-08-07

    Interpreting the potentially vast number of hypotheses generated by a shotgun proteomics experiment requires a valid and accurate procedure for assigning statistical confidence estimates to identified tandem mass spectra. Despite the crucial role such procedures play in most high-throughput proteomics experiments, the scientific literature has not reached a consensus about the best confidence estimation methodology. In this work, we evaluate, using theoretical and empirical analysis, four previously proposed protocols for estimating the false discovery rate (FDR) associated with a set of identified tandem mass spectra: two variants of the target-decoy competition protocol (TDC) of Elias and Gygi and two variants of the separate target-decoy search protocol of Käll et al. Our analysis reveals significant biases in the two separate target-decoy search protocols. Moreover, the one TDC protocol that provides an unbiased FDR estimate among the target PSMs does so at the cost of forfeiting a random subset of high-scoring spectrum identifications. We therefore propose the mix-max procedure to provide unbiased, accurate FDR estimates in the presence of well-calibrated scores. The method avoids biases associated with the two separate target-decoy search protocols and also avoids the propensity for target-decoy competition to discard a random subset of high-scoring target identifications.

  10. Improved False Discovery Rate Estimation Procedure for Shotgun Proteomics

    PubMed Central

    2016-01-01

    Interpreting the potentially vast number of hypotheses generated by a shotgun proteomics experiment requires a valid and accurate procedure for assigning statistical confidence estimates to identified tandem mass spectra. Despite the crucial role such procedures play in most high-throughput proteomics experiments, the scientific literature has not reached a consensus about the best confidence estimation methodology. In this work, we evaluate, using theoretical and empirical analysis, four previously proposed protocols for estimating the false discovery rate (FDR) associated with a set of identified tandem mass spectra: two variants of the target-decoy competition protocol (TDC) of Elias and Gygi and two variants of the separate target-decoy search protocol of Käll et al. Our analysis reveals significant biases in the two separate target-decoy search protocols. Moreover, the one TDC protocol that provides an unbiased FDR estimate among the target PSMs does so at the cost of forfeiting a random subset of high-scoring spectrum identifications. We therefore propose the mix-max procedure to provide unbiased, accurate FDR estimates in the presence of well-calibrated scores. The method avoids biases associated with the two separate target-decoy search protocols and also avoids the propensity for target-decoy competition to discard a random subset of high-scoring target identifications. PMID:26152888

  11. Apollo Operations Handbook Lunar Module (LM 11 and Subsequent) Vol. 2 Operational Procedures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1971-01-01

    The Apollo Operations Handbook (AOH) is the primary means of documenting LM descriptions and procedures. The AOH is published in two separately bound volumes. This information is useful in support of program management, engineering, test, flight simulation, and real time flight support efforts. This volume contains crew operational procedures: normal, backup, abort, malfunction, and emergency. These procedures define the sequence of actions necessary for safe and efficient subsystem operation.

  12. Analytical method for predicting the pressure distribution about a nacelle at transonic speeds

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Keith, J. S.; Ferguson, D. R.; Merkle, C. L.; Heck, P. H.; Lahti, D. J.

    1973-01-01

    The formulation and development of a computer analysis for the calculation of streamlines and pressure distributions around two-dimensional (planar and axisymmetric) isolated nacelles at transonic speeds are described. The computerized flow field analysis is designed to predict the transonic flow around long and short high-bypass-ratio fan duct nacelles with inlet flows and with exhaust flows having appropriate aerothermodynamic properties. The flow field boundaries are located as far upstream and downstream as necessary to obtain minimum disturbances at the boundary. The far-field lateral flow field boundary is analytically defined to exactly represent free-flight conditions or solid wind tunnel wall effects. The inviscid solution technique is based on a Streamtube Curvature Analysis. The computer program utilizes an automatic grid refinement procedure and solves the flow field equations with a matrix relaxation technique. The boundary layer displacement effects and the onset of turbulent separation are included, based on the compressible turbulent boundary layer solution method of Stratford and Beavers and on the turbulent separation prediction method of Stratford.

  13. Spectrofluorometry, thin layer chromatography, and column high-performance liquid chromatography determination of rabeprazole sodium in the presence of its acidic and oxidized degradation products.

    PubMed

    Osman, Afaf Osman; Osman, Afaf; Osman, Mohamed

    2009-01-01

    The objective of this study is to develop validated stability-indicating spectrofluorometric, TLC-densitometric, and HPLC methods for the determination of rabeprazole sodium and its degradation products. The first method was based on measuring the fluorescence intensity of the drug at 416 and 311 nm for the emission and at 320 and 274 nm for the excitation for acid and oxidized solutions, respectively. The second method was based on the separation of the drug from its acidic and oxidized degradation products followed by densitometric measurement of the intact drug spot at 284 nm. The separation was carried out on Fluka TLC sheets of silica gel 60 F254 using isopropyl alcohol--30% ammonia (80 + 2, v/v) mobile phase. The third method was based on HPLC separation of rabeprazole sodium from its acidic and oxidized degradation products on a reversed-phase Waters Nova-Pak C18 column using 0.05 M potassium dihydrogen phosphate-methanol-acetonitrile (5 + 3 + 2, v/v/v) pH 7 +/- 0.2 mobile phase. The proposed procedures were successfully applied for the determination of rabeprazole sodium in pure form, laboratory-prepared mixtures, tablet, and expired batch. The obtained results were statistically compared with those of a reported method and validated according to United States Pharmacopeia guidelines. Two main acidic degradation products of the drug were separated and subjected to IR spectrometry and MS to confirm their structures, and the schemes for their formation were elucidated.

  14. Comparison of sampling methods for radiocarbon dating of carbonyls in air samples via accelerator mass spectrometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schindler, Matthias; Kretschmer, Wolfgang; Scharf, Andreas; Tschekalinskij, Alexander

    2016-05-01

    Three new methods to sample and prepare various carbonyl compounds for radiocarbon measurements were developed and tested. Two of these procedures utilized the Strecker synthetic method to form amino acids from carbonyl compounds with either sodium cyanide or trimethylsilyl cyanide. The third procedure used semicarbazide to form crystalline carbazones with the carbonyl compounds. The resulting amino acids and semicarbazones were then separated and purified using thin layer chromatography. The separated compounds were then combusted to CO2 and reduced to graphite to determine 14C content by accelerator mass spectrometry (AMS). All of these methods were also compared with the standard carbonyl compound sampling method wherein a compound is derivatized with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine and then separated by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).

  15. Incorporating data link messaging into a multi-function display to support the Small Aircraft Transportation System (SATS) and the self-separation of general aviation aircraft.

    PubMed

    Adams, Catherine A; Murdoch, Jennifer L; Consiglio, Maria C; Williams, Daniel M

    2007-07-01

    One objective of the Small Aircraft Transportation System (SATS) Project is to increase the capacity and utilization of small non-towered, non-radar equipped airports by transferring traffic management activities to an automated system and separation responsibilities to general aviation (GA) pilots. This paper describes the development of a research multi-function display (MFD) to support the interaction between pilots and an automated Airport Management Module (AMM). Preliminary results of simulation and flight tests indicate that adding the responsibility of monitoring other traffic for self-separation does not increase pilots' subjective workload levels. Pilots preferred using the enhanced MFD to execute flight procedures, reporting improved situation awareness (SA) over conventional instrument flight rules (IFR) procedures.

  16. Renormalization group procedure for potential -g/r2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dawid, S. M.; Gonsior, R.; Kwapisz, J.; Serafin, K.; Tobolski, M.; Głazek, S. D.

    2018-02-01

    Schrödinger equation with potential - g /r2 exhibits a limit cycle, described in the literature in a broad range of contexts using various regularizations of the singularity at r = 0. Instead, we use the renormalization group transformation based on Gaussian elimination, from the Hamiltonian eigenvalue problem, of high momentum modes above a finite, floating cutoff scale. The procedure identifies a richer structure than the one we found in the literature. Namely, it directly yields an equation that determines the renormalized Hamiltonians as functions of the floating cutoff: solutions to this equation exhibit, in addition to the limit-cycle, also the asymptotic-freedom, triviality, and fixed-point behaviors, the latter in vicinity of infinitely many separate pairs of fixed points in different partial waves for different values of g.

  17. Evaluation of a Blocked-Trials Procedure to Establish Complex Stimulus Control over Intraverbal Responses in Children with Autism

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ingvarsson, Einar T.; Kramer, Rachel L.; Carp, Charlotte L.; Pétursdóttir, Anna I.; Macias, Heather

    2016-01-01

    We evaluated the use of a blocked-trials procedure to establish complex stimulus control over intraverbal responses. The participants were four young boys with a diagnosis of autism who had struggled to master intraverbals. The blocked-trials procedures involved presentation of stimuli in separate trial blocks. The trial blocks gradually reduced…

  18. Environmental and human monitoring of Americium-241 utilizing extraction chromatography and {alpha}-Spectrometry

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Goldstein, S.J.; Hensley, C.A.; Armenta, C.E.

    1997-03-01

    Recent developments in extraction chromatography have simplified the separation of americium from complex matrices in preparation for {alpha}-spectroscopy relative to traditional methods. Here we present results of procedures developed/adapted for water, air, and bioassay samples with less than 1 g of inorganic residue. Prior analytical methods required the use of a complex, multistage procedure for separation of americium from these matrices. The newer, simplified procedure requires only a single 2 mL extraction chromatographic separation for isolation of Am and lanthanides from other components of the sample. This method has been implemented on an extensive variety of `real` environmental and bioassaymore » samples from the Los Alamos area, and consistently reliable and accurate results with appropriate detection limits have been obtained. The new method increases analytical throughput by a factor of {approx}2 and decreases environmental hazards from acid and mixed-waste generation relative to the prior technique. Analytical accuracy, reproducibility, and reliability are also significantly improved over the more complex and laborious method used previously. 24 refs., 2 figs., 2 tabs.« less

  19. Characterization of new types of stationary phases for fast and ultra-fast liquid chromatography by signal processing based on AutoCovariance Function: a case study of application to Passiflora incarnata L. extract separations.

    PubMed

    Pietrogrande, Maria Chiara; Dondi, Francesco; Ciogli, Alessia; Gasparrini, Francesco; Piccin, Antonella; Serafini, Mauro

    2010-06-25

    In this study, a comparative investigation was performed of HPLC Ascentis (2.7 microm particles) columns based on fused-core particle technology and Acquity (1.7 microm particles) columns requiring UPLC instruments, in comparison with Chromolith RP-18e columns. The study was carried out on mother and vegetal tinctures of Passiflora incarnata L. on one single or two coupled columns. The fundamental attributions of the chromatographic profiles are evaluated using a chemometric procedure, based on the AutoCovariance Function (ACVF). Different chromatographic systems are compared in terms of their separation parameters, i.e., number of total chemical components (m(tot)), separation efficiency (sigma), peak capacity (n(c)), overlap degree of peaks and peak purity. The obtained results show the improvements achieved by HPLC columns with narrow size particles in terms of total analysis time and chromatographic efficiency: comparable performance are achieved by Ascentis (2.7 microm particle) column and Acquity (1.7 microm particle) column requiring UPLC instruments. The ACVF plot is proposed as a simplified tool describing the chromatographic fingerprint to be used for evaluating and comparing chemical composition of plant extracts by using the parameters D% - relative abundance of the deterministic component - and c(EACF) - similarity index computed on ACVF. Copyright 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Review on the progress in synthesis and application of magnetic carbon nanocomposites.

    PubMed

    Zhu, Maiyong; Diao, Guowang

    2011-07-01

    This review focuses on the synthesis and application of nanostructured composites containing magnetic nanostructures and carbon-based materials. Great progress in fabrication of magnetic carbon nanocomposites has been made by developing methods including filling process, template-based synthesis, chemical vapor deposition, hydrothermal/solvothermal method, pyrolysis procedure, sol-gel process, detonation induced reaction, self-assembly method, etc. The applications of magnetic carbon nanocomposites expanded to a wide range of fields such as environmental treatment, microwave absorption, magnetic recording media, electrochemical sensor, catalysis, separation/recognization of biomolecules and drug delivery are discussed. Finally, some future trends and perspectives in this research area are outlined.

  1. Review on the progress in synthesis and application of magnetic carbon nanocomposites

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, Maiyong; Diao, Guowang

    2011-07-01

    This review focuses on the synthesis and application of nanostructured composites containing magnetic nanostructures and carbon-based materials. Great progress in fabrication of magnetic carbon nanocomposites has been made by developing methods including filling process, template-based synthesis, chemical vapor deposition, hydrothermal/solvothermal method, pyrolysis procedure, sol-gel process, detonation induced reaction, self-assembly method, etc. The applications of magnetic carbon nanocomposites expanded to a wide range of fields such as environmental treatment, microwave absorption, magnetic recording media, electrochemical sensor, catalysis, separation/recognization of biomolecules and drug delivery are discussed. Finally, some future trends and perspectives in this research area are outlined.

  2. Isolation and purification of all-trans diadinoxanthin and all-trans diatoxanthin from diatom Phaeodactylum tricornutum.

    PubMed

    Kuczynska, Paulina; Jemiola-Rzeminska, Malgorzata

    2017-01-01

    Two diatom-specific carotenoids are engaged in the diadinoxanthin cycle, an important mechanism which protects these organisms against photoinhibition caused by absorption of excessive light energy. A high-performance and economical procedure of isolation and purification of diadinoxanthin and diatoxanthin from the marine diatom Phaeodactylum tricornutum using a four-step procedure has been developed. It is based on the use of commonly available materials and does not require advanced technology. Extraction of pigments, saponification, separation by partition and then open column chromatography, which comprise the complete experimental procedure, can be performed within 2 days. This method allows HPLC grade diadinoxanthin and diatoxanthin of a purity of 99 % or more to be obtained, and the efficiency was estimated to be 63 % for diadinoxanthin and 73 % for diatoxanthin. Carefully selected diatom culture conditions as well as analytical ones ensure highly reproducible performance. A protocol can be used to isolate and purify the diadinoxanthin cycle pigments both on analytical and preparative scale.

  3. [Application of virtual instrumentation technique in toxicological studies].

    PubMed

    Moczko, Jerzy A

    2005-01-01

    Research investigations require frequently direct connection of measuring equipment to the computer. Virtual instrumentation technique considerably facilitates programming of sophisticated acquisition-and-analysis procedures. In standard approach these two steps are performed subsequently with separate software tools. The acquired data are transfered with export / import procedures of particular program to the another one which executes next step of analysis. The described procedure is cumbersome, time consuming and may be potential source of the errors. In 1987 National Instruments Corporation introduced LabVIEW language based on the concept of graphical programming. Contrary to conventional textual languages it allows the researcher to concentrate on the resolved problem and omit all syntactical rules. Programs developed in LabVIEW are called as virtual instruments (VI) and are portable among different computer platforms as PCs, Macintoshes, Sun SPARCstations, Concurrent PowerMAX stations, HP PA/RISK workstations. This flexibility warrants that the programs prepared for one particular platform would be also appropriate to another one. In presented paper basic principles of connection of research equipment to computer systems were described.

  4. Inference for High-dimensional Differential Correlation Matrices.

    PubMed

    Cai, T Tony; Zhang, Anru

    2016-01-01

    Motivated by differential co-expression analysis in genomics, we consider in this paper estimation and testing of high-dimensional differential correlation matrices. An adaptive thresholding procedure is introduced and theoretical guarantees are given. Minimax rate of convergence is established and the proposed estimator is shown to be adaptively rate-optimal over collections of paired correlation matrices with approximately sparse differences. Simulation results show that the procedure significantly outperforms two other natural methods that are based on separate estimation of the individual correlation matrices. The procedure is also illustrated through an analysis of a breast cancer dataset, which provides evidence at the gene co-expression level that several genes, of which a subset has been previously verified, are associated with the breast cancer. Hypothesis testing on the differential correlation matrices is also considered. A test, which is particularly well suited for testing against sparse alternatives, is introduced. In addition, other related problems, including estimation of a single sparse correlation matrix, estimation of the differential covariance matrices, and estimation of the differential cross-correlation matrices, are also discussed.

  5. Culture Three Ways: Culture and Subcultures Within Countries.

    PubMed

    Oyserman, Daphna

    2017-01-03

    Culture can be thought of as a set of everyday practices and a core theme-individualism, collectivism, or honor-as well as the capacity to understand each of these themes. In one's own culture, it is easy to fail to see that a cultural lens exists and instead to think that there is no lens at all, only reality. Hence, studying culture requires stepping out of it. There are two main methods to do so: The first involves using between-group comparisons to highlight differences and the second involves using experimental methods to test the consequences of disruption to implicit cultural frames. These methods highlight three ways that culture organizes experience: (a) It shields reflexive processing by making everyday life feel predictable, (b) it scaffolds which cognitive procedure (connect, separate, or order) will be the default in ambiguous situations, and (c) it facilitates situation-specific accessibility of alternate cognitive procedures. Modern societal social-demographic trends reduce predictability and increase collectivism and honor-based go-to cognitive procedures.

  6. A new procedure for treatment of oily slurry using geotextile filters.

    PubMed

    Mendonça, M B; Cammarota, M C; Freire, D D C; Ehrlich, M

    2004-07-05

    A new procedure to mitigate the environmental impacts and reduce the cost of disposal of oil slurry is present in this paper. Waste from the petroleum industry has a high environmental impact. Systems for oil-water separation have been used to mitigate the contamination potential of these types of effluents. At the outlet of these systems, the oil is skimmed-off the surface, while the slurry is removed from the base. Due to the high concentration of contaminants, the disposal of this slurry is an environmentally hazardous practice. Usually this type of waste is disposed of in tanks or landfills after removal from the industrial plant. Basically, the proposed procedure utilizes drying beds with geotextile filters to both reduce the water content in the slurry and obtain a less contaminated effluent. Laboratory tests were carried out to simulate the drying system. Four types of filters were analyzed: two non-woven geotextiles, one woven geotextile, and a sand filter.

  7. Efficient and accurate Greedy Search Methods for mining functional modules in protein interaction networks.

    PubMed

    He, Jieyue; Li, Chaojun; Ye, Baoliu; Zhong, Wei

    2012-06-25

    Most computational algorithms mainly focus on detecting highly connected subgraphs in PPI networks as protein complexes but ignore their inherent organization. Furthermore, many of these algorithms are computationally expensive. However, recent analysis indicates that experimentally detected protein complexes generally contain Core/attachment structures. In this paper, a Greedy Search Method based on Core-Attachment structure (GSM-CA) is proposed. The GSM-CA method detects densely connected regions in large protein-protein interaction networks based on the edge weight and two criteria for determining core nodes and attachment nodes. The GSM-CA method improves the prediction accuracy compared to other similar module detection approaches, however it is computationally expensive. Many module detection approaches are based on the traditional hierarchical methods, which is also computationally inefficient because the hierarchical tree structure produced by these approaches cannot provide adequate information to identify whether a network belongs to a module structure or not. In order to speed up the computational process, the Greedy Search Method based on Fast Clustering (GSM-FC) is proposed in this work. The edge weight based GSM-FC method uses a greedy procedure to traverse all edges just once to separate the network into the suitable set of modules. The proposed methods are applied to the protein interaction network of S. cerevisiae. Experimental results indicate that many significant functional modules are detected, most of which match the known complexes. Results also demonstrate that the GSM-FC algorithm is faster and more accurate as compared to other competing algorithms. Based on the new edge weight definition, the proposed algorithm takes advantages of the greedy search procedure to separate the network into the suitable set of modules. Experimental analysis shows that the identified modules are statistically significant. The algorithm can reduce the computational time significantly while keeping high prediction accuracy.

  8. 77 FR 5379 - Revision of Cotton Futures Classification Procedures

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-02-03

    ... 0581-AD16 Revision of Cotton Futures Classification Procedures AGENCY: Agricultural Marketing Service... for cotton futures quality classification services by using Smith-Doxey classification data in the cotton futures classification process. In addition, references to a separate and optional review of...

  9. 40 CFR 246.200-8 - Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures..., storage, and transportation costs have been made, and estimated tonnages of both recoverable high-grade... for revenue from paper sales and savings from diverting recycled materials from disposal. Potential...

  10. 40 CFR 246.202-6 - Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ..., storage and transportation costs have been made, and estimated tonnages of both recoverable material and...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... paper sales and savings from diverting recycled materials from disposal. Potential costs to upgrade...

  11. 40 CFR 246.201-7 - Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ..., storage and transportation costs have been made, and estimated tonnages of both recoverable materials and...) SOLID WASTES SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES Requirements and Recommended Procedures... paper sales and savings from diverting recycled materials from disposal. Potential costs to upgrade...

  12. BEHAVIORAL DEVELOPMENT FOLLOWING DAILY EPISODES OF MOTHER-INFANT SEPARATION IN THE RAT

    EPA Science Inventory

    Use of dermal or inhalation routes of maternal exposure during the postnatal period in rodent developmental neurotoxicity evaluations would be most practical if dams could be separated from their pups during the exposure period. owever, this procedure raises questions concerning ...

  13. 29 CFR 1603.205 - Separation of functions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 29 Labor 4 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Separation of functions. 1603.205 Section 1603.205 Labor Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued) EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION PROCEDURES FOR PREVIOUSLY EXEMPT STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEE COMPLAINTS OF EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION UNDER SECTION 304 OF...

  14. 29 CFR 1603.205 - Separation of functions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 29 Labor 4 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Separation of functions. 1603.205 Section 1603.205 Labor Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued) EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION PROCEDURES FOR PREVIOUSLY EXEMPT STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEE COMPLAINTS OF EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION UNDER SECTION 304 OF...

  15. 29 CFR 1603.205 - Separation of functions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 29 Labor 4 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Separation of functions. 1603.205 Section 1603.205 Labor Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued) EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION PROCEDURES FOR PREVIOUSLY EXEMPT STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEE COMPLAINTS OF EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION UNDER SECTION 304 OF...

  16. 29 CFR 1603.205 - Separation of functions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 29 Labor 4 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Separation of functions. 1603.205 Section 1603.205 Labor Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued) EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION PROCEDURES FOR PREVIOUSLY EXEMPT STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEE COMPLAINTS OF EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION UNDER SECTION 304 OF...

  17. 29 CFR 1603.205 - Separation of functions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 29 Labor 4 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Separation of functions. 1603.205 Section 1603.205 Labor Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued) EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION PROCEDURES FOR PREVIOUSLY EXEMPT STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEE COMPLAINTS OF EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION UNDER SECTION 304 OF...

  18. Torsional Ultrasound Sensor Optimization for Soft Tissue Characterization

    PubMed Central

    Melchor, Juan; Muñoz, Rafael; Rus, Guillermo

    2017-01-01

    Torsion mechanical waves have the capability to characterize shear stiffness moduli of soft tissue. Under this hypothesis, a computational methodology is proposed to design and optimize a piezoelectrics-based transmitter and receiver to generate and measure the response of torsional ultrasonic waves. The procedure employed is divided into two steps: (i) a finite element method (FEM) is developed to obtain a transmitted and received waveform as well as a resonance frequency of a previous geometry validated with a semi-analytical simplified model and (ii) a probabilistic optimality criteria of the design based on inverse problem from the estimation of robust probability of detection (RPOD) to maximize the detection of the pathology defined in terms of changes of shear stiffness. This study collects different options of design in two separated models, in transmission and contact, respectively. The main contribution of this work describes a framework to establish such as forward, inverse and optimization procedures to choose a set of appropriate parameters of a transducer. This methodological framework may be generalizable for other different applications. PMID:28617353

  19. URANS simulations of the tip-leakage cavitating flow with verification and validation procedures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cheng, Huai-yu; Long, Xin-ping; Liang, Yun-zhi; Long, Yun; Ji, Bin

    2018-04-01

    In the present paper, the Vortex Identified Zwart-Gerber-Belamri (VIZGB) cavitation model coupled with the SST-CC turbulence model is used to investigate the unsteady tip-leakage cavitating flow induced by a NACA0009 hydrofoil. A qualitative comparison between the numerical and experimental results is made. In order to quantitatively evaluate the reliability of the numerical data, the verification and validation (V&V) procedures are used in the present paper. Errors of numerical results are estimated with seven error estimators based on the Richardson extrapolation method. It is shown that though a strict validation cannot be achieved, a reasonable prediction of the gross characteristics of the tip-leakage cavitating flow can be obtained. Based on the numerical results, the influence of the cavitation on the tip-leakage vortex (TLV) is discussed, which indicates that the cavitation accelerates the fusion of the TLV and the tip-separation vortex (TSV). Moreover, the trajectory of the TLV, when the cavitation occurs, is close to the side wall.

  20. Next generation industrial biotechnology based on extremophilic bacteria.

    PubMed

    Chen, Guo-Qiang; Jiang, Xiao-Ran

    2018-04-01

    Industrial biotechnology aims to produce bulk chemicals including polymeric materials and biofuels based on bioprocessing sustainable agriculture products such as starch, fatty acids and/or cellulose. However, traditional bioprocesses require bioreactors made of stainless steel, complicated sterilization, difficult and expensive separation procedures as well as well-trained engineers that are able to conduct bioprocessing under sterile conditions, reducing the competitiveness of the bio-products. Amid the continuous low petroleum price, next generation industrial biotechnology (NGIB) allows bioprocessing to be conducted under unsterile (open) conditions using ceramic, cement or plastic bioreactors in a continuous way, it should be an energy, water and substrate saving technology with convenient operation procedure. NGIB also requires less capital investment and reduces demand on highly trained engineers. The foundation for the simplified NGIB is microorganisms that resist contaminations by other microbes, one of the examples is rapid growing halophilic bacteria inoculated under high salt concentration and alkali pH. They have been engineered to produce multiple products in various scales. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  1. Hofmeister series salts enhance purification of plasmid DNA by non-ionic detergents

    PubMed Central

    Lezin, George; Kuehn, Michael R.; Brunelli, Luca

    2011-01-01

    Ion-exchange chromatography is the standard technique used for plasmid DNA purification, an essential molecular biology procedure. Non-ionic detergents (NIDs) have been used for plasmid DNA purification, but it is unclear whether Hofmeister series salts (HSS) change the solubility and phase separation properties of specific NIDs, enhancing plasmid DNA purification. After scaling-up NID-mediated plasmid DNA isolation, we established that NIDs in HSS solutions minimize plasmid DNA contamination with protein. In addition, large-scale NID/HSS solutions eliminated LPS contamination of plasmid DNA more effectively than Qiagen ion-exchange columns. Large-scale NID isolation/NID purification generated increased yields of high quality DNA compared to alkali isolation/column purification. This work characterizes how HSS enhance NID-mediated plasmid DNA purification, and demonstrates that NID phase transition is not necessary for LPS removal from plasmid DNA. Specific NIDs such as IGEPAL CA-520 can be utilized for rapid, inexpensive and efficient laboratory-based large-scale plasmid DNA purification, outperforming Qiagen-based column procedures. PMID:21351074

  2. CAN-DO, CFD-based Aerodynamic Nozzle Design and Optimization program for supersonic/hypersonic wind tunnels

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Korte, John J.; Kumar, Ajay; Singh, D. J.; White, J. A.

    1992-01-01

    A design program is developed which incorporates a modern approach to the design of supersonic/hypersonic wind-tunnel nozzles. The approach is obtained by the coupling of computational fluid dynamics (CFD) with design optimization. The program can be used to design a 2D or axisymmetric, supersonic or hypersonic, wind-tunnel nozzles that can be modeled with a calorically perfect gas. The nozzle design is obtained by solving a nonlinear least-squares optimization problem (LSOP). The LSOP is solved using an iterative procedure which requires intermediate flowfield solutions. The nozzle flowfield is simulated by solving the Navier-Stokes equations for the subsonic and transonic flow regions and the parabolized Navier-Stokes equations for the supersonic flow regions. The advantages of this method are that the design is based on the solution of the viscous equations eliminating the need to make separate corrections to a design contour, and the flexibility of applying the procedure to different types of nozzle design problems.

  3. Evaluation of the Monotonic Lagrangian Grid and Lat-Long Grid for Air Traffic Management

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kaplan, Carolyn; Dahm, Johann; Oran, Elaine; Alexandrov, Natalia; Boris, Jay

    2011-01-01

    The Air Traffic Monotonic Lagrangian Grid (ATMLG) is used to simulate a 24 hour period of air traffic flow in the National Airspace System (NAS). During this time period, there are 41,594 flights over the United States, and the flight plan information (departure and arrival airports and times, and waypoints along the way) are obtained from an Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Enhanced Traffic Management System (ETMS) dataset. Two simulation procedures are tested and compared: one based on the Monotonic Lagrangian Grid (MLG), and the other based on the stationary Latitude-Longitude (Lat- Long) grid. Simulating one full day of air traffic over the United States required the following amounts of CPU time on a single processor of an SGI Altix: 88 s for the MLG method, and 163 s for the Lat-Long grid method. We present a discussion of the amount of CPU time required for each of the simulation processes (updating aircraft trajectories, sorting, conflict detection and resolution, etc.), and show that the main advantage of the MLG method is that it is a general sorting algorithm that can sort on multiple properties. We discuss how many MLG neighbors must be considered in the separation assurance procedure in order to ensure a five-mile separation buffer between aircraft, and we investigate the effect of removing waypoints from aircraft trajectories. When aircraft choose their own trajectory, there are more flights with shorter duration times and fewer CD&R maneuvers, resulting in significant fuel savings.

  4. In-Syringe Micro Solid-Phase Extraction Method for the Separation and Preconcentration of Parabens in Environmental Water Samples.

    PubMed

    Mashile, Geaneth Pertunia; Mpupa, Anele; Nomngongo, Philiswa Nosizo

    2018-06-14

    In this study, a simple, rapid and effective in-syringe micro-solid phase extraction (MSPE) method was developed for the separation and preconcetration of parabens (methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl paraben) in environmental water samples. The parabens were determined and quantified using high performance liquid chromatography and a photo diode array detector (HPLC-PDA). Chitosan-coated activated carbon (CAC) was used as the sorbent in the in-syringe MSPE device. A response surface methodology based on central composite design was used for the optimization of factors (eluent solvent type, eluent volume, number of elution cycles, sample volume, sample pH) affecting the extraction efficiency of the preconcentration procedure. The adsorbent used displayed excellent absorption performance and the adsorption capacity ranged from 227⁻256 mg g −1 . Under the optimal conditions the dynamic linear ranges for the parabens were between 0.04 and 380 µg L −1 . The limits of detection and quantification ranged from 6⁻15 ng L −1 and 20⁻50 ng L −1 , respectively. The intraday (repeatability) and interday (reproducibility) precisions expressed as relative standard deviations (%RSD) were below 5%. Furthermore, the in-syringe MSPE/HPLC procedure was validated using spiked wastewater and tap water samples and the recoveries ranged between from 96.7 to 107%. In conclusion, CAC based in-syringe MSPE method demonstrated great potential for preconcentration of parabens in complex environmental water.

  5. Chiral HPLC for a study of the optical purity of new liquid crystalline materials derived from lactic acid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vojtylová, T.; Kašpar, M.; Hamplová, V.; Novotná, V.; Sýkora, D.

    2014-08-01

    New liquid crystalline (LC) materials were prepared by derivatization of lactic acid. First compound possesses the lactic acid unit as the only chiral center and the second group of LC materials contains two chiral centers. Mesomorphic properties of both the newly synthesized LC materials were studied and the presence of the SmA*-SmC* or exhibit the twist grain boundary (TGB) phases, namely TGBA and TGBC, in a wide range of temperatures down to the room temperature was established. The potential of high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) applying chiral stationary phases to separate enantiomers or diastereoisomers of the synthesized LC compounds was evaluated. Two different brands of commercial chiral sorbents, Lux Amylose-2 and Chiralpak AD-3, both based on modified silica with derivatized polysaccharide, were employed in the development of separation procedures. The optimized chiral HPLC method provided a baseline separation of the individual enantiomers for the LC material containing one chiral center. In the case of the more complex compound with two asymmetric carbon atoms, where four isomers exist, partial separation was reached only using the current chiral HPLC.

  6. Microfluidic separation of motile sperm with millilitre-scale sample capacity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nosrati, Reza; Vollmer, Marion; Eamer, Lise; Zeidan, Krista; San Gabriel, Maria C.; Zini, Armand; Sinton, David

    2012-11-01

    Isolating motile from non-motile spermatozoa has been a challenge since the establishment of in vitro fertilization. Microfluidic approaches have been employed for this purpose, but current devices are limited by low sample volume. Here, we present a high-throughput microfluidic device that separates spermatozoa from one millilitre of raw semen sample based on the hydrodynamic characteristics of swimming sperm in a confined geometry. The device consists of two layers: an outer injection ring on top aligned with a network of radial microchannels at the bottom guiding motile sperm into an inner collection chamber. This approach (1) maximizes exposure of the sperm to the fluid channels, (2) maximizes surface area density (3) prevents fluid flow bias, and (4) employs a non-Newtonian viscoelastic medium consistent with the in vivo environment. Tests with human and bull spermatozoa indicate an increase in motile sperm concentration from 62.2% in raw semen to 99.2% in separated sample combined with a higher incidence of normal morphology. DNA integrity testing is currently underway. In conclusion, we present an effective one-step procedure to perform semen purification and separation on a millilitre-scale with clinically relevant numbers.

  7. The Crystal-Chemical Effect of REE Separation in Minerals: Causes and Practical Values

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vinokurov, S. F.

    2018-03-01

    Contrast variations in the type of REE distribution from a distinctly negative mode to a positive mode is revealed in zonal fluorites of Eastern Transbaikal, with a pronounced decrease in the Ce/Y ratios in successive zones of increasing Y accompanied by a gradual decrease in the temperature and salinity of fluid inclusions in the fluorites. It is assumed that these facts are caused by the appearance of nm-size phases of REE minerals characterized by various crystalline structures and demonstrating selective concentrations of lanthanides, i.e., exhibiting a crystal-chemical differentiation of REEs that is widespread in the processes of mineral formation. Based on this natural mechanism, the development of a procedure of selective REE extraction from the concentrates is proposed. The primary laboratory experiments resulted in the discovery of the difference in REE concentrations in the sediment and filtrate with the separation coefficient varying by a factor of 76. The results obtained allow one to expect a true separation possibility for Nd along with the medium and heavy REEs. In view of the data obtained, the crystalline-chemical separation of REEs has some advantages compared to the processes currently used, especially extraction.

  8. A new method for separating first row transition metals and actinides from synthetic melt glass

    DOE PAGES

    Roman, Audrey Rae; Bond, Evelyn M.

    2016-01-14

    A new method was developed for separating Co, Fe, and Sc from complex debris matrices using the extraction chromatography resin DGA. The activation products Co-58, Mn-54, and Sc-46 were used to characterize the separation of the synthetic melt glass solutions. In the separation scheme that was developed, Au, Co, Cu, Fe, Sc, and Ti were separated from the rest of the sample constituents. In this paper, the synthetic melt glass separation method, efficiency, recoveries, and the length of procedure will be discussed. In conclusion, batch contact adsorption studies for Na and Sc for DGA resin are discussed as well.

  9. Accuracy of a novel photoacoustic-based approach to surgical guidance performed with and without a da Vinci robot

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gandhi, Neeraj; Kim, Sungmin; Kazanzides, Peter; Lediju Bell, Muyinatu A.

    2017-03-01

    Minimally invasive surgery carries the deadly risk of rupturing major blood vessels, such as the internal carotid arteries hidden by bone in endonasal transsphenoidal surgery. We propose a novel approach to surgical guidance that relies on photoacoustic-based vessel separation measurements to assess the extent of safety zones during these type of surgical procedures. This approach can be implemented with or without a robot or navigation system. To determine the accuracy of this approach, a custom phantom was designed and manufactured for modular placement of two 3.18-mm diameter vessel-mimicking targets separated by 10-20 mm. Photoacoustic images were acquired as the optical fiber was swept across the vessels in the absence and presence of teleoperation with a research da Vinci Surgical System. When the da Vinci was used, vessel positions were recorded based on the fiber position (calculated from the robot kinematics) that corresponded to an observed photoacoustic signal. In all cases, compounded photoacoustic data from a single sweep displayed the four vessel boundaries in one image. Amplitude- and coherence-based photoacoustic images were used to estimate vessel separations, resulting in 0.52-0.56 mm mean absolute errors, 0.66-0.71 mm root mean square errors, and 65-68% more accuracy compared to fiber position measurements obtained through the da Vinci robot kinematics. Results indicate that with further development, photoacoustic image-based measurements of anatomical landmarks could be a viable method for real-time path planning in multiple interventional photoacoustic applications.

  10. 75 FR 54221 - Government/Industry Aeronautical Charting Forum Meeting

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-09-03

    ...) Aeronautical Charting Forum (ACF) to discuss informational content and design of aeronautical charts and related products, as well as instrument flight procedures development policy and design criteria. DATES: The ACF is separated into two distinct groups. The Instrument Procedures Group (IPG) will meet October...

  11. 76 FR 12211 - Government/Industry Aeronautical Charting Forum Meeting

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-03-04

    ...) Aeronautical Charting Forum (ACF) to discuss informational content and design of aeronautical charts and related products, as well as instrument flight procedures development policy and design criteria. DATES: The ACF is separated into two distinct groups. The Instrument Procedures Group (IPG) will meet April...

  12. 77 FR 50759 - Government/Industry Aeronautical Charting Forum Meeting

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-08-22

    ...) Aeronautical Charting Forum (ACF) to discuss informational content and design of aeronautical charts and related products, as well as instrument flight procedures development policy and design criteria. DATES: The ACF is separated into two distinct groups. The Instrument Procedures Group (IPG) will meet October...

  13. Observational evidence of seasonality in the timing of loop current eddy separation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hall, Cody A.; Leben, Robert R.

    2016-12-01

    Observational datasets, reports and analyses over the time period from 1978 through 1992 are reviewed to derive pre-altimetry Loop Current (LC) eddy separation dates. The reanalysis identified 20 separation events in the 15-year record. Separation dates are estimated to be accurate to approximately ± 1.5 months and sufficient to detect statistically significant LC eddy separation seasonality, which was not the case for previously published records because of the misidentification of separation events and their timing. The reanalysis indicates that previously reported LC eddy separation dates, determined for the time period before the advent of continuous altimetric monitoring in the early 1990s, are inaccurate because of extensive reliance on satellite sea surface temperature (SST) imagery. Automated LC tracking techniques are used to derive LC eddy separation dates in three different altimetry-based sea surface height (SSH) datasets over the time period from 1993 through 2012. A total of 28-30 LC eddy separation events were identified in the 20-year record. Variations in the number and dates of eddy separation events are attributed to the different mean sea surfaces and objective-analysis smoothing procedures used to produce the SSH datasets. Significance tests on various altimetry and pre-altimetry/altimetry combined date lists consistently show that the seasonal distribution of separation events is not uniform at the 95% confidence level. Randomization tests further show that the seasonal peak in LC eddy separation events in August and September is highly unlikely to have occurred by chance. The other seasonal peak in February and March is less significant, but possibly indicates two seasons of enhanced probability of eddy separation centered near the spring and fall equinoxes. This is further quantified by objectively dividing the seasonal distribution into two seasons using circular statistical techniques and a k-means clustering algorithm. The estimated spring and fall centers are March 2nd and August 23rd, respectively, with season boundaries in May and December.

  14. Using a Microscale Approach to Rapidly Separate and Characterize Three Photosynthetic Pigment Species from Fern

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ayudhya, Theppawut Israsena Na; Posey, Frederick T.; Tyus, Jessica C.; Dingra, Nin N.

    2015-01-01

    A rapid separation of three photosynthetic pigments (chlorophyll "a" and "b" and xanthophyll) from fern ("Polystichum acrostichoides") is described using microscale solvent extraction and traditional thin layer chromatography that minimizes use of harmful chemicals and lengthy procedures. The experiment introduces…

  15. 7 CFR 3300.37 - Testing of a mechanical refrigerating appliance.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 15 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Testing of a mechanical refrigerating appliance. 3300... SPECIAL EQUIPMENT Procedures for Separate Testing of Mechanical Refrigerating Appliances § 3300.37 Testing of a mechanical refrigerating appliance. For separate testing of a mechanical refrigerating appliance...

  16. Completion of a Liver Surgery Complexity Score and Classification Based on an International Survey of Experts.

    PubMed

    Lee, Major K; Gao, Feng; Strasberg, Steven M

    2016-08-01

    Liver resections have classically been distinguished as "minor" or "major," based on number of segments removed. This is flawed because the number of segments resected alone does not convey the complexity of a resection. We recently developed a 3-tiered classification for the complexity of liver resections based on utility weighting by experts. This study aims to complete the earlier classification and to illustrate its application. Two surveys were administered to expert liver surgeons. Experts were asked to rate the difficulty of various open liver resections on a scale of 1 to 10. Statistical methods were then used to develop a complexity score for each procedure. Sixty-six of 135 (48.9%) surgeons responded to the earlier survey, and 66 of 122 (54.1%) responded to the current survey. In all, 19 procedures were rated. The lowest mean score of 1.36 (indicating least difficult) was given to peripheral wedge resection. Right hepatectomy with IVC reconstruction was deemed most difficult, with a score of 9.35. Complexity scores were similar for 9 procedures present in both surveys. Caudate resection, hepaticojejunostomy, and vascular reconstruction all increased the complexity of standard resections significantly. These data permit quantitative assessment of the difficulty of a variety of liver resections. The complexity scores generated allow for separation of liver resections into 3 categories of complexity (low complexity, medium complexity, and high complexity) on a quantitative basis. This provides a more accurate representation of the complexity of procedures in comparative studies. Copyright © 2016 American College of Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  17. Interventional Spine and Pain Procedures in Patients on Antiplatelet and Anticoagulant Medications (Second Edition): Guidelines From the American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine, the European Society of Regional Anaesthesia and Pain Therapy, the American Academy of Pain Medicine, the International Neuromodulation Society, the North American Neuromodulation Society, and the World Institute of Pain.

    PubMed

    Narouze, Samer; Benzon, Honorio T; Provenzano, David; Buvanendran, Asokumar; De Andres, José; Deer, Timothy; Rauck, Richard; Huntoon, Marc A

    2018-04-01

    The American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine (ASRA) 2012 survey of meeting attendees showed that existing ASRA anticoagulation guidelines for regional anesthesia were insufficient for their needs. Those surveyed agreed that procedure-specific and patient-specific factors required separate guidelines for pain and spine procedures. In response, a guidelines committee was formed. After preliminary review of published complications reports and studies, the committee stratified interventional spine and pain procedures according to potential bleeding risk: low-, intermediate-, and high-risk procedures. The ASRA regional anesthesia anticoagulation guidelines were largely deemed appropriate for the low- and intermediate-risk categories, but the high-risk category required further investigation. The first guidelines specific to interventional spine and pain procedures were published in 2015. Recent reviews evaluating bleeding complications in patients undergoing specific interventional pain procedures, the development of new regional anesthesia and acute pain guidelines, and the development of new anticoagulants and antiplatelet medications necessitate complementary updated guidelines. The authors desired coordination with the authors of the recently updated regional and acute pain anticoagulation guidelines. The latest evidence was sought through extensive database search strategies and the recommendations were evidence based when available and pharmacology driven otherwise. We could not provide strength and grading of these recommendations because there are not enough well-designed large studies concerning interventional pain procedures to support such grading. Although the guidelines could not always be based on randomized studies or on large numbers of patients from pooled databases, it is hoped that they will provide sound recommendations and the evidentiary basis for such recommendations. This publication is intended as a living document to be updated periodically with consideration of new evidence.

  18. The group separation of the rare-earth elements and yttrium from geologic materials by cation-exchange chromatography

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Crock, J.G.; Lichte, F.E.; Wildeman, T.R.

    1984-01-01

    Demand is increasing for the determination of the rare-earth elements (REE) and yttrium in geologic materials. Due to their low natural abundance in many materials and the interferences that occur in many methods of determination, a separation procedure utilizing gradient strong-acid cation-exchange chromatography is often used to preconcentrate and isolate these elements from the host-rock matrix. Two separate gradient strong-acid cation-exchange procedures were characterized and the major elements as well as those elements thought to provide the greatest interference for the determination of the REE in geologic materials were tested for separation from the REE. Simultaneous inductively coupled argon plasma-atomic emission spectroscopy (ICAP-AES) measurements were used to construct the chromatograms for the elution studies, allowing the elution patterns of all the elements of interest to be determined in a single fraction of eluent. As a rock matrix, U.S. Geological Survey standard reference BCR-1 basalt was digested using both an acid decomposition procedure and a lithium metaborate fusion. Hydrochloric and nitric acids were tested as eluents and chromatograms were plotted using the ICAP-AES data; and we observed substantial differences in the elution patterns of the REE and as well as in the solution patterns of Ba, Ca, Fe and Sr. The nitric acid elution required substantially less eluent to elute the REE and Y as a group when compared to the hydrochloric acid elution, and provided a clearer separation of the REE from interfering and matrix elements. ?? 1984.

  19. Exploration of zwitterionic cellulose acetate antifouling ultrafiltration membrane for bovine serum albumin (BSA) separation.

    PubMed

    Liu, Yang; Huang, Haitao; Huo, Pengfei; Gu, Jiyou

    2017-06-01

    This study focused on the preparation of a new kind of membrane material, zwitterionic cellulose acetate (ZCA), via a three-step procedure consist of oxidization, Schiff base and quaternary amination reaction, and the fabrication of antifouling ZCA ultrafiltration membrane by the non-solvent-induced phase separation method (NIPS). The morphologies, surface chemical structures and compositions of the obtained CA and ZCA membranes were thoroughly characterized by field emission scanning electron microscopy (FE-SEM) with energy dispersive X-ray (EDX) spectroscopy, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) and X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), respectively. Meanwhile, the thermal stability, porosity and average pore size of two investigated membranes were also studied. As a result, the ZCA membrane displayed significantly improved hydrophilicity and water permeability compared with those of the reference CA membrane, despite a slight decrease in the protein rejection ratio. According to the cycle ultrafiltration performance of bovine serum albumin (BSA) solution and protein adsorption experiment, ZCA membrane exhibited better flux recovery property and fouling resistant ability, especially irreversible fouling resistant ability, suggesting superior antifouling performance. This new approach gives polymer-based membrane a long time life and excellent ultrafiltration performance, and seems promising for potential applications in the protein separation. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  20. Purification of microalgae from bacterial contamination using a disposable inertia-based microfluidic device

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Godino, Neus; Jorde, Felix; Lawlor, Daryl; Jaeger, Magnus; Duschl, Claus

    2015-08-01

    Microalgae are a promising source of bioactive ingredients for the food, pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries. Every microalgae research group or production facility is facing one major problem regarding the potential contamination of the algal cell with bacteria. Prior to the storage of the microalgae in strain collections or to cultivation in bioreactors, it is necessary to carry out laborious purification procedures to separate the microalgae from the undesired bacterial cells. In this work, we present a disposable microfluidic cartridge for the high-throughput purification of microalgae samples based on inertial microfluidics. Some of the most relevant microalgae strains have a larger size than the relatively small, few micron bacterial cells, so making them distinguishable by size. The inertial microfluidic cartridge was fabricated with inexpensive materials, like pressure sensitive adhesive (PSA) and thin plastic layers, which were patterned using a simple cutting plotter. In spite of fabrication restrictions and the intrinsic difficulties of biological samples, the separation of microalgae from bacteria reached values in excess of 99%, previously only achieved using conventional high-end and high cost lithography methods. Moreover, due to the simple and high-throughput characteristic of the separation, it is possible to concatenate serial purification to exponentially decrease the absolute amount of bacteria in the final purified sample.

  1. Jersey number detection in sports video for athlete identification

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ye, Qixiang; Huang, Qingming; Jiang, Shuqiang; Liu, Yang; Gao, Wen

    2005-07-01

    Athlete identification is important for sport video content analysis since users often care about the video clips with their preferred athletes. In this paper, we propose a method for athlete identification by combing the segmentation, tracking and recognition procedures into a coarse-to-fine scheme for jersey number (digital characters on sport shirt) detection. Firstly, image segmentation is employed to separate the jersey number regions with its background. And size/pipe-like attributes of digital characters are used to filter out candidates. Then, a K-NN (K nearest neighbor) classifier is employed to classify a candidate into a digit in "0-9" or negative. In the recognition procedure, we use the Zernike moment features, which are invariant to rotation and scale for digital shape recognition. Synthetic training samples with different fonts are used to represent the pattern of digital characters with non-rigid deformation. Once a character candidate is detected, a SSD (smallest square distance)-based tracking procedure is started. The recognition procedure is performed every several frames in the tracking process. After tracking tens of frames, the overall recognition results are combined to determine if a candidate is a true jersey number or not by a voting procedure. Experiments on several types of sports video shows encouraging result.

  2. Single-Institution Experience With Component Separation for Ventral Hernia Repair: A Retrospective Review.

    PubMed

    Hill, Brian; Kambeyanda, Rohan; Fewell, Donna; Bryant, Stewart; Delaney, Kevin O; Herrera, Fernando A

    2018-06-01

    In this study, we reviewed our institution's experience using component separation for repair of ventral hernias. This was a retrospective review of all component separations for ventral hernia between July 2009 and December 2015. Recorded data included body mass index (BMI), preoperative albumin, smoking history, comorbidities, additional procedures, length of surgery, hospitalization, recurrence, and postoperative complications. One hundred ninety-six component separations were performed in the study period. The average patient age was 56 years, and 65.3% of patients were female. The average BMI was 32.6 kg/m; preoperative albumin was 3.59; 18.4% were current smokers; 28.1% were diabetic; and 14.3% had heart disease. Postoperative complications developed in 16.8% of patients. Recurrence developed in 8.7% of patients. Patients who developed a postoperative complication had a higher BMI (P = 0.025) and lower albumin (P = 0.047) compared with patients who did not develop complications. Current smokers were more likely to develop complications (P = 0.008). More than one third of patients had additional procedures at the time of the ventral hernia repair. The addition of a plastic surgery procedure was not associated with an increased risk of developing a complication (P = 0.25). Patients who developed complications had a significantly longer hospital course (P < 0.001) but no difference in total operative time (P = 0.975). Increased number of comorbidities did not statistically correlate with an increased complication rate (P = 0.65) or length of hospital stay (P = 0.43). We identified risk factors that increase the likelihood of postoperative complications and length of hospital stay. In addition, this study suggests that more comorbidities and additional procedures at the time of the hernia repair may not have as large of impact on complication risk as previously thought.

  3. Magnetoencephalogram blind source separation and component selection procedure to improve the diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease patients.

    PubMed

    Escudero, Javier; Hornero, Roberto; Abásolo, Daniel; Fernández, Alberto; Poza, Jesús

    2007-01-01

    The aim of this study was to improve the diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease (AD) patients applying a blind source separation (BSS) and component selection procedure to their magnetoencephalogram (MEG) recordings. MEGs from 18 AD patients and 18 control subjects were decomposed with the algorithm for multiple unknown signals extraction. MEG channels and components were characterized by their mean frequency, spectral entropy, approximate entropy, and Lempel-Ziv complexity. Using Student's t-test, the components which accounted for the most significant differences between groups were selected. Then, these relevant components were used to partially reconstruct the MEG channels. By means of a linear discriminant analysis, we found that the BSS-preprocessed MEGs classified the subjects with an accuracy of 80.6%, whereas 72.2% accuracy was obtained without the BSS and component selection procedure.

  4. Improved Holistic Analysis of Rayleigh Waves for Single- and Multi-Offset Data: Joint Inversion of Rayleigh-Wave Particle Motion and Vertical- and Radial-Component Velocity Spectra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dal Moro, Giancarlo; Moustafa, Sayed S. R.; Al-Arifi, Nassir S.

    2018-01-01

    Rayleigh waves often propagate according to complex mode excitation so that the proper identification and separation of specific modes can be quite difficult or, in some cases, just impossible. Furthermore, the analysis of a single component (i.e., an inversion procedure based on just one objective function) necessarily prevents solving the problems related to the non-uniqueness of the solution. To overcome these issues and define a holistic analysis of Rayleigh waves, we implemented a procedure to acquire data that are useful to define and efficiently invert the three objective functions defined from the three following "objects": the velocity spectra of the vertical- and radial-components and the Rayleigh-wave particle motion (RPM) frequency-offset data. Two possible implementations are presented. In the first case we consider classical multi-offset (and multi-component) data, while in a second possible approach we exploit the data recorded by a single three-component geophone at a fixed offset from the source. Given the simple field procedures, the method could be particularly useful for the unambiguous geotechnical exploration of large areas, where more complex acquisition procedures, based on the joint acquisition of Rayleigh and Love waves, would not be economically viable. After illustrating the different kinds of data acquisition and the data processing, the results of the proposed methodology are illustrated in a case study. Finally, a series of theoretical and practical aspects are discussed to clarify some issues involved in the overall procedure (data acquisition and processing).

  5. Going Beyond, Going Further: An Inexpensive Experiment for the Introduction of High Performance Liquid Chromatography.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bidlingmeyer, Brian A.; Warren, F. Vincent, Jr.

    1984-01-01

    Background information, materials needed, laboratory procedures, and typical results are provided for five high performance liquid chromatography experiments (three isocratic and two step gradient separations). Suggestions for further experimentation are also provided, including quantitative determinations and separation of charged solutes. (JN)

  6. Optimizing Chromatographic Separation: An Experiment Using an HPLC Simulator

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Shalliker, R. A.; Kayillo, S.; Dennis, G. R.

    2008-01-01

    Optimization of a chromatographic separation within the time constraints of a laboratory session is practically impossible. However, by employing a HPLC simulator, experiments can be designed that allow students to develop an appreciation of the complexities involved in optimization procedures. In the present exercise, a HPLC simulator from "JCE…

  7. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS OF CURRENT OPERATIONS OF COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    SWANSON, JOHN E.; AND OTHERS

    TECHNIQUES FOR DEVELOPING FINANCIAL AND RELATED COST-EFFECTIVENESS DATA FOR PUBLIC AND PRIVATELY SUPPORTED AMERICAN COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES WERE STUDIED TO FORMULATE PRINCIPLES, PROCEDURES, AND STANDARDS FOR THE ACCUMULATION AND ANALYSES OF CURRENT OPERATING COSTS. AFTER SEPARATE ANALYSES OF INSTITUTIONAL PROCEDURES AND REPORTS, ANALYTIC UNITS…

  8. So You Want to Become a Supreme Court Justice?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Nicholanco, Edward

    1989-01-01

    Using a simulation of the constitutional procedures on appointment of U.S. Supreme Court justices, illustrates how the separation of powers established by the Constitution affects all three branches of government. Provides an outline of the simulation procedure, a lesson plan, and a brief bibliography. (LS)

  9. 41 CFR 60-250.61 - Complaint procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 41 Public Contracts and Property Management 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 true Complaint procedures. 60-250.61 Section 60-250.61 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions Relating to Public... SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, RECENTLY SEPARATED VETERANS, AND OTHER PROTECTED...

  10. 41 CFR 60-250.61 - Complaint procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 41 Public Contracts and Property Management 1 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Complaint procedures. 60-250.61 Section 60-250.61 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions Relating to Public... SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, RECENTLY SEPARATED VETERANS, AND OTHER PROTECTED...

  11. 41 CFR 60-250.61 - Complaint procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 41 Public Contracts and Property Management 1 2012-07-01 2009-07-01 true Complaint procedures. 60-250.61 Section 60-250.61 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions Relating to Public... SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, RECENTLY SEPARATED VETERANS, AND OTHER PROTECTED...

  12. 41 CFR 60-250.61 - Complaint procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 41 Public Contracts and Property Management 1 2011-07-01 2009-07-01 true Complaint procedures. 60-250.61 Section 60-250.61 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions Relating to Public... SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, RECENTLY SEPARATED VETERANS, AND OTHER PROTECTED...

  13. 77 FR 17104 - Government/Industry Aeronautical Charting Forum Meeting: Correction

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-03-23

    ...) Aeronautical Charting Forum (ACF) to discuss informational content and design of aeronautical charts and related products, as well as instrument flight procedures development policy and design criteria. DATES: The ACF is separated into two distinct groups. The Instrument Procedures Group (IPG) will meet April...

  14. 47 CFR 36.182 - Cash working capital.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 47 Telecommunication 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Cash working capital. 36.182 Section 36.182... PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES, TAXES... Cash Working Capital § 36.182 Cash working capital. (a) The amount for cash working capital, if not...

  15. 21 CFR 606.3 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... means that part of a single-donor's blood separated by physical or mechanical means. (d) Plasma for... product. (e) Plasmapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, the plasma is... plasma. (g) Leukapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, a leukocyte...

  16. 21 CFR 606.3 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... means that part of a single-donor's blood separated by physical or mechanical means. (d) Plasma for... product. (e) Plasmapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, the plasma is... plasma. (g) Leukapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, a leukocyte...

  17. 21 CFR 606.3 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... means that part of a single-donor's blood separated by physical or mechanical means. (d) Plasma for... product. (e) Plasmapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, the plasma is... plasma. (g) Leukapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, a leukocyte...

  18. 21 CFR 606.3 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... means that part of a single-donor's blood separated by physical or mechanical means. (d) Plasma for... product. (e) Plasmapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, the plasma is... plasma. (g) Leukapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, a leukocyte...

  19. 21 CFR 606.3 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... means that part of a single-donor's blood separated by physical or mechanical means. (d) Plasma for... product. (e) Plasmapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, the plasma is... plasma. (g) Leukapheresis means the procedure in which blood is removed from the donor, a leukocyte...

  20. PACM: A Two-Stage Procedure for Analyzing Structural Models.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lehmann, Donald R.; Gupta, Sunil

    1989-01-01

    Path Analysis of Covariance Matrix (PACM) is described as a way to separately estimate measurement and structural models using standard least squares procedures. PACM was empirically compared to simultaneous maximum likelihood estimation and use of the LISREL computer program, and its advantages are identified. (SLD)

  1. Interference-free determination of trace copper in freshly ripened honeys by flame atomic absorption spectrometry following a preconcentration by solid-phase extraction and a two-step elution process.

    PubMed

    Pohl, Pawel; Stecka, Helena; Jamroz, Piotr

    2014-02-01

    A fast and straightforward procedure aimed at separating copper (Cu) ions from monosacharides and preconcentrating their traces before flame atomic absorption spectrometry (FAAS) measurements was developed, and its suitability was evaluated by the analysis of freshly ripened honeys on the content of this environmentally and physiologically relevant element. This procedure included the passage (at 20 mL/min) of 10 % (m/v) solutions of honeys (100 mL) through resin beds of Dowex 50 W × 8-400 to retain Cu by solid-phase extraction (SPE) and separate it from the glucose and fructose matrix. In turn, SPE columns were rinsed at 20 mL/min with 20 mL of water and subsequently washed with 20 mL of a 0.5 mol/L HNO3 solution (at 2.0 mL/min) to elute potassium and sodium. Preconcentrated Cu was stripped (at 2.0 mL/min) with 5.0 mL of a 2.0 mol/L HCl solution and determined by FAAS. The proposed procedure was used for the analysis of six ripened monoflower and multiflower honeys, enabling the measurement of Cu within the range of 0.17-0.42 μg/g and with a precision of 3-10%. Recoveries of Cu added to respective honey solutions were within 94-102%, proving the good accuracy of this procedure. The detection limit of Cu achieved with this SPE preconcentration/separation procedure and FAAS detection was 3.6 ng/g.

  2. Comparison of Ground-Based and Airborne Function Allocation Concepts for NextGen Using Human-In-The-Loop Simulations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wing, David J.; Prevot, Thomas; Murdoch, Jennifer L.; Cabrall, Christopher D.; Homola, Jeffrey R.; Martin, Lynne H.; Mercer, Joey S.; Hoadley, Sherwood T.; Wilson, Sara R.; Hubbs, Clay E.; hide

    2010-01-01

    Investigation of function allocation for the Next Generation Air Transportation System is being conducted by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). To provide insight on comparability of different function allocations for separation assurance, two human-in-the-loop simulation experiments were conducted on homogeneous airborne and ground-based approaches to four-dimensional trajectory-based operations, one referred to as ground-based automated separation assurance (groundbased) and the other as airborne trajectory management with self-separation (airborne). In the coordinated simulations at NASA s Ames and Langley Research Centers, controllers for the ground-based concept at Ames and pilots for the airborne concept at Langley managed the same traffic scenarios using the two different concepts. The common scenarios represented a significant increase in airspace demand over current operations. Using common independent variables, the simulations varied traffic density, scheduling constraints, and the timing of trajectory change events. Common metrics were collected to enable a comparison of relevant results. Where comparisons were possible, no substantial differences in performance or operator acceptability were observed. Mean schedule conformance and flight path deviation were considered adequate for both approaches. Conflict detection warning times and resolution times were mostly adequate, but certain conflict situations were detected too late to be resolved in a timely manner. This led to some situations in which safety was compromised and/or workload was rated as being unacceptable in both experiments. Operators acknowledged these issues in their responses and ratings but gave generally positive assessments of the respective concept and operations they experienced. Future studies will evaluate technical improvements and procedural enhancements to achieve the required level of safety and acceptability and will investigate the integration of airborne and ground-based capabilities within the same airspace to leverage the benefits of each concept.

  3. Time-based collision risk modeling for air traffic management

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bell, Alan E.

    Since the emergence of commercial aviation in the early part of last century, economic forces have driven a steadily increasing demand for air transportation. Increasing density of aircraft operating in a finite volume of airspace is accompanied by a corresponding increase in the risk of collision, and in response to a growing number of incidents and accidents involving collisions between aircraft, governments worldwide have developed air traffic control systems and procedures to mitigate this risk. The objective of any collision risk management system is to project conflicts and provide operators with sufficient opportunity to recognize potential collisions and take necessary actions to avoid them. It is therefore the assertion of this research that the currency of collision risk management is time. Future Air Traffic Management Systems are being designed around the foundational principle of four dimensional trajectory based operations, a method that replaces legacy first-come, first-served sequencing priorities with time-based reservations throughout the airspace system. This research will demonstrate that if aircraft are to be sequenced in four dimensions, they must also be separated in four dimensions. In order to separate aircraft in four dimensions, time must emerge as the primary tool by which air traffic is managed. A functional relationship exists between the time-based performance of aircraft, the interval between aircraft scheduled to cross some three dimensional point in space, and the risk of collision. This research models that relationship and presents two key findings. First, a method is developed by which the ability of an aircraft to meet a required time of arrival may be expressed as a robust standard for both industry and operations. Second, a method by which airspace system capacity may be increased while maintaining an acceptable level of collision risk is presented and demonstrated for the purpose of formulating recommendations for procedures regulating air traffic management methods and industry standards governing performance requirements for avionics designed to support trajectory based operations.

  4. Rapid Synthesis of 68Ga-labeled macroaggregated human serum albumin (MAA) for routine application in perfusion imaging using PET/CT.

    PubMed

    Mueller, D; Kulkarni, Harshad; Baum, Richard P; Odparlik, Andreas

    2017-04-01

    99m Tc-labeled MAA is commonly used for single photon emission computed tomography SPECT. In contrast, positron emission tomography/CT (PET/CT) delivers images with significantly higher resolution. The generator produced radionuclide 68 Ga is widely used for PET/CT imaging agents and 68 Ga-labeled MAA represents an attractive alternative to 99m Tc-labeled MAA. We report a simple and rapid NaCl based labeling procedure for the labeling of MAA with 68 Ga using a commercially available MAA labeling kit for 99m Tc. The procedure delivers 68 Ga-labeled MAA with a high specific activity and a high labeling efficiency (>99%). The synthesis does not require a final step of separation or the use of organic solvents. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  5. Computed Flow Through An Artificial Heart Valve

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rogers, Stewart E.; Kwak, Dochan; Kiris, Cetin; Chang, I-Dee

    1994-01-01

    Report discusses computations of blood flow through prosthetic tilting disk valve. Computational procedure developed in simulation used to design better artificial hearts and valves by reducing or eliminating following adverse flow characteristics: large pressure losses, which prevent hearts from working efficiently; separated and secondary flows, which causes clotting; and high turbulent shear stresses, which damages red blood cells. Report reiterates and expands upon part of NASA technical memorandum "Computed Flow Through an Artificial Heart and Valve" (ARC-12983). Also based partly on research described in "Numerical Simulation of Flow Through an Artificial Heart" (ARC-12478).

  6. Development of non-linear finite element computer code

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Becker, E. B.; Miller, T.

    1985-01-01

    Recent work has shown that the use of separable symmetric functions of the principal stretches can adequately describe the response of certain propellant materials and, further, that a data reduction scheme gives a convenient way of obtaining the values of the functions from experimental data. Based on representation of the energy, a computational scheme was developed that allows finite element analysis of boundary value problems of arbitrary shape and loading. The computational procedure was implemental in a three-dimensional finite element code, TEXLESP-S, which is documented herein.

  7. Percutaneous adhesiolysis procedures in the medicare population: analysis of utilization and growth patterns from 2000 to 2011.

    PubMed

    Manchikanti, Laxmaiah; Helm Ii, Standiford; Pampati, Vidyasagar; Racz, Gabor B

    2014-01-01

    Multiple reviews have shown that interventional techniques for chronic pain have increased dramatically over the years. Of these interventional techniques, both sacroiliac joint injections and facet joint interventions showed explosive growth, followed by epidural procedures. Percutaneous adhesiolysis procedures have not been assessed for their utilization patterns separately from epidural injections. An analysis of the utilization patterns of percutaneous adhesiolysis procedures in managing chronic low back pain in the Medicare population from 2000 to 2011. To assess the utilization and growth patterns of percutaneous adhesiolysis in managing chronic low back pain. The study was performed utilizing the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) Physician Supplier Procedure Summary Master of Fee-For-Service (FFS) Data from 2000 to 2011. Percutaneous adhesiolysis procedures increased 47% with an annual growth rate of 3.6% in the FFS Medicare population from 2000 to 2011. These growth rates are significantly lower than the growth rates for sacroiliac joint injections (331%), facet joint interventions (308%), and epidural injections (130%), but substantially lower than lumbar transforaminal injections (665%) and lumbar facet joint neurolysis (544%). Study limitations include lack of inclusion of Medicare Advantage patients. In addition, the statewide data is based on claims which may include the contiguous or other states. Percutaneous adhesiolysis utilization increased moderately in Medicare beneficiaries from 2000 to 2011. Overall, there was an increase of 47% in the utilization of adhesiolysis procedures per 100,000 Medicare beneficiaries, with an annual geometric average increase of 3.6%.

  8. [Fast optimization of stepwise gradient conditions for ternary mobile phase in reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography].

    PubMed

    Shan, Yi-chu; Zhang, Yu-kui; Zhao, Rui-huan

    2002-07-01

    In high performance liquid chromatography, it is necessary to apply multi-composition gradient elution for the separation of complex samples such as environmental and biological samples. Multivariate stepwise gradient elution is one of the most efficient elution modes, because it combines the high selectivity of multi-composition mobile phase and shorter analysis time of gradient elution. In practical separations, the separation selectivity of samples can be effectively adjusted by using ternary mobile phase. For the optimization of these parameters, the retention equation of samples must be obtained at first. Traditionally, several isocratic experiments are used to get the retention equation of solute. However, it is time consuming especially for the separation of complex samples with a wide range of polarity. A new method for the fast optimization of ternary stepwise gradient elution was proposed based on the migration rule of solute in column. First, the coefficients of retention equation of solute are obtained by running several linear gradient experiments, then the optimal separation conditions are searched according to the hierarchical chromatography response function which acts as the optimization criterion. For each kind of organic modifier, two initial linear gradient experiments are used to obtain the primary coefficients of retention equation of each solute. For ternary mobile phase, only four linear gradient runs are needed to get the coefficients of retention equation. Then the retention times of solutes under arbitrary mobile phase composition can be predicted. The initial optimal mobile phase composition is obtained by resolution mapping for all of the solutes. A hierarchical chromatography response function is used to evaluate the separation efficiencies and search the optimal elution conditions. In subsequent optimization, the migrating distance of solute in the column is considered to decide the mobile phase composition and sustaining time of the latter steps until all the solutes are eluted out. Thus the first stepwise gradient elution conditions are predicted. If the resolution of samples under the predicted optimal separation conditions is satisfactory, the optimization procedure is stopped; otherwise, the coefficients of retention equation are adjusted according to the experimental results under the previously predicted elution conditions. Then the new stepwise gradient elution conditions are predicted repeatedly until satisfactory resolution is obtained. Normally, the satisfactory separation conditions can be found only after six experiments by using the proposed method. In comparison with the traditional optimization method, the time needed to finish the optimization procedure can be greatly reduced. The method has been validated by its application to the separation of several samples such as amino acid derivatives, aromatic amines, in which satisfactory separations were obtained with predicted resolution.

  9. Separation of Intra- and Extramyocellular Lipid Signals in Proton MR Spectra by Determination of Their Magnetic Field Distribution

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Steidle, G.; Machann, J.; Claussen, C. D.; Schick, F.

    2002-02-01

    In skeletal musculature intramyocellular (IMCL) and extramyocellular lipids (EMCL) are stored in compartments of different geometry and experience different magnetic field strengths due to geometrical susceptibility effects. The effect is strong enough to-at least partly-separate IMCL and EMCL contributions in 1H MR spectroscopy, despite IMCL and EMCL consisting of the same substances. The assessment of intramyocellular lipid stores in skeletal musculature by 1H MR spectroscopy plays an important role for studying physiological and pathological aspects of lipid metabolism. Therefore, a method using mathematical tools of Fourier analysis is developed to obtain the magnetic field distribution (MFD) from the measured spectra by deconvolution. A reference lipid spectrum is required which was recorded in tibial yellow bone marrow. It is shown that the separation of IMCL contributions can be performed more precisely-compared to other methods-based on the MFD. Examples of deconvolution in model systems elucidate the principle. Applications of the proposed approach on in vivo examinations in m. soleus and m. tibialis anterior are presented. Fitting the IMCL part of the MFD by a Gaussian lineshape with a linewidth kept fixed with respect to the linewidth of creatine and with the assumption of a smooth but not necessarily symmetrical shape for the EMCL part, the only free fit parameter, the amplitude of the IMCL part, is definite and subtraction leads to the EMCL part in the MFD. This procedure is especially justified for the soleus muscle showing a severely asymmetrical distribution which might lead to a marked overestimation of IMCL using common line fitting procedures.

  10. Estimation of uncertainty in pKa values determined by potentiometric titration.

    PubMed

    Koort, Eve; Herodes, Koit; Pihl, Viljar; Leito, Ivo

    2004-06-01

    A procedure is presented for estimation of uncertainty in measurement of the pK(a) of a weak acid by potentiometric titration. The procedure is based on the ISO GUM. The core of the procedure is a mathematical model that involves 40 input parameters. A novel approach is used for taking into account the purity of the acid, the impurities are not treated as inert compounds only, their possible acidic dissociation is also taken into account. Application to an example of practical pK(a) determination is presented. Altogether 67 different sources of uncertainty are identified and quantified within the example. The relative importance of different uncertainty sources is discussed. The most important source of uncertainty (with the experimental set-up of the example) is the uncertainty of pH measurement followed by the accuracy of the burette and the uncertainty of weighing. The procedure gives uncertainty separately for each point of the titration curve. The uncertainty depends on the amount of titrant added, being lowest in the central part of the titration curve. The possibilities of reducing the uncertainty and interpreting the drift of the pK(a) values obtained from the same curve are discussed.

  11. Separation of cells from the rat anterior pituitary gland

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hymer, Wesley C.; Hatfield, J. Michael

    1983-01-01

    Various techniques for separating the hormone-producing cell types from the rat anterior pituitary gland are examined. The purity, viability, and responsiveness of the separated cells depend on the physiological state of the donor, the tissue dissociation procedures, the staining technique used for identification of cell type, and the cell separation technique. The chamber-gradient setup and operation, the characteristics of the gradient materials, and the separated cell analysis of velocity sedimentation techniques (in particular Staput and Celsep) are described. Consideration is given to the various types of materials used in density gradient centrifugation and the operation of a gradient generating device. The use of electrophoresis to separate rat pituitary cells is discussed.

  12. Extending metabolome coverage for untargeted metabolite profiling of adherent cultured hepatic cells.

    PubMed

    García-Cañaveras, Juan Carlos; López, Silvia; Castell, José Vicente; Donato, M Teresa; Lahoz, Agustín

    2016-02-01

    MS-based metabolite profiling of adherent mammalian cells comprises several challenging steps such as metabolism quenching, cell detachment, cell disruption, metabolome extraction, and metabolite measurement. In LC-MS, the final metabolome coverage is strongly determined by the separation technique and the MS conditions used. Human liver-derived cell line HepG2 was chosen as adherent mammalian cell model to evaluate the performance of several commonly used procedures in both sample processing and LC-MS analysis. In a first phase, metabolite extraction and sample analysis were optimized in a combined manner. To this end, the extraction abilities of five different solvents (or combinations) were assessed by comparing the number and the levels of the metabolites comprised in each extract. Three different chromatographic methods were selected for metabolites separation. A HILIC-based method which was set to specifically separate polar metabolites and two RP-based methods focused on lipidome and wide-ranging metabolite detection, respectively. With regard to metabolite measurement, a Q-ToF instrument operating in both ESI (+) and ESI (-) was used for unbiased extract analysis. Once metabolite extraction and analysis conditions were set up, the influence of cell harvesting on metabolome coverage was also evaluated. Therefore, different protocols for cell detachment (trypsinization or scraping) and metabolism quenching were compared. This study confirmed the inconvenience of trypsinization as a harvesting technique, and the importance of using complementary extraction solvents to extend metabolome coverage, minimizing interferences and maximizing detection, thanks to the use of dedicated analytical conditions through the combination of HILIC and RP separations. The proposed workflow allowed the detection of over 300 identified metabolites from highly polar compounds to a wide range of lipids.

  13. Separation of density and viscosity influence on liquid-loaded surface acoustic wave devices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Herrmann, F.; Hahn, D.; Büttgenbach, S.

    1999-05-01

    Love-mode sensors are reported for separate measurement of liquid density and viscosity. They combine the general merits of Love-mode devices, e.g., ease of sensitivity adjustment and robustness, with a highly effective procedure of separate determination of liquid density and viscosity. A model is proposed to describe the frequency response of the devices to liquid loading. Moreover, design rules are given for further optimization and sensitivity enhancement.

  14. Aqueous two-phase partition applied to the isolation of plasma membranes and Golgi apparatus from cultured mammalian cells.

    PubMed

    Morré, D M; Morre, D J

    2000-06-23

    Partitioning in dextran-poly(ethylene)glycol (PEG) aqueous-aqueous phase systems represents a mature technology with many applications to separations of cells and to the preparation of membranes from mammalian cells. Most applications to membrane isolation and purification have focused on plasma membranes, plasma membrane domains and separation of right side-out and inside-out plasma membrane vesicles. The method exploits a combination of membrane properties, including charge and hydrophobicity. Purification is based upon differential distributions of the constituents in a sample between the two principal compartments of the two phases (upper and lower) and at the interface. The order of affinity of animal cell membranes for the upper phase is: endoplasmic reticulum

  15. Experimental design of a twin-column countercurrent gradient purification process.

    PubMed

    Steinebach, Fabian; Ulmer, Nicole; Decker, Lara; Aumann, Lars; Morbidelli, Massimo

    2017-04-07

    As typical for separation processes, single unit batch chromatography exhibits a trade-off between purity and yield. The twin-column MCSGP (multi-column countercurrent solvent gradient purification) process allows alleviating such trade-offs, particularly in the case of difficult separations. In this work an efficient and reliable procedure for the design of the twin-column MCSGP process is developed. This is based on a single batch chromatogram, which is selected as the design chromatogram. The derived MCSGP operation is not intended to provide optimal performance, but it provides the target product in the selected fraction of the batch chromatogram, but with higher yield. The design procedure is illustrated for the isolation of the main charge isoform of a monoclonal antibody from Protein A eluate with ion-exchange chromatography. The main charge isoform was obtained at a purity and yield larger than 90%. At the same time process related impurities such as HCP and leached Protein A as well as aggregates were at least equally well removed. Additionally, the impact of several design parameters on the process performance in terms of purity, yield, productivity and buffer consumption is discussed. The obtained results can be used for further fine-tuning of the process parameters so as to improve its performance. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Aqueous two-phase partition applied to the isolation of plasma membranes and Golgi apparatus from cultured mammalian cells

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Morre, D. M.; Morre, D. J.

    2000-01-01

    Partitioning in dextran-poly(ethylene)glycol (PEG) aqueous-aqueous phase systems represents a mature technology with many applications to separations of cells and to the preparation of membranes from mammalian cells. Most applications to membrane isolation and purification have focused on plasma membranes, plasma membrane domains and separation of right side-out and inside-out plasma membrane vesicles. The method exploits a combination of membrane properties, including charge and hydrophobicity. Purification is based upon differential distributions of the constituents in a sample between the two principal compartments of the two phases (upper and lower) and at the interface. The order of affinity of animal cell membranes for the upper phase is: endoplasmic reticulum

  17. 48 CFR 33.204 - Policy.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    .... Agencies are encouraged to use ADR procedures to the maximum extent practicable. Certain factors, however, may make the use of ADR inappropriate (see 5 U.S.C. 572(b)). Except for arbitration conducted pursuant... which is separate from that provided by the ADRA to use ADR procedures to resolve issues in controversy...

  18. 48 CFR 33.204 - Policy.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    .... Agencies are encouraged to use ADR procedures to the maximum extent practicable. Certain factors, however, may make the use of ADR inappropriate (see 5 U.S.C. 572(b)). Except for arbitration conducted pursuant... which is separate from that provided by the ADRA to use ADR procedures to resolve issues in controversy...

  19. The Money Context

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tabach, Michal; Friedlander, Alex

    2009-01-01

    One of the basic disagreements in mathematics education concerns the roles that rules and procedures, on the one hand, and concepts and principles, on the other hand, should play in students' learning of mathematics. The use of procedures and an understanding of concepts are considered to be two separate aspects of mathematical activity.…

  20. Standards for Title VII Evaluations: Accommodation for Reality Constraints.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Yap, Kim Onn

    Two separate sets of minimum standards designed to guide the evaluation of bilingual projects are proposed. The first set relates to the process in which the evaluation activities are conducted. They include: validity of assessment procedures, validity and reliability of evaluation instruments, representativeness of findings, use of procedures for…

  1. Procedures of Operation at Cranbrook Central Library.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cranbrook Institutions, Bloomfield Hills, MI. Central Library.

    This manual outlines the ordering, cataloging and classification, and processing procedures for books, periodicals, government documents, and non-book materials for a central library serving three schools--a co-ed elementary school and separate junior-senior high schools for boys and girls--and four special libraries--a fine and rare books…

  2. Estimating Slope and Level Change in N = 1 Designs

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Solanas, Antonio; Manolov, Rumen; Onghena, Patrick

    2010-01-01

    The current study proposes a new procedure for separately estimating slope change and level change between two adjacent phases in single-case designs. The procedure eliminates baseline trend from the whole data series before assessing treatment effectiveness. The steps necessary to obtain the estimates are presented in detail, explained, and…

  3. An Application of Trimethylsilyl Derivatives with Temperature Programmed Gas Chromatography to the Senior Analytical Laboratory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kelter, Paul B.; Carr, James D.

    1983-01-01

    Describes an experiment designed to teach temperature programed gas chromatography (TPGC) techniques and importance of derivatizing many classes of substrated to be separated. Includes equipment needed, procedures for making trimethylsilyl derivatives, applications, sample calculations, and typical results. Procedure required one, three-hour…

  4. Cloze Procedure. An Historical Review.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wardell, David

    Cloze procedure, a testing method which systematically deletes words in written prose and then measures the accuracy of the information is reviewed from a historical viewpoint. Redundancy is placed in a verbal context and can be noted on three separate levels of language: (1) surface syntactic structure; (2) deep syntactic structure; and (3)…

  5. PURIFICATION OF RAT LEYDIG CELLS: INCREASED YIELDS AFTER UNIT-GRAVITY SEDIMENTATION OF COLLAGENASE-DISPERSED INTERSTITIAL CELLS

    EPA Science Inventory

    Abstract

    Procedures for purification of Leydig cells have facilitated studies of their regulatory biology. A multistep procedure, that includes a filtration with nylon mesh (100 micron pore size) to separate interstitial cells from the seminiferous tubules, combining centr...

  6. Displacement-dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction based on solidification of floating organic drop of trace amounts of palladium in water and road dust samples prior to graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry determination.

    PubMed

    Ghanbarian, Maryam; Afzali, Daryoush; Mostafavi, Ali; Fathirad, Fariba

    2013-01-01

    A new displacement-dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction method based on the solidification of floating organic drop was developed for separation and preconcentration of Pd(ll) in road dust and aqueous samples. This method involves two steps of dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction based on solidification. In Step 1, Cu ions react with diethyldithiocarbamate (DDTC) to form Cu-DDTC complex, which is extracted by dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction based on a solidification procedure using 1-undecanol (extraction solvent) and ethanol (dispersive solvent). In Step 2, the extracted complex is first dispersed using ethanol in a sample solution containing Pd ions, then a dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction based on a solidification procedure is performed creating an organic drop. In this step, Pd(ll) replaces Cu(ll) from the pre-extracted Cu-DDTC complex and goes into the extraction solvent phase. Finally, the Pd(ll)-containing drop is introduced into a graphite furnace using a microsyringe, and Pd(ll) is determined using atomic absorption spectrometry. Several factors that influence the extraction efficiency of Pd and its subsequent determination, such as extraction and dispersive solvent type and volume, pH of sample solution, centrifugation time, and concentration of DDTC, are optimized.

  7. Calculation of nanodrop profile from fluid density distribution.

    PubMed

    Berim, Gersh O; Ruckenstein, Eli

    2016-05-01

    Two approaches are examined, which can be used to determine the drop profile from the fluid density distributions (FDDs) obtained on the basis of microscopic theories. For simplicity, only two-dimensional (cylindrical, or axisymmetrical) distributions are examined and it is assumed that the fluid is either in contact with a smooth solid or separated from the smooth solid by a lubricating liquid film. The first approach is based on the sharp-kink interface approximation in which the density of the liquid inside and the density of the vapor outside the drop are constant with the exception of the surface layer of the drop where the density is different from the above ones. In this case, the drop profile was calculated by minimizing the total potential energy of the system. The second approach is based on a nonuniform FDD obtained either by the density functional theory or molecular dynamics simulations. To determine the drop profile from such an FDD, which does not contain sharp interfaces, three procedures can be used. In the first two procedures, P1 and P2, the one-dimensional FDDs along straight lines which are parallel to the surface of the solid are extracted from the two-dimensional FDD. Each of those one-dimensional FDDs has a vapor-liquid interface at which the fluid density changes from vapor-like to liquid-like values. Procedure P1 uses the locations of the equimolar dividing surfaces for the one-dimensional FDDs as points of the drop profile. Procedure P2 is based on the assumption that the fluid density is constant on the surface of the drop, that density being selected either arbitrarily or as a fluid density at the location of the equimolar dividing surface for one of the one-dimensional FDDs employed in procedure P1. In the third procedure, P3, which is suggested for the first time in this paper, the one-dimensional FDDs are taken along the straight lines passing through a selected point inside the drop (radial line). Then, the drop profile is calculated like in procedure P1. It is shown, that procedure P3 provides a drop profile which is more reasonable than the other ones. Relationship of the discussed procedures to those used in image analysis is briefly discussed. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. From Phenomena to Objects: Segmentation of Fuzzy Objects and its Application to Oceanic Eddies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Qingling

    A challenging image analysis problem that has received limited attention to date is the isolation of fuzzy objects---i.e. those with inherently indeterminate boundaries---from continuous field data. This dissertation seeks to bridge the gap between, on the one hand, the recognized need for Object-Based Image Analysis of fuzzy remotely sensed features, and on the other, the optimization of existing image segmentation techniques for the extraction of more discretely bounded features. Using mesoscale oceanic eddies as a case study of a fuzzy object class evident in Sea Surface Height Anomaly (SSHA) imagery, the dissertation demonstrates firstly, that the widely used region-growing and watershed segmentation techniques can be optimized and made comparable in the absence of ground truth data using the principle of parsimony. However, they both have significant shortcomings, with the region growing procedure creating contour polygons that do not follow the shape of eddies while the watershed technique frequently subdivides eddies or groups together separate eddy objects. Secondly, it was determined that these problems can be remedied by using a novel Non-Euclidian Voronoi (NEV) tessellation technique. NEV is effective in isolating the extrema associated with eddies in SSHA data while using a non-Euclidian cost-distance based procedure (based on cumulative gradients in ocean height) to define the boundaries between fuzzy objects. Using this procedure as the first stage in isolating candidate eddy objects, a novel "region-shrinking" multicriteria eddy identification algorithm was developed that includes consideration of shape and vorticity. Eddies identified by this region-shrinking technique compare favorably with those identified by existing techniques, while simplifying and improving existing automated eddy detection algorithms. However, it also tends to find a larger number of eddies as a result of its ability to separate what other techniques identify as connected eddies. The research presented here is of significance not only to eddy research in oceanography, but also to other areas of Earth System Science for which the automated detection of features lacking rigid boundary definitions is of importance.

  9. Retinoid quantification by HPLC/MS(n)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    McCaffery, Peter; Evans, James; Koul, Omanand; Volpert, Amy; Reid, Kevin; Ullman, M. David

    2002-01-01

    Retinoic acid (RA) mediates most of the biological effects of vitamin A that are essential for vertebrate survival. It acts through binding to receptors that belong to the nuclear receptor transcription factor superfamily (Mangelsdorf et al. 1994). It is also a highly potent vertebrate teratogen. To determine the function and effects of endogenous and exogenous RA, it is important to have a highly specific, sensitive, accurate, and precise analytical procedure. Current analyses of RA and other retinoids are labor intensive, of poor sensitivity, have limited specificity, or require compatibility with RA reporter cell lines (Chen et al. 1995. BIOCHEM: Pharmacol. 50: 1257-1264; Creech Kraft et al. 1994. BIOCHEM: J. 301: 111-119; Lanvers et al. 1996. J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Appl. 685: 233-240; Maden et al. 1998. DEVELOPMENT: 125: 4133-4144; Wagner et al. 1992. DEVELOPMENT: 116: 55-66). This paper describes an HPLC/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry product ion scan (HPLC/MS(n)) procedure for the analysis of retinoids that employs atmospheric pressure chemical ionization MS. The retinoids are separated by normal-phase column chromatography with a linear hexane-isopropanol-dioxane gradient. Each retinoid is detected by a unique series of MS(n) functions set at optimal collision-induced dissociation energy (30% to 32%) for all MS(n) steps. The scan events are divided into three segments, based on HPLC elution order, to maximize the mass spectrometer duty cycle. The all-trans, 9-cis, and 13-cis RA isomers are separated, if desired, by an isocratic hexane-dioxane-isopropanol mobile phase. This paper describes an HPLC/MS(n) procedure possessing high sensitivity and specificity for retinoids.

  10. Extraction-spectrophotometric determination of tris(2-chloroethyl)amine using phthaleins.

    PubMed

    Rozsypal, Tomas; Halamek, Emil

    2017-06-01

    Procedures for the extraction-spectrophotometric determination of tris(2-chloroethyl)amine, an alkylating agent known as a drug as well as a chemical warfare agent (nitrogen mustard HN-3), with 7 acid-base indicators of a triphenylmethane lactone type, phthaleins, were developed. Representatives of phthaleins without an oxygen bridge (thymolphthalein, o-cresolphthalein, naphtholphthalein) and with an oxygen bridge (fluorescein, 2',7'-dichlorofluorescein, eosin B and eosin Y) were used. The methods were based on the formation of ion pair complexes. Chloroform was used as a non-polar solvent for an extraction. The conditions to determine were optimized for the optimal pH of the buffer and the concentration of a phthalein as a reagent. The dependence on the reaction time in a water phase and the stoichiometry of extraction products were studied. The detection limits and the limits of the determination of separate procedures and conditional extraction constants were determined. Comparison with the spectrophotometric method of the group determination of alkyl halides and acyl halides using alkaline ethanol-water solution of thymolphthalein, the so-called T-135 agent, was conducted. While studying the selectivity, the possible interference of bis(2-chloroethyl)sulphide and 3 nitrogen mustards in the proposed procedures were verified. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  11. Enantioselective ultra high performance liquid and supercritical fluid chromatography: The race to the shortest chromatogram.

    PubMed

    Ciogli, Alessia; Ismail, Omar H; Mazzoccanti, Giulia; Villani, Claudio; Gasparrini, Francesco

    2018-03-01

    The ever-increasing need for enantiomerically pure chiral compounds has greatly expanded the number of enantioselective separation methods available for the precise and accurate measurements of the enantiomeric purity. The introduction of chiral stationary phases for liquid chromatography in the last decades has revolutionized the routine methods to determine enantiomeric purity of chiral drugs, agrochemicals, fragrances, and in general of organic and organometallic compounds. In recent years, additional efforts have been placed on faster, enantioselective analytical methods capable to fulfill the high throughput requirements of modern screening procedures. Efforts in this field, capitalizing on improved chromatographic particle technology and dedicated instrumentation, have led to highly efficient separations that are routinely completed on the seconds time scale. An overview of the recent achievements in the field of ultra-high-resolution chromatography on column packed with chiral stationary phases, both based on sub-2 μm fully porous and sub-3 μm superficially porous particles, will be given, with an emphasis on very recent studies on ultrafast chiral separations. © 2018 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  12. Numerical aspects and implementation of a two-layer zonal wall model for LES of compressible turbulent flows on unstructured meshes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Park, George Ilhwan; Moin, Parviz

    2016-01-01

    This paper focuses on numerical and practical aspects associated with a parallel implementation of a two-layer zonal wall model for large-eddy simulation (LES) of compressible wall-bounded turbulent flows on unstructured meshes. A zonal wall model based on the solution of unsteady three-dimensional Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equations on a separate near-wall grid is implemented in an unstructured, cell-centered finite-volume LES solver. The main challenge in its implementation is to couple two parallel, unstructured flow solvers for efficient boundary data communication and simultaneous time integrations. A coupling strategy with good load balancing and low processors underutilization is identified. Face mapping and interpolation procedures at the coupling interface are explained in detail. The method of manufactured solution is used for verifying the correct implementation of solver coupling, and parallel performance of the combined wall-modeled LES (WMLES) solver is investigated. The method has successfully been applied to several attached and separated flows, including a transitional flow over a flat plate and a separated flow over an airfoil at an angle of attack.

  13. Fast "hyperlayer" separation development in sedimentation field flow fractionation.

    PubMed

    Kassab, James R; Cardot, Philippe J P; Zahoransky, Richard A; Battu, Serge

    2005-11-05

    Specific prototypes of sedimentation field flow fractionation devices (SdFFF) have been developed with relative success for cell sorting. However, no data are available to compare these apparatus with commercial ones. In order to compare with other devices mainly used for non-biological species, biocompatible systems were used for standard particle (latex: 3-10 microm of different size dispersities) separation development. In order to enhance size dependent separations, channels of reduced thickness were used (80 and 100 microm) and channel/carrier-phase equilibration procedures were necessary. For sample injection, the use of inlet tubing linked to the FFF accumulation wall, common for cell sorting, can be extended to latex species when they are eluted in the Steric Hyperlayer elution mode. It avoids any primary relaxation steps (stop flow injection procedure) simplifying series of elution processing. Mixtures composed of four different monodispersed latex beads can be eluted in 6 min with 100 microm channel thickness.

  14. Radiochemistry of iodine

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kahn, M.; Kleinberg, J.

    1977-09-01

    The preparation of isotopes of the element, with selected procedures for its determination in or separation from various media is described along with the separating of iodine species from each other. Each part of the introductory section is referenced separately from the remainder of the monograph. For the preparative and analytical sections there is an extensive, indexed bibliography which was developed from the indexes of Volumes 19 to 30 inclusive (1965-1974) of Nuclear Science Abstracts (NSA). From these indexes the NSA abstracts of possible pertinent references were selected for examination and a choice was made of those references which weremore » to be included in the bibliography. The bibliography has both primary and secondary references. Although the monograph does not cover hot atom chemistry, the kinetics of exchange reactions, decay schemes, or physiological applications, papers in these areas were examined as possible sources of useful preparative and analytical procedures. (JRD)« less

  15. Laryngotracheal separation in neonatal brainstem dysfunction.

    PubMed

    Patron, G Cariou; Teissier, N; Malard, O; Van Den Abbeele, T

    2010-03-01

    Neonatal brainstem dysfunction (NBD) associates four symptoms of variable presence and intensity: suction-swallowing dysfunction, abnormal laryngeal sensitivity and motility, gastroesophageal reflux, and cardiac vagal overactivity. We report three cases of severe NBD with chronic aspiration which required surgical management. Successive failures and clinical deterioration led us to perform laryngotracheal separation. The surgical procedure consisted in suturing the distal segment of the trachea to the cervical skin after complete closure of the larynx. After surgery, these children did not present any pulmonary infection and were allowed oral nutrition. However, oral communication was no longer possible. Although it is a theoretically reversible procedure, the decision is ethically difficult in children free of mental deficiency, because of the vocal loss and the unpredictable NBD outcome. Laryngotracheal separation may be recommended after multidisciplinary decision for severe chronic aspiration in the particular case of children presenting with NBD. Copyright © 2010. Published by Elsevier Masson SAS.

  16. Selective fluorescence response and magnetic separation probe for 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene based on iron oxide magnetic nanoparticles.

    PubMed

    Zou, Wen-Sheng; Wang, Ya-Qin; Wang, Feng; Shao, Qun; Zhang, Jun; Liu, Jin

    2013-05-01

    Despite the rapid development of nanomaterials and nanotechnology, it is still desirable to develop novel nanoparticle-based techniques which are cost-effective, timesaving, and environment-friendly, and with ease of operation and procedural simplicity, for assay of target analytes. In the work discussed in this paper, the dye fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) was conjugated to 1,6-hexanediamine (HDA)-capped iron oxide magnetic nanoparticles (FITC-HDA Fe3O4 MNPs), and the product was characterized. HDA ligands on the surface of Fe3O4 MNPs can bind 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT) to form TNT anions by acid-base pairing interaction. Formation of TNT anions, and captured TNT substantially affect the emission of FITC on the surface of the Fe3O4 MNPs, resulting in quenching of the fluorescence at 519 nm. A novel FITC-HDA Fe3O4 MNPs-based probe featuring chemosensing and magnetic separation has therefore been constructed. i.e. FITC-HDA Fe3O4 MNPs had a highly selective fluorescence response and enabled magnetic separation of TNT from other nitroaromatic compounds by quenching of the emission of FITC and capture of TNT in aqueous solution. Very good linearity was observed for TNT concentrations in the range 0.05-1.5 μmol L(-1), with a detection limit of 37.2 nmol L(-1) and RSD of 4.7 % (n = 7). Approximately 12 % of the total amount of TNT was captured. The proposed methods are well-suited to trace detection and capture of TNT in aqueous solution.

  17. Evaluation of a novel semi-automated HPLC procedure for whole blood cyclosporin A confirms equivalence to adjusted monoclonal values from Abbott TDx.

    PubMed

    Roberts, Norman B; Dutton, John; Higgins, Gerald; Allars, Lesley

    2005-01-01

    The problem in the measurement of cyclosporin (CyA) is that the widely used immuno-based assays suffer from interference by metabolites present in unpredictable excess. To resolve this, the consensus view has been to develop more specific and robust procedures for the measurement of CyA alone in order to give values similar to those obtained by HPLC. We developed an alternative strategy based on Abbott poly- and monoclonal assays to derive an adjusted monoclonal value as an equivalent measurement to HPLC. We have now evaluated a recently developed semi-automated HPLC procedure and used it to test the validity of the adjusted monoclonal value. The automated HPLC procedure with online clean-up was optimised for the separation of CyA and internal standard CyD. The assay was simple to use, precise and gave good recovery of cyclosporin from whole blood. Comparisons with the more specific immunoassays Abbott AxSym and EMIT showed close agreement, whereas Abbott monoclonal values indicated up to 20% positive bias. In contrast, the adjusted monoclonal values gave good agreement with HPLC. Data obtained from HPLC linked to tandem mass spectrometry (MS) indicated closer agreement with Abbott monoclonal values than expected, suggesting some positive bias with MS. The benefit of using an adjusted monoclonal value is that a result equivalent to HPLC is obtained, as well as an indication of the concentration of metabolites from the Abbott polyclonal measurement.

  18. Colorful Column Chromatography: A Classroom Demonstration of a Three-Component Separation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Heumann, Lars V.

    2008-01-01

    A classroom demonstration detailing the procedure for the separation of a ternary mixture consisting of intensely colored compounds using silica gel column chromatography is described. The audience can follow the compounds during their passage through the column as individual, colored bands while learning about different tools and techniques used…

  19. Emotion regulation behavior during a separation procedure in 18-month-old children of mothers using cocaine and other drugs.

    PubMed

    Molitor, Adriana; Mayes, Linda C; Ward, Anna

    2003-01-01

    This study examined the association between maternal cocaine use and children's emotional regulation. Using a brief separation procedure, we observed 78 18-month-old at-risk children and their mothers from three defined maternal groups: no drug use; no cocaine use but a positive history for alcohol, tobacco, and/or marijuana; and cocaine use with or without alcohol, tobacco, and/or marijuana. Coded videotaped behavior identified three maternal constructs (separation style, physical engagement, and emotional engagement) and three child constructs (negative reactivity to separation, initial regulatory activity, and follow-up positive emotional engagement). Cocaine-using mothers displayed less emotional engagement than other mothers. Children with cocaine-using mothers displayed less negative reactivity and follow-up positive emotional engagement than their counterparts. Child reactivity was connected to maternal drug use, whereas emotional engagement during reunion was linked to birthweight and maternal behavior. Results suggest a possible impairment or restriction of emotional expression and regulation in the face of stress and/or maternal disengagement that is more common among cocaine-exposed children with their mothers.

  20. The ultrasonically assisted metals recovery treatment of printed circuit board waste sludge by leaching separation.

    PubMed

    Xie, Fengchun; Li, Haiying; Ma, Yang; Li, Chuncheng; Cai, Tingting; Huang, Zhiyuan; Yuan, Gaoqing

    2009-10-15

    This paper provides a practical technique that realized industrial scale copper and iron separation from printed circuit board (PCB) waste sludge by ultrasonically assisted acid leaching in a low cost, low energy consumption and zero discharge of wastes manner. The separation efficiencies of copper and iron from acid leaching with assistance of ultrasound were compared with the one without assistance of ultrasound and the effects of the leaching procedure, pH value, and ultrasonic strength have been investigated in the paper. With the appropriate leaching procedure, a final pH of 3.0, an ultrasonic generator power of 160 W (in 1l tank), leaching time of 60 min, leaching efficiencies of copper and iron had reached 97.83% and 1.23%, respectively. Therefore the separation of copper and iron in PCB waste sludge was virtually achieved. The lab results had been successfully applied to the industrial scaled applications in a heavy metal recovery plant in city of Huizhou, China for more than two years. It has great potentials to be used in even the broad metal recovery practices.

  1. Development and validation of a capillary electrophoresis method for the determination of codeine, diphenhydramine, ephedrine and noscapine in pharmaceuticals.

    PubMed

    Gomez, María R; Sombra, Lorena; Olsina, Roberto A; Martínez, Luis D; Silva, María F

    2005-01-01

    The present work describes a simple, accurate and rapid method for the separation and simultaneous determination of codeine, diphenhydramine, ephedrine and noscapine present in cough-cold syrup formulations by capillary zone electrophoresis. Factors affecting the separation were the buffer pH and concentration, applied voltage, and presence of additives. Separations were carried out in less than 10 min with a 20 mM sodium tetraborate buffer, pH 8.50. The carrier electrolyte gave baseline separation with good resolution, great reproducibility and accuracy. Calibration plots were linear over at least three orders of magnitude of analyte concentrations, the lower limits of detection being within the range 0.42-1.33 microg ml(-1). Detection was performed by UV absorbance at wavelengths of 205 and 250 nm. Quantification of the components in actual syrup formulations was calculated against the responses of freshly prepared external standard solutions. The method was validated and met all analysis requirements of quality assurance and quality control. The procedure was fast and reliable and commercial pharmaceuticals could be analyzed without prior sample clean-up procedure.

  2. Development of a titanium dioxide-coated microfluidic-based photocatalyst-assisted reduction device to couple high-performance liquid chromatography with inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry for determination of inorganic selenium species.

    PubMed

    Shih, Tsung-Ting; Lin, Cheng-Hsing; Hsu, I-Hsiang; Chen, Jian-Yi; Sun, Yuh-Chang

    2013-11-05

    We developed a selective and sensitive hyphenated system employing a microfluidic-based vapor generation (VG) system in conjunction with high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) separation and inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (ICPMS) detection for the determination of trace inorganic selenium (Se) species. The VG system exploited poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) substrates of high optical quality to fabricate a microfluidic-based photocatalyst-assisted reduction device (microfluidic-based PCARD). Moreover, to reduce the consumption of photocatalysts during analytical procedures, a microfluidic-based PCARD coated with titanium dioxide nanoparticles (nano-TiO2) was employed to avoid consecutive loading. Notably, to simplify the coating procedure and improve the stability of the coating materials, a dynamic coating method was utilized. Under the optimized conditions for the selenicals of interest, the online HPLC/TiO2-coated microfluidic-based PCARD/ICPMS system enabled us to achieve detection limits (based on 3σ) of 0.043 and 0.042 μg L(-1) for Se(IV) and Se(VI), respectively. Both Se(IV) and Se(VI) could be efficiently vaporized within 15 s, while a series of validation experiments indicated that our proposed method could be satisfactorily applied to the determination of inorganic Se species in the environmental water samples.

  3. Selective Separation and Determination of Heavy Metals (Cd, Pb, Cr) Speciation Forms from Hortic Antrosols

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bulgariu, D.; Bulgariu, L.

    2009-04-01

    The speciation, inter-phases distribution and biodisponibility of heavy metals in soils represent one of main problem of environmental geochemistry and agro-chemistry. This problem is very important in case of hortic antrosols (soils from glasshouses) for the elimination of agricultural products (fruits, vegetables) contamination with heavy metals. In soils from glass houses, the speciation and inter-phases distribution processes of heavy metals have a particular dynamic, different in comparison with those from non-protected soils. The predominant distribution forms of heavy metals in such soils types are: complexes with low mass organic molecules, organic-mineral complexes, complexes with inorganic ligands (hydroxide-complexes, carbonate-complexes, sulphate-complexes, etc.) and basic salts. All of these have high stabilities in conditions of soils from glass houses, and in consequence, the separation and determination of speciation forms (which is directly connected with biodisponibility of heavy metals) by usual methods id very difficult and has a high uncertain degree. In this study is presented an original method for the selective separation and differentiation of speciation forms of heavy metals from glass houses soils, which is based by the combination of solid-liquid sequential extraction (SPE) with the extraction in aqueous polymer-inorganic salt two-phase systems (ABS). The soil samples used for this study have been sampled from three different locations (glass houses from Iasi, Barlad and Bacau - Romania) where the vegetables cultivation have bee performed by three different technologies. In this way was estimated the applicability and the analytical limits of method proposed by as, in function of the chemical-mineralogical and physical-chemical characteristics of soils. As heavy metals have been studied cadmium, lead and chromium, all being known for their high toxicity. The procedure used for the selective separation and differentiation of speciation forms of heavy metals from glass houses soils has two main steps: (i) non-destructive separation of chemical-mineralogical associations and aggregates from soils samples - for this the separation method with heavy liquids (bromophorme) and isodynamic magnetic method have been used; (ii) sequential extraction of heavy metals from soil fractions separated in the first step, by using combined SPE-ABS procedure. For the preparation of combined extraction systems was used polyethylene glycol (with different molecular mass: 2000, 4000 and 8000). As phase-forming inorganic salts and as selective extracting agents we have used different usual inorganic reagents. The type and concentration of phase-forming salts have been selected in function of, both nature of extracted heavy metals and chemical-mineralogical characteristics of soil samples. The experimental parameters investigated in this study are: molecular mass of polyethylene glycol and the concentration of polymeric solutions, nature and concentration of phase-forming salts, nature and concentration of extracting agents, pH in extraction system phase, type of extracted heavy metals, type of speciation forms of heavy metals and their concentrations. All these factors can influence significantly the efficiency and the selectivity of separation process. The experimental results have indicate that the combined SPE-ABS extraction systems have better separation efficiency, in comparison with traditional SPE systems and ca realized a accurate discrimination between speciation forms of heavy metals from soils. Under these conditions, the estimation of inter-phases distribution and biodisponibility of heavy metals has a high precision. On the other hand, when the combined SPE-ABS systems are used, the concomitant extraction of the elements from the same geochemical association with studied heavy metals (inevitable phenomena in case of separation by SPE procedures) is significant diminished. This increases the separation selectivity and facilitated the more accurate determination of speciation forms concentration. By adequate selection of extraction conditions can be realized the selective separation of organic-mineral complexes, which will permit to perform detailed studies about the structure and chemical composition of these. Acknowledgments The authors would like to acknowledge the financial support from Romanian Ministry of Education and Research (Project PNCDI 2-D5 no. 51045/07).

  4. Identification and measurement of beta-lactam antibiotic residues in milk: integration of screening kits with liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Harik-Khan, R; Moats, W A

    1995-01-01

    A procedure for identifying and quantitating violative beta-lactams in milk is described. This procedure integrates beta-lactam residue detection kits with the multiresidue automated liquid chromatographic (LC) cleanup method developed in our laboratory. Spiked milk was deproteinized, extracted, and subjected to reversed-phase LC using a gradient program that concentrated the beta-lactams. Amoxicillin, ampicillin, cephapirin, ceftiofur, cloxacillin, and penicillin G were, thus, separated into 5 fractions that were subsequently tested for activity by using 4 kits. beta-lactams in the positive fractions were quantitated by analytical LC methods developed in our laboratory. The LC cleanup method separated beta-lactam antibiotics from each other and from interferences in the matrix and also concentrated the antibiotics, thus increasing the sensitivity of the kits to the beta-lactam antibiotics. The procedure facilitated the task of identifying and measuring the beta-lactam antibiotics that may be present in milk samples.

  5. Chemical separation of Mo and W from terrestrial and extraterrestrial samples via anion exchange chromatography.

    PubMed

    Nagai, Yuichiro; Yokoyama, Tetsuya

    2014-05-20

    A new two-stage chemical separation method was established using an anion exchange resin, Eichrom 1 × 8, to separate Mo and W from four natural rock samples. First, the distribution coefficients of nine elements (Ti, Fe, Zn, Zr, Nb, Mo, Hf, Ta, and W) under various chemical conditions were determined using HCl, HNO3, and HF. On the basis of the obtained distribution coefficients, a new technique for the two-stage chemical separation of Mo and W, along with the group separation of Ti-Zr-Hf, was developed as follows: 0.4 M HCl-0.5 M HF (major elements), 9 M HCl-0.05 M HF (Ti-Zr-Hf), 9 M HCl-1 M HF (W), and 6 M HNO3-3 M HF (Mo). After the chemical procedure, Nb remaining in the W fraction was separated using 9 M HCl-3 M HF. On the other hand, Nb and Zn remaining in the Mo fraction were removed using 2 M HF and 6 M HCl-0.1 M HF. The performance of this technique was evaluated by separating these elements from two terrestrial and two extraterrestrial samples. The recovery yields for Mo, W, Zr, and Hf were nearly 100% for all of the examined samples. The total contents of the Zr, Hf, W, and Mo in the blanks used for the chemical separation procedure were 582, 9, 29, and 396 pg, respectively. Therefore, our new separation technique can be widely used in various fields of geochemistry, cosmochemistry, and environmental sciences and particularly for multi-isotope analysis of these elements from a single sample with significant internal isotope heterogeneities.

  6. Orbiter Repair Maneuver Contingency Separation Methods and Analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Machula, Michael

    2005-01-01

    Repairing damaged thermal protection system tile requires the Space Shuttle to be oriented such that repair platform access from the International Space Station (ISS) is possible. To do this, the Space Shuttle uses the Orbiter Repair Maneuver (ORM), which utilizes the Shuttle Remote Manipulator System (SRMS) to rotate the Space Shuttle in relation to the ISS, for extended periods of time. These positions cause difficulties and challenges to performing a safe separation (no collision or thruster plume damage to sensitive ISS structures) should an inadvertent release occur or a contingency procedure require it. To help protect for an SRMS failure or other failures, a method for separating without collision and the ability to redock to ISS from the ORM configuration was needed. The contingency ORM separation solution elegantly takes advantage of orbital mechanics between ISS and the separating Space Shuttle. By pitching the ISS down approximately 45 degrees, in a majority of the ORM repair positions, the altitude difference between the ISS and Space Shuttle center of gravity is maximized. This altitude difference results in different orbital energies (orbital periods) causing objects to separate from each other without requiring translational firings. Using this method, a safe contingency ORM separation is made possible in many odd positions even though some separation positions point high powered thrusters directly at fragile ISS and Soyuz solar arrays. Documented in this paper are the development simulations and procedures of the contingency ORM separation and the challenges encountered with large constraints to work around. Lastly, a method of returning to redock with the ISS to pick up the stranded crew members (or transfer the final crew members) is explained as well as the thruster and ISS loads analysis.

  7. Process dissociation and mixture signal detection theory.

    PubMed

    DeCarlo, Lawrence T

    2008-11-01

    The process dissociation procedure was developed in an attempt to separate different processes involved in memory tasks. The procedure naturally lends itself to a formulation within a class of mixture signal detection models. The dual process model is shown to be a special case. The mixture signal detection model is applied to data from a widely analyzed study. The results suggest that a process other than recollection may be involved in the process dissociation procedure.

  8. Assessing distractors and teamwork during surgery: developing an event-based method for direct observation.

    PubMed

    Seelandt, Julia C; Tschan, Franziska; Keller, Sandra; Beldi, Guido; Jenni, Nadja; Kurmann, Anita; Candinas, Daniel; Semmer, Norbert K

    2014-11-01

    To develop a behavioural observation method to simultaneously assess distractors and communication/teamwork during surgical procedures through direct, on-site observations; to establish the reliability of the method for long (>3 h) procedures. Observational categories for an event-based coding system were developed based on expert interviews, observations and a literature review. Using Cohen's κ and the intraclass correlation coefficient, interobserver agreement was assessed for 29 procedures. Agreement was calculated for the entire surgery, and for the 1st hour. In addition, interobserver agreement was assessed between two tired observers and between a tired and a non-tired observer after 3 h of surgery. The observational system has five codes for distractors (door openings, noise distractors, technical distractors, side conversations and interruptions), eight codes for communication/teamwork (case-relevant communication, teaching, leadership, problem solving, case-irrelevant communication, laughter, tension and communication with external visitors) and five contextual codes (incision, last stitch, personnel changes in the sterile team, location changes around the table and incidents). Based on 5-min intervals, Cohen's κ was good to excellent for distractors (0.74-0.98) and for communication/teamwork (0.70-1). Based on frequency counts, intraclass correlation coefficient was excellent for distractors (0.86-0.99) and good to excellent for communication/teamwork (0.45-0.99). After 3 h of surgery, Cohen's κ was 0.78-0.93 for distractors, and 0.79-1 for communication/teamwork. The observational method developed allows a single observer to simultaneously assess distractors and communication/teamwork. Even for long procedures, high interobserver agreement can be achieved. Data collected with this method allow for investigating separate or combined effects of distractions and communication/teamwork on surgical performance and patient outcomes. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions.

  9. Direct evidence of charge separation in a metal-organic framework: efficient and selective photocatalytic oxidative coupling of amines via charge and energy transfer.

    PubMed

    Xu, Caiyun; Liu, Hang; Li, Dandan; Su, Ji-Hu; Jiang, Hai-Long

    2018-03-28

    The selective aerobic oxidative coupling of amines under mild conditions is an important laboratory and commercial procedure yet a great challenge. In this work, a porphyrinic metal-organic framework, PCN-222, was employed to catalyze the reaction. Upon visible light irradiation, the semiconductor-like behavior of PCN-222 initiates charge separation, evidently generating oxygen-centered active sites in Zr-oxo clusters indicated by enhanced porphyrin π-cation radical signals. The photogenerated electrons and holes further activate oxygen and amines, respectively, to give the corresponding redox products, both of which have been detected for the first time. The porphyrin motifs generate singlet oxygen based on energy transfer to further promote the reaction. As a result, PCN-222 exhibits excellent photocatalytic activity, selectivity and recyclability, far superior to its organic counterpart, for the reaction under ambient conditions via combined energy and charge transfer.

  10. Cloud point extraction thermospray flame quartz furnace atomic absorption spectrometry for determination of ultratrace cadmium in water and urine

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Peng; Zhang, Yunchang; Lv, Yi; Hou, Xiandeng

    2006-12-01

    A simple, low cost and highly sensitive method based on cloud point extraction (CPE) for separation/preconcentration and thermospray flame quartz furnace atomic absorption spectrometry was proposed for the determination of ultratrace cadmium in water and urine samples. The analytical procedure involved the formation of analyte-entrapped surfactant micelles by mixing the analyte solution with an ammonium pyrrolidinedithiocarbamate (APDC) solution and a Triton X-114 solution. When the temperature of the system was higher than the cloud point of Triton X-114, the complex of cadmium-PDC entered the surfactant-rich phase and thus separation of the analyte from the matrix was achieved. Under optimal chemical and instrumental conditions, the limit of detection was 0.04 μg/L for cadmium with a sample volume of 10 mL. The analytical results of cadmium in water and urine samples agreed well with those by ICP-MS.

  11. Production and study of radionuclides at the research institute of atomic reactors (NIIAR)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Karelin, E.A.; Gordeev, Y.N.; Filimonov, V.T.

    1995-01-01

    The main works of the Radionuclide Sources and Preparations Department (ORIP) of the Research Institute of Atomic Reactors (NIIAR) are summarized. The major activity of the Radionuclide Sources and Preparations Department (ORIP) is aimed at production of radioactive preparations of trans-plutonium elements (TPE) and also of lighter elements (from P to Ir), manufacture of ionizing radiation sources thereof, and scientific research to develop new technologies. One of the radionuclides that recently has received major attention is gadolinium-153. Photon sources based on it are used in densimeters for diagnostics of bone deseases. The procedure for separating gadolinium and europium, which ismore » currently used at the Research Institute of Atomic Reactors (NILAR), is based on europium cementation with the use of sodium amalgam. The method, though efficient, did not until recently permit an exhaustive removal of radioactive europium from {sup 153}Gd. The authors have thoroughly studied the separation process in semi-countercurrent mode, using citrate solutions. A special attention was given to the composition of europium complex species.« less

  12. Fast ground filtering for TLS data via Scanline Density Analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Che, Erzhuo; Olsen, Michael J.

    2017-07-01

    Terrestrial Laser Scanning (TLS) efficiently collects 3D information based on lidar (light detection and ranging) technology. TLS has been widely used in topographic mapping, engineering surveying, forestry, industrial facilities, cultural heritage, and so on. Ground filtering is a common procedure in lidar data processing, which separates the point cloud data into ground points and non-ground points. Effective ground filtering is helpful for subsequent procedures such as segmentation, classification, and modeling. Numerous ground filtering algorithms have been developed for Airborne Laser Scanning (ALS) data. However, many of these are error prone in application to TLS data because of its different angle of view and highly variable resolution. Further, many ground filtering techniques are limited in application within challenging topography and experience difficulty coping with some objects such as short vegetation, steep slopes, and so forth. Lastly, due to the large size of point cloud data, operations such as data traversing, multiple iterations, and neighbor searching significantly affect the computation efficiency. In order to overcome these challenges, we present an efficient ground filtering method for TLS data via a Scanline Density Analysis, which is very fast because it exploits the grid structure storing TLS data. The process first separates the ground candidates, density features, and unidentified points based on an analysis of point density within each scanline. Second, a region growth using the scan pattern is performed to cluster the ground candidates and further refine the ground points (clusters). In the experiment, the effectiveness, parameter robustness, and efficiency of the proposed method is demonstrated with datasets collected from an urban scene and a natural scene, respectively.

  13. Nonlinear modelling of high-speed catenary based on analytical expressions of cable and truss elements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Song, Yang; Liu, Zhigang; Wang, Hongrui; Lu, Xiaobing; Zhang, Jing

    2015-10-01

    Due to the intrinsic nonlinear characteristics and complex structure of the high-speed catenary system, a modelling method is proposed based on the analytical expressions of nonlinear cable and truss elements. The calculation procedure for solving the initial equilibrium state is proposed based on the Newton-Raphson iteration method. The deformed configuration of the catenary system as well as the initial length of each wire can be calculated. Its accuracy and validity of computing the initial equilibrium state are verified by comparison with the separate model method, absolute nodal coordinate formulation and other methods in the previous literatures. Then, the proposed model is combined with a lumped pantograph model and a dynamic simulation procedure is proposed. The accuracy is guaranteed by the multiple iterative calculations in each time step. The dynamic performance of the proposed model is validated by comparison with EN 50318, the results of the finite element method software and SIEMENS simulation report, respectively. At last, the influence of the catenary design parameters (such as the reserved sag and pre-tension) on the dynamic performance is preliminarily analysed by using the proposed model.

  14. Structural comparison of Ag-Ge-S bulk glasses and thin films

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Fei; Jain, Mukul; Dunn, Porter; de Leo, Carter; Boolchand, Punit

    2007-03-01

    Ternary glasses of composition (GeS3)1-xAgx (x=0.1 and 0.2) are studied in form of bulk and thin films. Bulk glasses are synthesized and examined in Raman scattering and SEM. Raman scattering results of bulk glasses show that with increasing x, an increasing fraction of the Ag additive enters the base glass as Ag^+ with S^-anions serving to form thiogermanate species with one, two and three non-bridging S^- species. SEM measurements of the bulk glass show the material is intrinsically phase separated. White colored islands are observed distributed in a dark base. The EDS measurements show islands are Ag rich and the base is relatively Ag deficient. The Ag rich islands are expected to be mainly glassy phase Ag2S. Thin films of same compositions are fabricated using thermal evaporation. Films are evaporated following two different procedures to prevent the material from spitting. One method was preheating outgas and the other method was using tungsten mesh wrapped boats. The stoichiometry and molecular structure of films under each procedure are analyzed by Raman scattering and SEM to be compared with bulk glasses.

  15. Means and method of detection in chemical separation procedures

    DOEpatents

    Yeung, Edward S.; Koutny, Lance B.; Hogan, Barry L.; Cheung, Chan K.; Ma, Yinfa

    1993-03-09

    A means and method for indirect detection of constituent components of a mixture separated in a chemical separation process. Fluorescing ions are distributed across the area in which separation of the mixture will occur to provide a generally uniform background fluorescence intensity. For example, the mixture is comprised of one or more charged analytes which displace fluorescing ions where its constituent components separate to. Fluorescing ions of the same charge as the charged analyte components cause a displacement. The displacement results in the location of the separated components having a reduced fluorescence intensity to the remainder of the background. Detection of the lower fluorescence intensity areas can be visually, by photographic means and methods, or by automated laser scanning.

  16. Means and method of detection in chemical separation procedures

    DOEpatents

    Yeung, E.S.; Koutny, L.B.; Hogan, B.L.; Cheung, C.K.; Yinfa Ma.

    1993-03-09

    A means and method are described for indirect detection of constituent components of a mixture separated in a chemical separation process. Fluorescing ions are distributed across the area in which separation of the mixture will occur to provide a generally uniform background fluorescence intensity. For example, the mixture is comprised of one or more charged analytes which displace fluorescing ions where its constituent components separate to. Fluorescing ions of the same charge as the charged analyte components cause a displacement. The displacement results in the location of the separated components having a reduced fluorescence intensity to the remainder of the background. Detection of the lower fluorescence intensity areas can be visually, by photographic means and methods, or by automated laser scanning.

  17. Rotation in the Dynamic Factor Modeling of Multivariate Stationary Time Series.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Molenaar, Peter C. M.; Nesselroade, John R.

    2001-01-01

    Proposes a special rotation procedure for the exploratory dynamic factor model for stationary multivariate time series. The rotation procedure applies separately to each univariate component series of a q-variate latent factor series and transforms such a component, initially represented as white noise, into a univariate moving-average.…

  18. Process Dissociation and Mixture Signal Detection Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    DeCarlo, Lawrence T.

    2008-01-01

    The process dissociation procedure was developed in an attempt to separate different processes involved in memory tasks. The procedure naturally lends itself to a formulation within a class of mixture signal detection models. The dual process model is shown to be a special case. The mixture signal detection model is applied to data from a widely…

  19. 40 CFR 60.624 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ...-water separator. Near the end of the recovery cycle, the entire flow of recovered solvent should be... solvent from the solvent recovery dryer at the termination of the recovery cycle is no greater than 0.05... cycle and the monitoring procedure should continue until the flow rate of solvent is less than or equal...

  20. 40 CFR 60.624 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ...-water separator. Near the end of the recovery cycle, the entire flow of recovered solvent should be... solvent from the solvent recovery dryer at the termination of the recovery cycle is no greater than 0.05... cycle and the monitoring procedure should continue until the flow rate of solvent is less than or equal...

  1. 40 CFR 60.624 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ...-water separator. Near the end of the recovery cycle, the entire flow of recovered solvent should be... solvent from the solvent recovery dryer at the termination of the recovery cycle is no greater than 0.05... cycle and the monitoring procedure should continue until the flow rate of solvent is less than or equal...

  2. 40 CFR 60.624 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ...-water separator. Near the end of the recovery cycle, the entire flow of recovered solvent should be... solvent from the solvent recovery dryer at the termination of the recovery cycle is no greater than 0.05... cycle and the monitoring procedure should continue until the flow rate of solvent is less than or equal...

  3. Oranges, Posters, Ribbons, and Lemonade: Concrete Computational Strategies for Dividing Fractions

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kribs-Zaleta, Christopher M.

    2008-01-01

    This article describes how sixth-grade students developed concrete models to solve division of fractions story problems. Students developed separate two-step procedures to solve measurement and partitive problems, drawing on invented procedures for division of whole numbers. Errors also tended to be specific to the type of division problem…

  4. Teacher's Guide to Accompany Living Latin: A Contemporary Approach.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Masciantonio, Rudolph

    This guide, designed to assist teachers in the classroom use of "Living Latin: A Contemporary Approach", emphasizes procedures to be followed in each chapter of Book One; special procedures for teaching the introduction and first chapter are treated separately. Use of the text as a supplement to Sweet's "Artes Latinae" is discussed. Appendixes…

  5. A revisitation of TRIX for trophic status assessment in the light of the European Water Framework Directive: application to Italian coastal waters.

    PubMed

    Pettine, Maurizio; Casentini, Barbara; Fazi, Stefano; Giovanardi, Franco; Pagnotta, Romano

    2007-09-01

    The trophic status classification of coastal waters at the European scale requires the availability of harmonised indicators and procedures. The composite trophic status index (TRIX) provides useful metrics for the assessment of the trophic status of coastal waters. It was originally developed for Italian coastal waters and then applied in many European seas (Adriatic, Tyrrhenian, Baltic, Black and Northern seas). The TRIX index does not fulfil the classification procedure suggested by the WFD for two reasons: (a) it is based on an absolute trophic scale without any normalization to type-specific reference conditions; (b) it makes an ex ante aggregation of biological (Chl-a) and physico-chemical (oxygen, nutrients) quality elements, instead of an ex post integration of separate evaluations of biological and subsequent chemical quality elements. A revisitation of the TRIX index in the light of the European Water Framework Directive (WFD, 2000/60/EC) and new TRIX derived tools are presented in this paper. A number of Italian coastal sites were grouped into different types based on a thorough analysis of their hydro-morphological conditions, and type-specific reference sites were selected. Unscaled TRIX values (UNTRIX) for reference and impacted sites have been calculated and two alternative UNTRIX-based classification procedures are discussed. The proposed procedures, to be validated on a broader scale, provide users with simple tools that give an integrated view of nutrient enrichment and its effects on algal biomass (Chl-a) and on oxygen levels. This trophic evaluation along with phytoplankton indicator species and algal blooms contribute to the comprehensive assessment of phytoplankton, one of the biological quality elements in coastal waters.

  6. Facile synthesis of a two-tier hierarchical structured superhydrophobic-superoleophilic melamine sponge for rapid and efficient oil/water separation.

    PubMed

    Chen, Jiucun; You, Hui; Xu, Liqun; Li, Tianhao; Jiang, Xianquan; Li, Chang Ming

    2017-11-15

    Oil leakages often cause fatal disasters for environmental pollution but an efficient treatment of the oil spills is still very challenging. Sponge-substrates with superhydrophobicity and superoleophilicity have been attracted much attention for oil/water separation. In this study, an inexpensive commercial melamine sponge was chemically modified for the uses of oil spills treatment by oil/water separation. Inspiring from the superhydrophobic property of lotus leaf, pyrrole was polymerized by a simple vapor-phase deposition to encapsulate the raw melamine-formaldehyde (MF) sponge. The as-formed thin polypyrrole walls were utilized as reducing reagent to generate Ag nanoparticles on the capsuled sponge. Accordingly, a superhydrophobic melamine sponge with a two-tier hierarchical structure was achieved after fluorination, and this material was applied to absorb oil from water. The absorption capacity, absorption rate and recyclability were investigated. This superhydrophobic sponge exhibited an efficient and fast oil/water separation performance in complicated environment and could be applied in industrial production because of its low cost and simple fabrication procedure. This study presents a facile strategy for the fabrication of efficient oil sorbents based on a two-tier hierarchical structure, providing a novel means for the upgrading of engineered sorption materials. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  7. Application of micro-TLC to the total antioxidant potential (TAP) measurement.

    PubMed

    Głód, Bronisław K; Wantusiak, Paweł M; Piszcz, Paweł; Lewczuk, Elwira; Zarzycki, Paweł K

    2015-04-15

    DPPH is commonly applied for estimation of antioxidant capacity of single and complex biological samples, and changes colour from purple to yellow during reduction to DPPH-H. Importantly, for some samples, for example coloured foods, such reaction cannot be used because of interference from pigments. Therefore, the number of reported quantitative protocols involving off- or on-line sample reaction with DPPH are based on chromatographic separation of target components. In typical planar chromatographic assay, developed plates are sprayed with DPPH solution for antioxidant screening. Such approach enables simple visualisation of separated spots exhibiting antioxidant activities, but unfortunately, such procedure may also give the misleading signal for coloured spots. In the present communication we examined a new approach for measuring antioxidant capacity using quantitative analysis of DPPH and DPPH-H molecules after reaction with the sample, and then separated from the interfering compounds by micro-thin-layer chromatography. Particularly, the antioxidant capacities of coloured food samples (such as herbs and meads) were determined and the results compared with those obtained using the classical photometric assay. The main advantages of the new micro-TLC assay are (i) low cost, (ii) multiple measurements, (iii) short analysis time, (iv) simplification of sample preparation and (v) effective separation of DPPH signal from interfering compounds. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  8. The use of LCA in selecting the best MSW management system.

    PubMed

    De Feo, Giovanni; Malvano, Carmela

    2009-06-01

    This paper focuses on the study of eleven environmental impact categories produced by several municipal solid waste management systems (scenarios) operating on a provincial scale in Southern Italy. In particular, the analysis takes into account 12 management scenarios with 16 management phases for each one. The only difference among ten of the scenarios (separated kerbside collection of all recyclables, glass excepted, composting of putrescibles, RDF pressed bales production and incineration, final landfilling) is the percentage of separated collection varying in the range of 35-80%, while the other two scenarios, for 80% of separate collection, consider different alternatives in the disposal of treatment residues (dry residue sorting and final landfilling or direct disposal in landfill). The potential impacts induced on the environmental components were analysed using the life cycle assessment (LCA) procedure called "WISARD" (Waste Integrated System Assessment for Recovery and Disposal). Paper recycling was the phase with the greatest influence on avoided impacts, while the collection logistics of dry residue was the phase with the greatest influence on produced impacts. For six impact categories (renewable and total energy use, water, suspended solids and oxydable matters index, eutrophication and hazardous waste production), for high percentages of separate collection a management system based on recovery and recycling but without incineration would be preferable.

  9. Optical asymmetric cryptography based on amplitude reconstruction of elliptically polarized light

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cai, Jianjun; Shen, Xueju; Lei, Ming

    2017-11-01

    We propose a novel optical asymmetric image encryption method based on amplitude reconstruction of elliptically polarized light, which is free from silhouette problem. The original image is analytically separated into two phase-only masks firstly, and then the two masks are encoded into amplitudes of the orthogonal polarization components of an elliptically polarized light. Finally, the elliptically polarized light propagates through a linear polarizer, and the output intensity distribution is recorded by a CCD camera to obtain the ciphertext. The whole encryption procedure could be implemented by using commonly used optical elements, and it combines diffusion process and confusion process. As a result, the proposed method achieves high robustness against iterative-algorithm-based attacks. Simulation results are presented to prove the validity of the proposed cryptography.

  10. Kernel and divergence techniques in high energy physics separations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bouř, Petr; Kůs, Václav; Franc, Jiří

    2017-10-01

    Binary decision trees under the Bayesian decision technique are used for supervised classification of high-dimensional data. We present a great potential of adaptive kernel density estimation as the nested separation method of the supervised binary divergence decision tree. Also, we provide a proof of alternative computing approach for kernel estimates utilizing Fourier transform. Further, we apply our method to Monte Carlo data set from the particle accelerator Tevatron at DØ experiment in Fermilab and provide final top-antitop signal separation results. We have achieved up to 82 % AUC while using the restricted feature selection entering the signal separation procedure.

  11. Inference for High-dimensional Differential Correlation Matrices *

    PubMed Central

    Cai, T. Tony; Zhang, Anru

    2015-01-01

    Motivated by differential co-expression analysis in genomics, we consider in this paper estimation and testing of high-dimensional differential correlation matrices. An adaptive thresholding procedure is introduced and theoretical guarantees are given. Minimax rate of convergence is established and the proposed estimator is shown to be adaptively rate-optimal over collections of paired correlation matrices with approximately sparse differences. Simulation results show that the procedure significantly outperforms two other natural methods that are based on separate estimation of the individual correlation matrices. The procedure is also illustrated through an analysis of a breast cancer dataset, which provides evidence at the gene co-expression level that several genes, of which a subset has been previously verified, are associated with the breast cancer. Hypothesis testing on the differential correlation matrices is also considered. A test, which is particularly well suited for testing against sparse alternatives, is introduced. In addition, other related problems, including estimation of a single sparse correlation matrix, estimation of the differential covariance matrices, and estimation of the differential cross-correlation matrices, are also discussed. PMID:26500380

  12. Development of a full-scale transmission testing procedure to evaluate advanced lubricants

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lewicki, David G.; Decker, Harry J.; Shimski, John T.

    1992-01-01

    Experimental tests were performed on the OH-58A helicopter main rotor transmission in the NASA Lewis 500-hp Helicopter Transmission Test Stand. The testing was part of a joint Navy/NASA/Army lubrication program. The objective of the program was to develop a separate lubricant for gearboxes and demonstrate an improved performance in life and load-carrying capacity. The goal of the experiments was to develop a testing procedure to fail certain transmission components using a MIL-L-23699 base reference oil, then run identical tests with improved lubricants and demonstrate performance. The tests were directed at failing components that the Navy has had problems with due to marginal lubrication. These failures included mast shaft bearing micropitting, sun gear and planet bearing fatigue, and spiral bevel gear scoring. A variety of tests were performed and over 900 hours of total run time accumulated for these tests. Some success was achieved in developing a testing procedure to produce sun gear and planet bearing fatigue failures. Only marginal success was achieved in producing mast shaft bearing micropitting and spiral bevel gear scoring.

  13. Recyclability of PET/WPI/PE Multilayer Films by Removal of Whey Protein Isolate-Based Coatings with Enzymatic Detergents.

    PubMed

    Cinelli, Patrizia; Schmid, Markus; Bugnicourt, Elodie; Coltelli, Maria Beatrice; Lazzeri, Andrea

    2016-06-14

    Multilayer plastic films provide a range of properties, which cannot be obtained from monolayer films but, at present, their recyclability is an open issue and should be improved. Research to date has shown the possibility of using whey protein as a layer material with the property of acting as an excellent barrier against oxygen and moisture, replacing petrochemical non-recyclable materials. The innovative approach of the present research was to achieve the recyclability of the substrate films by separating them, with a simple process compatible with industrial procedures, in order to promote recycling processes leading to obtain high value products that will beneficially impact the packaging and food industries. Hence, polyethyleneterephthalate (PET)/polyethylene (PE) multi-layer film was prepared based on PET coated with a whey protein layer, and then the previous structure was laminated with PE. Whey proteins, constituting the coating, can be degraded by enzymes so that the coating films can be washed off from the plastic substrate layer. Enzyme types, dosage, time, and temperature optima, which are compatible with procedures adopted in industrial waste recycling, were determined for a highly-efficient process. The washing of samples based on PET/whey and PET/whey/PE were efficient when performed with enzymatic detergent containing protease enzymes, as an alternative to conventional detergents used in recycling facilities. Different types of enzymatic detergents tested presented positive results in removing the protein layer from the PET substrate and from the PET/whey/PE multilayer films at room temperature. These results attested to the possibility of organizing the pre-treatment of the whey-based multilayer film by washing with different available commercial enzymatic detergents in order to separate PET and PE, thus allowing a better recycling of the two different polymers. Mechanical properties of the plastic substrate, such as stress at yield, stress and elongation at break, evaluated by tensile testing on films before and after cleaning, were are not significantly affected by washing with enzymatic detergents.

  14. Analytic Validation of Immunohistochemistry Assays: New Benchmark Data From a Survey of 1085 Laboratories.

    PubMed

    Stuart, Lauren N; Volmar, Keith E; Nowak, Jan A; Fatheree, Lisa A; Souers, Rhona J; Fitzgibbons, Patrick L; Goldsmith, Jeffrey D; Astles, J Rex; Nakhleh, Raouf E

    2017-09-01

    - A cooperative agreement between the College of American Pathologists (CAP) and the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention was undertaken to measure laboratories' awareness and implementation of an evidence-based laboratory practice guideline (LPG) on immunohistochemical (IHC) validation practices published in 2014. - To establish new benchmark data on IHC laboratory practices. - A 2015 survey on IHC assay validation practices was sent to laboratories subscribed to specific CAP proficiency testing programs and to additional nonsubscribing laboratories that perform IHC testing. Specific questions were designed to capture laboratory practices not addressed in a 2010 survey. - The analysis was based on responses from 1085 laboratories that perform IHC staining. Ninety-six percent (809 of 844) always documented validation of IHC assays. Sixty percent (648 of 1078) had separate procedures for predictive and nonpredictive markers, 42.7% (220 of 515) had procedures for laboratory-developed tests, 50% (349 of 697) had procedures for testing cytologic specimens, and 46.2% (363 of 785) had procedures for testing decalcified specimens. Minimum case numbers were specified by 85.9% (720 of 838) of laboratories for nonpredictive markers and 76% (584 of 768) for predictive markers. Median concordance requirements were 95% for both types. For initial validation, 75.4% (538 of 714) of laboratories adopted the 20-case minimum for nonpredictive markers and 45.9% (266 of 579) adopted the 40-case minimum for predictive markers as outlined in the 2014 LPG. The most common method for validation was correlation with morphology and expected results. Laboratories also reported which assay changes necessitated revalidation and their minimum case requirements. - Benchmark data on current IHC validation practices and procedures may help laboratories understand the issues and influence further refinement of LPG recommendations.

  15. On the comprehensibility and perceived privacy protection of indirect questioning techniques.

    PubMed

    Hoffmann, Adrian; Waubert de Puiseau, Berenike; Schmidt, Alexander F; Musch, Jochen

    2017-08-01

    On surveys that assess sensitive personal attributes, indirect questioning aims at increasing respondents' willingness to answer truthfully by protecting confidentiality. However, the assumption that subjects understand questioning procedures fully and trust them to protect their privacy is rarely tested. In a scenario-based design, we compared four indirect questioning procedures in terms of their comprehensibility and perceived privacy protection. All indirect questioning techniques were found to be less comprehensible by respondents than a conventional direct question used for comparison. Less-educated respondents experienced more difficulties when confronted with any indirect questioning technique. Regardless of education, the crosswise model was found to be the most comprehensible among the four indirect methods. Indirect questioning in general was perceived to increase privacy protection in comparison to a direct question. Unexpectedly, comprehension and perceived privacy protection did not correlate. We recommend assessing these factors separately in future evaluations of indirect questioning.

  16. Hydrophilic chromatographic determination of carnosine, anserine, balenine, creatine, and creatinine.

    PubMed

    Mora, Leticia; Sentandreu, Miguel Angel; Toldrá, Fidel

    2007-06-13

    A new HPLC procedure based on hydrophilic interaction chromatography (HILIC) has been developed for the simultaneous determination of carnosine, anserine, balenine, creatine, and creatinine in meat. This is the first time that HILIC has been directly applied to the study of meat components, having the advantage of not requiring complex cleanup and/or sample derivatization procedures. The chromatographic separation has been developed using a silica column (4.6 x 150 mm, 3 microm), and the proposed methodology is simple, reliable, and fast (<13 min per sample). The method has been validated in terms of linearity, repeatability, reproducibility, and recovery and represents an interesting alternative to methods currently in use for determining the mentioned compounds and other polar substances. The detection limits are 5.64, 8.23, 3.66, 3.99, and 0.06 microg/mL for carnosine, anserine, balenine, creatine, and creatinine, respectively.

  17. Analysis of Wake VAS Benefits Using ACES Build 3.2.1: VAMS Type 1 Assessment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smith, Jeremy C.

    2005-01-01

    The FAA and NASA are currently engaged in a Wake Turbulence Research Program to revise wake turbulence separation standards, procedures, and criteria to increase airport capacity while maintaining or increasing safety. The research program is divided into three phases: Phase I near term procedural enhancements; Phase II wind dependent Wake Vortex Advisory System (WakeVAS) Concepts of Operations (ConOps); and Phase III farther term ConOps based on wake prediction and sensing. The Phase III Wake VAS ConOps is one element of the Virtual Airspace Modelling and Simulation (VAMS) program blended concepts for enhancing the total system wide capacity of the National Airspace System (NAS). This report contains a VAMS Program Type 1 (stand-alone) assessment of the expected capacity benefits of Wake VAS at the 35 FAA Benchmark Airports and determines the consequent reduction in delay using the Airspace Concepts Evaluation System (ACES) Build 3.2.1 simulator.

  18. An analysis of fuel conserving operational procedures and design modifications for bomber/transport aircraft. Volume I. Executive summary. Final report, 7 June 1976-7 July 1978

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Aggarwal, R.

    1978-07-01

    Various proposed improvements in the design and operational procedures for bomber/transport aircraft are evaluated. The evaluation is performed in terms of the estimated savings in fuel consumption and in Direct Operating Cost (DOC). As an aid in the evaluation of design modifications, graphs of fuel and DOC savings as a function of the design parameters are developed. These graphs are based on actual mission trajectory data rather than some type trajectory profile. The actual mission data is presented in terms of histograms which provide statistical information concerning altitude, air speed, take-off weight, landing weights, and mission time. Separate analyses aremore » performed on the following aircraft: the B-52G, the B-52H, the KC-135, the C-141, the C-130, and the C-5A.« less

  19. An analysis of fuel conserving operational procedures and design modifications for bomber/transport aircraft. volume ii. Final report, 7 June 1976-7 July 1978

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Aggarwal, R.K.

    1978-07-01

    Various proposed improvements in the design and operational procedures for bomber/transport aircraft are evaluated. The evaluation is performed in terms of the estimated savings in fuel consumption and in Direct Operating Cost (DOC). As an aid in the evaluation of design modifications, graphs of fuel and DOC savings as a function of the design parameters are developed. These graphs are based on actual mission trajectory data rather than some typical trajectory profile. The actual mission data is presented in terms of histograms which provide statistical information concerning altitude, air speed, take-off weight, landing weight, and mission time. Separate analyses aremore » performed on the following aircraft: the B-52G, the B-52H, the KC-135, the C-141, the C-130, and the C-5A. (Author)« less

  20. ALCHEMIST (Anesthesia Log, Charge Entry, Medical Information, and Statistics)

    PubMed Central

    Covey, M. Carl

    1979-01-01

    This paper presents an automated system for the handling of charges and information processing within the Anesthesiology department of the University of Arkansas for the Medical Sciences (UAMS). The purpose of the system is to take the place of cumbersome, manual billing procedures and in the process of automated charge generation, to compile a data base of patient data for later use. ALCHEMIST has demonstrated its value by increasing both the speed and the accuracy of generation of patient charges as well as facilitating the compilation of valuable, informative reports containing statistical summaries of all aspects of the UAMS operating wing case load. ALCHEMIST allows for the entry of fifty different sets of information (multiple items in some sets) for a total of 107 separate data elements from the original anesthetic record. All this data is entered as part of the charge entry procedure.

Top